WO2023181907A1 - Compound, composition for forming anisotropic dye film, anisotropic dye film, and optical element - Google Patents

Compound, composition for forming anisotropic dye film, anisotropic dye film, and optical element Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023181907A1
WO2023181907A1 PCT/JP2023/008490 JP2023008490W WO2023181907A1 WO 2023181907 A1 WO2023181907 A1 WO 2023181907A1 JP 2023008490 W JP2023008490 W JP 2023008490W WO 2023181907 A1 WO2023181907 A1 WO 2023181907A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
ring
alkyl group
anisotropic dye
composition
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2023/008490
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
良輔 朝戸
靖 志賀
芳恵 ▲高▼見
誠治 秋山
輝恒 大澤
奏也 小島
淳一 大泉
Original Assignee
三菱ケミカル株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 三菱ケミカル株式会社 filed Critical 三菱ケミカル株式会社
Publication of WO2023181907A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023181907A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B31/00Disazo and polyazo dyes of the type A->B->C, A->B->C->D, or the like, prepared by diazotising and coupling
    • C09B31/02Disazo dyes
    • C09B31/04Disazo dyes from a coupling component "C" containing a directive amino group
    • C09B31/043Amino-benzenes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B31/00Disazo and polyazo dyes of the type A->B->C, A->B->C->D, or the like, prepared by diazotising and coupling
    • C09B31/16Trisazo dyes
    • C09B31/18Trisazo dyes from a coupling component "D" containing a directive amine group
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B67/00Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
    • C09B67/006Preparation of organic pigments
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to compounds useful for polarizing films and the like included in display elements such as light control elements, liquid crystal elements (LCDs), and organic electroluminescent elements (OLEDs).
  • the present invention also relates to a composition for forming an anisotropic dye film, an anisotropic dye film, and an optical element.
  • linearly polarizing films and circularly polarizing films are used to control optical rotation and birefringence in display.
  • Circularly polarizing films are also used in OLEDs to prevent reflection of external light in bright places.
  • polarizing films include, for example, polarizing films made by dyeing polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) with a low concentration of iodine (iodine-PVA polarizing films) (Patent Document 1).
  • PVA polyvinyl alcohol
  • iodine-PVA polarizing films polarizing films made by dyeing polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) with a low concentration of iodine
  • Patent Document 1 polarizing films made by dyeing polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) with a low concentration of iodine
  • Patent Document 2 an anisotropic dye film formed by coating a liquid crystal composition containing a dye functions as a polarizing film
  • a polarizing film formed by applying a liquid crystal composition containing a dye it is desired that even a thin film has high light absorption selection performance and that there is no light leakage in the wavelength region of 350 nm to 800 nm.
  • a plurality of dyes with good dichroic ratios are used, but in this case, it is necessary to adjust the absorption wavelength of the dye used so that it absorbs comprehensively in the wavelength region of 350 nm to 800 nm.
  • the present invention is directed to a compound that can shorten the maximum absorption wavelength in accordance with the absorption wavelength, and in which the resulting anisotropic dye film exhibits high dichroism even in a short wavelength region, and a compound containing the same.
  • the present invention aims to provide a composition for forming an anisotropic dye film, an anisotropic dye film, and an optical element.
  • the present inventors have discovered that a compound having a specific structure can solve the above problems.
  • the present invention has the following aspects.
  • -X 1 represents a monovalent organic group.
  • -R 11 represents an alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms.
  • -R 12 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms.
  • the alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms in -R 11 , the alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms in -R 12 , and the alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms may further have a substituent.
  • the structure may be replaced by a polymerizable group such as an acryloyloxy group, a methacryloyloxy group, or a glycidyloxy group.
  • -R 11 and -R 12 may be combined to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
  • -A 11 -, -A 12 -, -A 13 - and -A 14 - each independently represent a 1,4-phenylene group which may have a substituent.
  • alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms represents an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 14 ring atoms, or an aryl group having 5 to 14 ring atoms.
  • the alkyl group, The cycloalkyl group and the aryl group may each have a substituent.
  • -R a and -R b may be combined to form a ring having 2 to 15 carbon atoms, and The ring may have a substituent.Also, one or more methylene groups contained in the ring formed by combining the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and R a and R b .
  • -X represents a monovalent organic group.
  • -R 1 represents an alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms.
  • -R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms.
  • the alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms in -R 1 , the alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms in -R 2 , and the alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms may further have a substituent.
  • the structure may be replaced by a polymerizable group such as an acryloyloxy group, a methacryloyloxy group, or a glycidyloxy group.
  • -R 1 and -R 2 may be combined to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
  • -A 1 -, -A 2 - and -A 3 - each independently represent a divalent group of an aromatic hydrocarbon ring which may have a substituent.
  • n represents 1, 2 or 3. When n is 2 or 3, the plurality of -A 2 -s may be the same or different.
  • composition for forming an anisotropic dye film according to any one of [5] to [8], wherein n in the formula (2) is 2.
  • the above alkyl group, cycloalkyl The group and the ary
  • -R a and -R b may be combined to form a ring having 2 to 15 carbon atoms, and the ring is It may have a substituent.
  • the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film according to any one of [5] to [11].
  • composition for forming an anisotropic dye film according to any one of [5] to [12], wherein the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is a low molecular weight polymerizable liquid crystal compound that does not have a repeating unit structure.
  • the compound of the present invention can shorten the absorption maximum wavelength by adjusting the absorption wavelength, and also exhibits high dichroism.
  • the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention contains the above compound and can realize a high dichroic ratio. According to the anisotropic dye film and optical element using the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention, excellent optical performance, particularly a sufficient dichroic ratio, can be achieved.
  • the anisotropic dye film in the present invention refers to electromagnetic properties in two arbitrary directions selected from a total of three directions in a three-dimensional coordinate system, including the thickness direction of the anisotropic dye film and two arbitrary orthogonal in-plane directions. It is a pigment film with anisotropy.
  • electromagnetic properties include optical properties such as absorption and refraction, and electrical properties such as resistance and capacitance.
  • films having optical anisotropy such as absorption and refraction include polarizing films such as linearly polarizing films and circularly polarizing films, retardation films, and conductive anisotropic dye films.
  • the anisotropic dye film of the present invention is preferably used as a polarizing film or a conductive anisotropic dye film, and more preferably used as a polarizing film.
  • the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film in the present invention includes a dye and a polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
  • the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention may be in a solution, liquid crystal, or dispersed state as long as it does not cause phase separation.
  • the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film is preferably a solution from the viewpoint of ease of application to a substrate.
  • the solid component obtained by removing the solvent from the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film is preferably in a liquid crystal phase state at any temperature from the viewpoint of alignment on a substrate as described later.
  • the state of liquid crystal phase specifically refers to the state of the liquid crystal phase, as described on pages 1 to 16 of "Fundamentals and Applications of Liquid Crystals” (Shoichi Matsumoto, Ichiyoshi Tsunoda, 1991). It is a liquid crystal state that exhibits both or intermediate properties of liquid and crystal, and is a nematic phase, smectic phase, cholesteric phase, or discotic phase.
  • a dye is a substance or compound that absorbs at least a portion of wavelengths in the visible light region (350 nm to 800 nm).
  • dyes that can be used in the present invention include dichroic dyes.
  • a dichroic dye refers to a dye that has a property that the absorbance in the long axis direction of the molecule is different from the absorbance in the short axis direction.
  • the dye may or may not have liquid crystallinity. Having liquid crystallinity means exhibiting a liquid crystal phase at any temperature.
  • the compound of the present invention is a compound represented by the following formula (1).
  • -X 1 represents a monovalent organic group.
  • -R 11 represents an alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms.
  • -R 12 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms.
  • the alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms in -R 11 , the alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms in -R 12 , and the alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms may further have a substituent.
  • the structure may be replaced by a polymerizable group such as an acryloyloxy group, a methacryloyloxy group, or a glycidyloxy group.
  • -R 11 and -R 12 may be combined to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
  • -A 11 -, -A 12 -, -A 13 - and -A 14 - each independently represent a 1,4-phenylene group which may have a substituent.
  • composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention contains a compound represented by the following formula (2) and a polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
  • -X represents a monovalent organic group.
  • -R 1 represents an alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms.
  • -R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms.
  • the alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms in -R 1 , the alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms in -R 2 , and the alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms may further have a substituent.
  • the structure may be replaced by a polymerizable group such as an acryloyloxy group, a methacryloyloxy group, or a glycidyloxy group.
  • -R 1 and -R 2 may be combined to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
  • -A 1 -, -A 2 - and -A 3 - each independently represent a divalent group of an aromatic hydrocarbon ring which may have a substituent.
  • n represents 1, 2 or 3. When n is 2 or 3, the plurality of -A 2 -s may be the same or different.
  • compound (1) the compound represented by formula (1)
  • compound (2) the compound represented by formula (2)
  • compound (1) and compound (2) may be collectively referred to as "the compound of the present invention.”
  • -X 1 represents a monovalent organic group.
  • -X represents a monovalent organic group.
  • -R a and -R b each independently constitute an optionally branched alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a ring. It represents a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 14 atoms, preferably 5 to 10 atoms, or an aryl group having 5 to 14 ring atoms, preferably 5 to 10 atoms.
  • the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, and aryl group may each have a substituent.
  • -R a and -R b may be combined to form a ring having 2 to 15 carbon atoms, preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and the ring may have a substituent.
  • Examples of the optionally branched alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms in -R a and -R b include n-propyl group, n-butyl group, n-pentyl group, n-hexyl group, n-heptyl group, n-octyl group, n-nonyl group, 1-methylethyl group, 1,1-dimethylethyl group, 1-methylpropyl group, 2-methylpropyl group, 1,2-dimethylpropyl group, 2 , 2-dimethylpropyl group, 1,2,2-trimethylpropyl group, 1-methylbutyl group, 2-methylbutyl group, 3-methylbutyl group, 3,3-dimethylbutyl group, 2,3-dimethylbutyl group, 1, 3-dimethylbutyl group, 1,3,3-trimethylbutyl group, 2,3,3-trimethylbutyl group, 2,2,3-trimethylbutyl group, 1,2,2-trimethylbuty
  • n-butyl group, n-pentyl group, n-hexyl group, n-heptyl group, n-octyl group 2-methylpropyl group, 3-methylbutyl group, 3,3-dimethylbutyl group, 2,3,3-trimethylbutyl group, 4-methylpentyl group, 3-methylpentyl group, 2-methylpentyl group, 4,4-dimethylpentyl group, 3 ,3-dimethylpentyl group, 2,4-dimethylpentyl group, 3,4,4-trimethylpentyl group, 2,4,4-trimethylpentyl group, 3,3,4-trimethylpentyl group, 2,3,3 -Trimethylpentyl group, 5-methylhexyl group, 4-methylhexyl group, 3-methylhexyl group, 2-methylhexyl group, 5,5-dimethylhexyl group,
  • Examples of the cycloalkane ring in the cycloalkyl group having 5 to 14 ring atoms in -R a and -R b include a cyclopropane ring, a cyclobutane ring, a cyclopentane ring, a cyclohexane ring, and a cycloheptane ring.
  • cyclooctane ring cyclohexene ring, norbornane ring, bornane ring, adamantane ring, tetrahydronaphthalene ring, bicyclo[2.2.2]octane ring, 4-methylcyclohexane ring, 4-ethylcyclohexane ring, 4-propylcyclohexane ring, A 4-butylcyclohexane ring is mentioned.
  • Examples of the aryl group having 5 to 14 ring atoms in -R a and -R b include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group.
  • the ring is, for example, a cyclopropane ring, a cyclobutane ring, a cyclopentane ring, a cyclohexane ring, a cycloheptane ring, a cyclo Examples thereof include an octane ring, a cyclohexene ring, a norbornane ring, a bornane ring, an adamantane ring, a tetrahydronaphthalene ring, and a bicyclo[2.2.2]octane ring.
  • -R f and -R g each independently represent a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • -R h represents a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon
  • the permissible substituents for the optionally branched alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms in -R a and -R b are preferably -O-R f .
  • -O-R f includes, for example, methoxy group, ethoxy group, n-propoxy group, n-butoxy group, n-pentoxy group, n-hexoxy group, n-heptoxy group, n-octoxy group, acryloyloxy group, Examples include methacryloyloxy group and glycidyloxy group.
  • -R i and -R j each independently represent a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • Permissible substituents for the cycloalkyl group having 5 to 14 ring atoms in -R a and -R b and the aryl group having 5 to 14 ring atoms include -R i , -O-R i are preferred.
  • -R i and -O-R i include, for example, a methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, n-butyl group, n-pentyl group, n-hexyl group, n-heptyl group, n-octyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, methoxy group, ethoxy group, n-propoxy group, n-butoxy group, n-pentoxy group, n-hexoxy group, n-heptoxy group, n-octoxy group, 2-ethylhexyloxy group, 5,5 -dimethyl-3-methylhexyloxy group.
  • -R i and -R j each independently represent a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • -R a and -R b combine to form a ring having 2 to 15 carbon atoms
  • -R i and -O-R i are preferred as the substituents allowed on the ring.
  • -R i and -O-R i are, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, n-butyl group, n-pentyl group, n-hexyl group, n-heptyl group, n-octyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, methoxy group, ethoxy group, n-propoxy group, n-butoxy group, n-pentoxy group, n-hexoxy group, n-heptoxy group, n-octoxy group, 2-ethylhexyloxy group, 5,5 -dimethyl-3-methylhexyloxy group.
  • the monovalent organic group in -X 1 and -X preferably does not have a polymerizable group from the viewpoint of improving molecular alignment with the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
  • the monovalent organic group in -X 1 and -X preferably has a polymerizable group from the viewpoint of improving the mechanical strength of the anisotropic dye film.
  • -R 11 represents an alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms.
  • -R 12 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms.
  • -R 11 and -R 12 may be combined to form a ring.
  • -R 1 represents an alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms.
  • -R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms.
  • -R 1 and -R 2 may be combined to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms in -R 11 and -R 1 is 1 or more and 10 or less, from the viewpoint of good molecular orientation with the polymerizable liquid crystal compound used in the present invention. It is preferably 1 or more and 6 or less, more preferably 2 or more and 4 or less.
  • the alkyl group may be branched, linear, or cyclic cycloalkyl group. Further, from the viewpoint of solubility, the number of fluorine atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 5 or less, more preferably 3 or less, and even more preferably 2 or less.
  • -R 11 and -R 1 are, for example, 1-fluoromethyl group, 1-fluoroethyl group, 2-fluoroethyl group, 1,2-difluoroethyl group, 2,2-difluoroethyl group, 2,2, 2-trifluoroethyl group, 1,2,2,2-tetrafluoroethyl group, 1,1,2,2,2-pentafluoroethyl group, 1-fluoropropyl group, 2-fluoropropyl group, 3-fluoro Propyl group, 2,2-difluoropropyl group, 3,3-difluoropropyl group, 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl group, 2,3,3,3-tetrafluoropropyl group, 2,2,3,3 , 3-pentafluoropropyl group, 1-fluorobutyl group, 2-fluorobutyl group, 3-fluorobutyl group, 4-fluorobutyl group, 1,1-diflu
  • 2-fluoroethyl group, 2,2-difluoroethyl group, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group, 3-fluoroethyl group, Propyl group, 3,3-difluoropropyl group, 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl group, 4-fluorobutyl group, 4,4-difluorobutyl group, 4,4,4-trifluorobutyl group are preferred, and 2 -fluoroethyl group, 2,2-difluoroethyl group, and 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group are more preferred.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group of -R 12 and -R 2 and the alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms is 1 or more from the viewpoint of good molecular orientation with the polymerizable liquid crystal compound used in the present invention. It is preferably 10 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 6 or less, and even more preferably 2 or more and 4 or less.
  • the alkyl group may be branched, linear, or cyclic cycloalkyl group.
  • the number of fluorine atoms in the alkyl group substituted with fluorine atoms is preferably 5 or less, more preferably 3 or less, and even more preferably 2 or less.
  • alkyl group for -R 12 and -R 2 examples include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, n-butyl group, n-pentyl group, n-hexyl group, 1-methylethyl group, 1,1 -dimethylethyl group, 1-methylpropyl group, 2-methylpropyl group, 1,2-dimethylpropyl group, 2,2-dimethylpropyl group, 1,2,2-trimethylpropyl group, 1-methylbutyl group, 2- Methylbutyl group, 3-methylbutyl group, 3,3-dimethylbutyl group, 2,3-dimethylbutyl group, 1,3-dimethylbutyl group, 1,3,3-trimethylbutyl group, 2,3,3-trimethylbutyl group, 2,2,3-trimethylbutyl group, 1,2,2-trimethylbutyl group, 1,1,2-trimethylbutyl group, 1,1,3-trimethylbutyl group, 4-methylpentyl
  • Examples of the alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms for -R 12 and -R 2 include the alkyl groups substituted with one or more fluorine atoms exemplified as -R 11 and -R 1 , and preferred Things are the same.
  • -R 12 and -R 2 include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, n-butyl group, 2-fluoroethyl group, 2, 2-difluoroethyl group, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group, 3-fluoropropyl group, 3,3-difluoropropyl group, 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl group, 4-fluorobutyl group, 4, 4-difluorobutyl group and 4,4,4-trifluorobutyl group are preferred.
  • Examples of the ring formed by combining -R 11 and -R 12 or -R 1 and -R 2 include a 2-fluoroaziridine ring, a 2,2-difluoroaziridine ring, a 2-fluoroazetidine ring, 2,2-difluoroazetidine ring, 3-fluoroazetidine ring, 3,3-difluoroazetidine ring, 2-fluoropyrrolidine ring, 2,2-difluoropyrrolidine ring, 3-fluoropyrrolidine ring, 3,3-fluoro Pyrrolidine ring, 3,4-difluoropyrrolidine ring, 2,5-difluoropyrrolidine ring, 3,3,4,4-tetrafluoropyrrolidine ring, 2-fluoropiperidine ring, 2,2-difluoropiperidine ring, 3-fluoropiperidine ring, 3,3-difluoropiperidine ring, 4,4-difluoropiper
  • the fluorine atom is substituted at the terminal carbon atom of the alkyl group.
  • the total number of substituted fluorine atoms in -R 11 and -R 12 and the total number of substituted fluorine atoms in -R 1 and -R 2 are each preferably from 1 to 6, more preferably from 1 to 4. preferable. Within the above range, solubility tends to be good.
  • the alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms in -R 11 and -R 1 , the alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms in -R 12 and -R 2 , each have a substituent. may have.
  • -R A and -R B each independently represent a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the number of carbon atoms in -R A and -R B is preferably 1 or more and 12 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 9 or less, from the viewpoint of good molecular alignment with the polymerizable liquid crystal compound used in the present invention.
  • the 1,4-phenylene group which may have a substituent does not include a divalent group of a naphthalene ring (naphthylene group).
  • One or more methylene groups contained in the linear or branched alkyl group in -R A and -R B include an ether oxygen atom, a thioether sulfur atom, an amine nitrogen atom (-NH-, -N(R z )-:
  • R z represents a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms), a carbonyl group, an ester bond, It may have a structure substituted by an amide bond, -CHF-, -CF 2 -, -CHCl-, -CCl 2 -, and a polymerizable group such as an acryloyloxy group, a methacryloyloxy group, or a glycidyloxy group may be substituted. You can leave it there.
  • Permissible substituents for the 1,4-phenylene groups of -A 11 -, -A 12 -, -A 13 - and -A 14 - include - R A , -O-R A , trifluoromethyl group, and fluoro group are preferred.
  • -R A is, for example, n-propyl group, n-butyl group, n-pentyl group, n-hexyl group, n-heptyl group, n-octyl group, 5,5-dimethyl-3-methylhexyl group. Can be mentioned.
  • -A 11 -, -A 12 -, -A 13 - and -A 14 - are preferably unsubstituted 1,4-phenylene groups from the viewpoint of dichroic ratio.
  • aromatic hydrocarbon rings include, for example, benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, perylene ring, tetracene ring, pyrene ring, benzpyrene ring, chrysene ring. ring, triphenylene ring, acenaphthene ring, fluoranthene ring, and fluorene ring.
  • -A 1 -, -A 2 -, -A 3 - are divalent groups of aromatic hydrocarbon rings, and the absorption transition moment of compound (2) tends to coincide with the long axis direction of the dye.
  • a divalent group of a benzene ring (phenylene group) and a divalent group of a naphthalene ring (naphthylene group), which may have a substituent, are preferred because they can increase the color ratio; ) is more preferable.
  • 1,4-phenylene group, 1,4-naphthylene group, and 2,6-naphthylene group are more preferred, 1,4-phenylene group is even more preferred, and 1,4-phenylene group having no substituent is particularly preferred.
  • the absorption transition moment of compound (2) tends to coincide with the long axis direction of compound (2), and the dichroic ratio can be increased.
  • the divalent group of the benzene ring (phenylene group) which may have a substituent does not include the divalent group of the naphthalene ring (naphthylene group).
  • Permissible substituents for the divalent group of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring -A 1 -, -A 2 -, -A 3 - include the above-mentioned -A 11 -, -A 12 -, -A 13 - and Permissible substituents for the 1,4-phenylene group of -A 14 - are listed, and preferred substituents are also the same as for -A 11 -, -A 12 -, -A 13 - and -A 14 -.
  • n represents 1, 2 or 3.
  • the plurality of -A 2 -s may be the same or different.
  • n is preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 2.
  • Specific examples of compounds of the present invention include, but are not limited to, the following compounds.
  • the compound of the present invention may have maximum absorption ( ⁇ max1) in the wavelength range of 350 to 800 nm, preferably in the wavelength range of 380 to 600 nm, in the anisotropic dye film prepared by the method described below. It has absorption, more preferably in the wavelength range of 400 to 560 nm, and still more preferably in the wavelength range of 420 to 550 nm.
  • maximum absorption ( ⁇ max1) in this wavelength range when combined with a dye having maximum absorption on the longer wavelength side, it tends to be possible to comprehensively absorb the wavelength range of 350 to 800 nm.
  • the compound of the present invention has a maximum absorption ( ⁇ max1 described above) in the anisotropic dye film at a longer wavelength than the maximum absorption ( ⁇ max2) measured after being dissolved in a solvent.
  • This long wavelength shift is a phenomenon that occurs when the compound of the present invention is dispersed in a polymerizable liquid crystal compound and/or a polymer having units based on a polymerizable liquid crystal compound. This indicates that there is strong intermolecular interaction between the liquid crystal compound and/or the polymer having units based on the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
  • Long wavelength shift means that the difference in absorption maximum ( ⁇ max1- ⁇ max2) becomes a positive value, and the difference is preferably 10 nm or more, more preferably 20 nm or more, and 30 nm or more. It is even more preferable that there be.
  • the solubility of the compound of the present invention is not particularly limited, but the solubility in cyclopentanone is preferably 0.4% by mass or more, more preferably 0.9% by mass or more, and 1.5% by mass or more. It is even more preferable that there be. When the solubility is at least the above lower limit, good coating film performance tends to be obtained.
  • the upper limit of solubility is not particularly limited, but is 50% by mass or less.
  • composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention contains a dye and a polymerizable liquid crystal compound, and contains at least compound (2) as the dye.
  • the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention may contain only one type of compound (2), or may contain two or more types of compound (2).
  • -A 1 -, -A 2 -, -A 3 - in formula (2) are used as dyes from the viewpoint of suppressing precipitation in the composition. Those containing only one type of the same compound of the present invention are preferred, and those containing only one type of compound of the present invention are more preferred.
  • the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention contains compound (2) as a dye, but may contain a dye other than compound (2).
  • dyes other than compound (2) contained in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention include azo dyes, quinone dyes (including naphthoquinone dyes, anthraquinone dyes, etc.), and stilbene dyes. Examples include dyes, cyanine dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, indigo dyes, and condensed polycyclic dyes (including perylene dyes, oxazine dyes, acridine dyes, etc.).
  • the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention may contain only one type of dye other than compound (2) alone, or may contain two or more types in any combination and ratio. Good too.
  • azo dyes are preferable because they can have a high molecular alignment in an anisotropic dye film.
  • azo dyes other than compound (2) are also referred to as "other azo dyes.”
  • Examples of other azo dyes include compounds represented by the following formula (3).
  • -E 1 -, -E 2 - and -E 3 - each independently represent a phenylene group which may have a substituent, a naphthylene group which may have a substituent, or a naphthylene group which may have a substituent. represents an optionally divalent heterocyclic group.
  • p represents an integer from 0 to 4. When p is an integer of 2 or more, the plurality of -E 2 -s may be the same or different.
  • -R 31 and -R 32 each independently represent a monovalent organic group.
  • -E 1 -, -E 2 - and -E 3 - each independently represent a phenylene group which may have a substituent, a naphthylene group which may have a substituent, or a naphthylene group which may have a substituent. represents an optionally divalent heterocyclic group.
  • a 1,4-phenylene group is preferred because the molecule has high linearity.
  • a 1,4-naphthylene group or a 2,6-naphthylene group is preferable because the linearity of the molecule is high.
  • the number of carbon atoms forming the ring is preferably 3 or more and 14 or less, more preferably 3 or more and 10 or less. Particularly preferred are monocyclic or bicyclic heterocyclic groups. Examples of atoms other than carbon constituting the divalent heterocyclic group include at least one selected from nitrogen atoms, sulfur atoms, and oxygen atoms. When a heterocyclic group has a plurality of atoms constituting a ring other than carbon, these may be the same or different.
  • divalent heterocyclic group examples include a pyridinediyl group, a quinolinediyl group, an isoquinolinediyl group, a thiazolediyl group, a benzothiazolediyl group, a thienothiazolediyl group, a thienothiophenediyl group, a benzimidazolidinonediyl group, and a benzofurandiyl group. group, phthalimidodiyl group, oxazolediyl group, and benzoxazolediyl group.
  • Examples of optional substituents of the phenylene group, naphthylene group, and divalent heterocyclic group in -E 1 -, -E 2 -, and -E 3 - include an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; a methoxy group; , alkoxy groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms such as ethoxy and butoxy groups; fluorinated alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms such as trifluoromethyl groups; cyano groups; nitro groups; hydroxyl groups; halogen atoms; amino groups, diethylamino groups , and a substituted or unsubstituted amino group such as a pyrrolidino group.
  • the above-mentioned substituted amino group refers to an amino group having one or two alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or two substituted alkyl groups bonding to each other to form an alkanediyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms. means an amino group.
  • the unsubstituted amino group is -NH2 .
  • Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms include methyl group, ethyl group and butyl group.
  • alkanediyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms examples include ethylene group, propane-1,3-diyl group, butane-1,3-diyl group, butane-1,4-diyl group, and pentane-1,5-diyl group. group, hexane-1,6-diyl group, heptane-1,7-diyl group, octane-1,8-diyl group, and the like.
  • the phenylene group, naphthylene group, and divalent heterocyclic group in -E 1 -, -E 2 -, and -E 3 - are unsubstituted or substituted.
  • substitution is preferably performed with a methyl group, methoxy group, hydroxyl group, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, dimethylamino group, pyrrolidinyl group, or piperidinyl group.
  • p represents an integer from 0 to 4. From the viewpoints of solubility in solvents, compatibility with polymerizable liquid crystal compounds, color tone, and ease of production, p is preferably 1 or more, preferably 4 or less, and more preferably 3 or less.
  • -R 31 and -R 32 represent the same or different monovalent organic groups.
  • the monovalent organic group in -R 31 and -R 32 include a hydrogen atom, an optionally branched alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms; an alicyclic alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms; ; Alkoxy group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms which may have a branch such as a methoxy group, ethoxy group and butoxy group; A fluoride having 1 to 15 carbon atoms which may have a branch such as a trifluoromethyl group Alkyl group; cyano group; nitro group; hydroxyl group; halogen atom; substituted or unsubstituted amino group such as amino group, diethylamino group, and pyrrolidino group; carboxy group; number of carbon atoms that may have branches such as butoxycarbonyl group 1-15 alkyloxycarbonyl group; Alkylphenylalkenyl group such as 2-(4
  • sulfamoyl group alkylsulfamoyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms which may have a branch such as a butylsulfamoyl group; an alkylsulfamoyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms which may have a branch such as a butylcarbonylamino group; 15 acylamino group; optionally branched acyloxy group with 1 to 15 carbon atoms such as butylcarbonyloxy group; sulfanyl group; alkylsulfanyl group with 1 to 15 carbon atoms such as butylsulfanyl group; liquid crystal compound described below Examples include -R 41 and -R 42 .
  • the above substituted amino group refers to an amino group having one or two optionally branched alkyl groups having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, or an amino group in which two substituted alkyl groups are bonded to each other and having 2 to 15 carbon atoms. means an amino group forming an alkanediyl group.
  • the unsubstituted amino group is -NH2 .
  • Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms include methyl group, ethyl group, and butyl group.
  • alkanediyl group having 2 to 15 carbon atoms examples include ethylene group, propane-1,3-diyl group, butane-1,3-diyl group, butane-1,4-diyl group, and pentane-1,5-diyl group. group, hexane-1,6-diyl group, heptane-1,7-diyl group, octane-1,8-diyl group, and the like.
  • -R 31 and -R 32 include hydrogen atoms, chain groups, aliphatic organic groups ("aliphatic organic groups" include chain and cyclic groups), and carbon atoms in which some of the carbon atoms are nitrogen.
  • Aliphatic organic groups substituted with atoms and/or oxygen atoms include chain-like and cyclic ones.
  • aliphatic organic groups in which some methyl groups are replaced with hydroxyl groups, oxo groups ( O), amino groups, imino groups, etc.), and in some embodiments, hydrogen atoms, A chain group is preferable, and in another embodiment, a hydrogen atom and an aliphatic organic group are preferable. In still another embodiment, a hydrogen atom and an aliphatic group in which some of the carbon atoms are replaced with nitrogen atoms and/or oxygen atoms are preferable. Group organic groups are preferred.
  • chain group examples include the above-mentioned alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms which may have a branch; alkoxy group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms which may have a branch; A fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms which may optionally have a branch; a substituted or unsubstituted amino group (a substituted amino group refers to a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms which may have a branch) means an amino group.
  • An unsubstituted amino group is -NH 2 ); Carboxy group; Alkyloxycarbonyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms which may have a branch; Carbamoyl group; an optionally branched alkylcarbamoyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms; a sulfamoyl group; an optionally branched alkylsulfamoyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms; an optionally branched alkylsulfamoyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms; Examples include acylamino group; acyloxy group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms which may have a branch; sulfanyl group; alkylsulfanyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms. Note that the chain group and the aliphatic organic group partially overlap.
  • Examples of the aliphatic organic group include the above-mentioned optionally branched alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms and alicyclic alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of aliphatic organic groups in which some of the carbon atoms are replaced with nitrogen atoms and/or oxygen atoms include the above-mentioned alkoxy groups having 1 to 15 carbon atoms which may have a branch; substituted or unsubstituted Amino group; Carboxy group; Alkyloxycarbonyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms which may have a branch; Carbamoyl group; Alkylcarbamoyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms which may have a branch; An optionally branched acylamino group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms; and an optionally branched acyloxy group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the above substituted amino group refers to an amino group having one or two optionally branched alkyl groups having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, or an amino group in which two substituted alkyl groups are bonded to each other and having 2 to 15 carbon atoms. means an amino group forming an alkanediyl group.
  • the unsubstituted amino group is -NH2 .
  • Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms include methyl group, ethyl group, and butyl group.
  • alkanediyl group having 2 to 15 carbon atoms examples include ethylene group, propane-1,3-diyl group, butane-1,3-diyl group, butane-1,4-diyl group, and pentane-1,5-diyl group. group, hexane-1,6-diyl group, heptane-1,7-diyl group, octane-1,8-diyl group, and the like.
  • -R 31 and -R 32 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms such as a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, etc.
  • -R 41 and -R 42 in the liquid crystal compounds described below.
  • azo dyes that may be included in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention are not particularly limited, and known azo dyes can also be used.
  • known azo dyes include, for example, the dyes (dichroic dyes, dichroic dyes, dyes).
  • azo dyes include, but are not limited to, the following azo dyes.
  • the dye other than compound (2) contained in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention has a wavelength showing a maximum value in the absorption curve in the wavelength range of 350 to 800 nm. It is preferable to use a dye having a wavelength longer than the maximum value in the absorption curve of compound (2) in the wavelength range of 350 to 800 nm, which is contained in the composition, and an azo dye is preferable. Further, the difference in wavelength is preferably 5 nm or more, and preferably 10 nm or more.
  • the molecular weight of the compound of the present invention (when two or more compounds of the present invention are used together, the respective molecular weights) is preferably 300 or more, more preferably 350 or more, even more preferably 380 or more, and preferably 1500 or less, Moreover, 1200 or less is more preferable, and 1000 or less is even more preferable. Specifically, the molecular weight of the compound of the present invention is preferably from 300 to 1,500, more preferably from 350 to 1,200, even more preferably from 380 to 1,000. Since the molecular length and bulk are appropriate within the above range, the molecular orientation of the compound of the present invention tends to be good.
  • the molecular weight of the dye other than compound (2) contained in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention is preferably 300 or more, and 350 or more. is more preferable, 380 or more is still more preferable, 1500 or less is preferable, 1200 or less is more preferable, and even more preferably 1000 or less.
  • the molecular weight of the dye other than compound (2) is preferably from 300 to 1,500, more preferably from 350 to 1,200, even more preferably from 380 to 1,000. Since the molecular length and bulkiness are appropriate within the above range, the molecular orientation of dyes other than compound (2) tends to be favorable.
  • the molecular weight of the compound of the present invention and dyes other than compound (2) is the sum of the atomic weights contained in the dyes.
  • the content occupied by pigments such as dichroic pigments in the anisotropic pigment film-forming composition of the present invention is, for example, anisotropic pigment film-forming composition. It is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0.05% by mass or more, and preferably less than 30% by mass, more preferably less than 25% by mass, based on the solid content of the pigment film-forming composition. It is more preferably less than 20% by weight, particularly preferably less than 10% by weight.
  • the content of the dye (dichroic dye) in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film is, for example, based on the solid content (100% by mass) of the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film.
  • the content is 0.01% by mass or more and less than 30% by mass, preferably 0.05% by mass or more and less than 20% by mass, and more preferably 0.05% by mass or more and less than 10% by mass.
  • the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention can be used without disturbing the orientation of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention. It tends to be possible to polymerize polymerizable liquid crystal compounds contained in objects. Moreover, if the content occupied by the dye is equal to or higher than the lower limit value, sufficient light absorption will be obtained and sufficient polarization performance will tend to be obtained. Moreover, if the content occupied by the dye is below the above-mentioned upper limit, inhibition of the alignment of liquid crystal molecules tends to be suppressed.
  • the solid content of the composition for forming an anisotropic pigment film corresponds to the total of all components other than the solvent in the composition for forming an anisotropic pigment film.
  • the composition for forming an anisotropic pigment film of the present invention only needs to contain the compound of the present invention as an essential component as a pigment, and may not contain a pigment other than the above-mentioned compound (2) together with compound (2).
  • the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention contains a dye other than compound (2), from the viewpoint of more effectively obtaining the effects of the present invention by using compound (2).
  • the content of compound (2) in 100% by mass of the total amount of dyes in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more. On the other hand, it is more preferably 15% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 20% by mass or more.
  • this proportion is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less, and preferably 50% by mass or less. More preferably, the content is particularly preferably 40% by mass or less.
  • Pigments other than the compound (2) contained in the compound of the present invention or the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention can be used for alkylation reaction, esterification reaction, amidation reaction, etherification reaction, ipsosubstitution reaction, diazolysis reaction, etc. It can be produced by combining known chemical reactions such as coupling reactions and coupling reactions using metal catalysts.
  • the compounds of the present invention can be prepared using the methods described in the examples below, “New Dye Chemistry” (authored by Yutaka Hosoda, published by Gihodo, December 21, 1972), “Overview of Synthetic Dyes” (authored by Hiroshi Horiguchi, published by Gihodo), It can be synthesized according to the method described in ⁇ Theoretical Manufacturing Dye Chemistry'' (by Yutaka Hosoda, 1957, Gihodo) (Sankyo Publishing, 1968).
  • a liquid crystal compound refers to a substance exhibiting a liquid crystal state, and specifically, it is described on pages 1 to 28 of "Liquid Crystal Handbook" (Maruzen Co., Ltd., published October 30, 2000). A compound that does not directly transition from a crystal to a liquid, but instead becomes a liquid through an intermediate state that exhibits the properties of both a crystal and a liquid.
  • the polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention is a liquid crystal compound having a polymerizable group as described below.
  • the polymerizable group can be placed at any position within the liquid crystal compound molecule, but it is preferable from the viewpoint of ease of polymerization that the polymerizable group is substituted at the end of the liquid crystal compound molecule.
  • one or more polymerizable groups can exist in the liquid crystal compound molecule, but if two or more polymerizable groups exist, it is important that they are present at both ends of the liquid crystal compound molecule to facilitate polymerization. It is preferable from the viewpoint of quality.
  • the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is preferably a compound having a carbon-carbon triple bond within the liquid crystal compound molecule.
  • the carbon-carbon triple bond is capable of rotational movement and can serve as the core of the liquid crystal molecule, and the molecules have high mobility and the liquid crystal molecules do not interact with each other. They have strong intermolecular interactions with compounds that have a ⁇ -conjugated system, such as pigment molecules, and tend to have high molecular orientation.
  • the polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention is not particularly limited, and any liquid crystal compound having a polymerizable group can be used.
  • a low-molecular polymerizable liquid crystal compound having no repeating unit structure is preferred because it tends to provide a high dichroic ratio.
  • the molecular weight of the low-molecular polymerizable compound having no repeating unit structure is preferably 2,000 or less, more preferably 1,500 or less, and even more preferably 1,000 or less.
  • the lower limit of the molecular weight of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is not particularly limited, but is preferably 400 or more, more preferably 500 or more.
  • the molecular weight of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound may be, for example, 400 or more and 2000 or less, 400 or more and 1500 or less, or 500 or more and 1000 or less.
  • the polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention is a compound represented by the following formula (4) (hereinafter referred to as "polymerizable liquid crystal compound (4)"). ).
  • -Q 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a polymerizable group.
  • -Q 2 represents a polymerizable group.
  • -R 41 - and -R 42 - each independently represent a chain organic group.
  • -A 41 - and -A 43 - each independently represent a partial structure represented by the following formula (5), a divalent organic group, or a single bond.
  • -A 42 - represents a partial structure represented by the following formula (5) or a divalent organic group.
  • One of -A 41 - and -A 43 - is a partial structure or a divalent organic group represented by the following formula (5).
  • k is 1 or 2.
  • the two -Y 2 -A 43 - may be the same or different.
  • -C y -X 52 C ⁇ C-X 51 -...(5)
  • -C y - represents a hydrocarbon ring group or a heterocyclic group.
  • formula (4) may be the following formula (4A) or the following formula (4B).
  • formula (4) may be the following formula (4C) or the following formula (4D).
  • formula (4) may be the following formula (4E) or the following formula (4F).
  • -A 41 -, -A 42 -, and -A 43 - are each independently a partial structure or a divalent organic group represented by formula (5), and in addition, - A 41 - and -A 43 - may be single bonds, but -A 41 - and -A 43 - are not both single bonds.
  • the hydrocarbon ring group in -C y - includes an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and a non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group includes an unlinked aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and a linked aromatic hydrocarbon ring group.
  • the unlinked aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is a monocyclic or fused aromatic hydrocarbon ring divalent group, and the number of carbon atoms is 6 to 20, and the molecular orientation can be controlled by an appropriate core size. It is preferable because it is good.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the unlinked aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is more preferably 6 to 15.
  • aromatic hydrocarbon rings examples include benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, perylene ring, tetracene ring, pyrene ring, benzpyrene ring, chrysene ring, triphenylene ring, acenaphthene ring, fluoranthene ring, fluorene ring, etc. Can be mentioned.
  • a linked aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is a divalent group in which a plurality of monocyclic or condensed aromatic hydrocarbon rings are bonded by a single bond and has a bond on the atom constituting the ring. It is preferable that the single ring or condensed ring has 6 to 20 carbon atoms because an appropriate core size provides good molecular orientation. The number of carbon atoms in the monocyclic or condensed ring is more preferably 6 to 15.
  • Examples of the linked aromatic hydrocarbon ring group include a first monocyclic or fused aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 20 carbon atoms and a second monocyclic or fused aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • Examples include divalent groups having a second bond on atoms constituting 6 to 20 monocyclic or fused aromatic hydrocarbon rings.
  • a specific example of the linked aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is a biphenyl-4,4'-diyl group.
  • aromatic hydrocarbon ring group a non-linked aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is preferable because it optimizes the intermolecular interaction between the liquid crystal compounds and improves the molecular orientation.
  • aromatic hydrocarbon ring group a divalent group of a benzene ring and a divalent group of a naphthalene ring are preferable, and a divalent group of a benzene ring (phenylene group) is more preferable.
  • phenylene group a 1,4-phenylene group is preferred.
  • -C y - is one of these groups, the linearity of the liquid crystal molecules increases, and the effect of improving molecular orientation tends to be obtained.
  • the non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group includes a non-linked non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and a linked non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group.
  • the unlinked non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is a monocyclic or fused non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring divalent group, and the number of carbon atoms is 3 to 20, depending on the molecular orientation depending on the appropriate core size. This is preferable because it provides good properties.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the unlinked non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is more preferably 3 to 15.
  • non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring examples include a cyclopropane ring, a cyclobutane ring, a cyclopentane ring, a cyclohexane ring, a cycloheptane ring, a cyclooctane ring, a cyclohexene ring, a norbornane ring, a bornane ring, an adamantane ring, a tetrahydronaphthalene ring, and a bicyclo [2.2.2] Octane ring etc. are mentioned.
  • An unlinked non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is an alicyclic hydrocarbon ring group that does not have an unsaturated bond as an interatomic bond constituting the ring of a non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, and a ring of a non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring. and an unsaturated non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having an unsaturated bond as an interatomic bond constituting the unsaturated bond.
  • an alicyclic hydrocarbon ring group is preferable from the viewpoint of productivity.
  • a linked non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is a divalent group in which a plurality of monocyclic or condensed non-aromatic hydrocarbon rings are bonded by a single bond and has a bond on the atom constituting the ring;
  • One or more rings selected from the group consisting of an aromatic hydrocarbon ring, a fused aromatic hydrocarbon ring, a monocyclic non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, and a fused non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, and a monocyclic or It is a divalent group that is bonded to a fused non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring through a single bond and has a bond on the atom constituting the ring.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the single ring or condensed ring is preferably 3 to 20 because an appropriate core size improves molecular orientation.
  • Examples of the connected non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group include a first monocyclic or fused non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 3 to 20 carbon atoms and a second monocyclic or fused non-aromatic ring having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the hydrocarbon ring is bonded with a single bond, the first bond is on the atom constituting the first monocyclic ring or the fused non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and the second Examples include a divalent group having a second bond on an atom constituting a monocyclic or fused non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • a monocyclic or fused aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 3 to 20 carbon atoms and a monocyclic or fused non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 3 to 20 carbon atoms are bonded together through a single bond, and The first bond is on the atom constituting 20 monocyclic or fused aromatic hydrocarbon rings, and the ring is a monocyclic or fused non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • Examples include divalent groups having a second bond on the atom.
  • Specific examples of the linked non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group include bis(cyclohexane)-4,4'-diyl group and 1-cyclohexylbenzene-4,4'-diyl group.
  • non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group a non-linked non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is preferable because the molecular orientation is improved by optimizing the intermolecular interaction between the liquid crystal compounds.
  • the unlinked non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is preferably a divalent cyclohexane group (cyclohexanediyl group), and the cyclohexanediyl group is preferably a cyclohexane-1,4-diyl group.
  • cyclohexanediyl group cyclohexanediyl group
  • -C y - is one of these groups, the linearity of the liquid crystal molecules increases, and the effect of improving molecular orientation tends to be obtained.
  • the heterocyclic group in -C y - includes an aromatic heterocyclic group and a non-aromatic heterocyclic group.
  • the aromatic heterocyclic group includes an unlinked aromatic heterocyclic group and a linked aromatic heterocyclic group.
  • the unlinked aromatic heterocyclic group is a monocyclic or fused aromatic heterocyclic divalent group, and the number of carbon atoms is 4 to 20, so that good molecular orientation can be achieved by an appropriate core size. It is preferable for the following reasons.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the unlinked aromatic heterocyclic group is more preferably 4 to 15.
  • aromatic heterocycles include furan ring, benzofuran ring, thiophene ring, benzothiophene ring, pyrrole ring, pyrazole ring, imidazole ring, thiazole ring, isothiazole ring, oxadiazole ring, and thiadiazole ring.
  • a linked aromatic heterocyclic group is a divalent group in which a single ring or a plurality of condensed aromatic heterocycles are bonded by a single bond and has a bond on an atom constituting the ring. It is preferable that the single ring or condensed ring has 4 to 20 carbon atoms because an appropriate core size provides good molecular orientation.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the linked aromatic heterocyclic group is more preferably 4 to 15.
  • the linked aromatic heterocyclic group for example, a first monocyclic or fused aromatic heterocyclic ring having 4 to 20 carbon atoms and a second monocyclic or fused aromatic heterocyclic ring having 4 to 20 carbon atoms are used.
  • bonded with a single bond has a first bond on an atom constituting a first monocyclic ring having 4 to 20 carbon atoms or a fused aromatic heterocyclic ring, and a second bond having 4 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • a divalent group having a second bond on an atom constituting a monocyclic ring or a condensed aromatic heterocycle can be mentioned.
  • the non-aromatic heterocyclic group includes a non-linked non-aromatic heterocyclic group and a linked non-aromatic heterocyclic group.
  • the unlinked non-aromatic heterocyclic group is a monocyclic or fused non-aromatic heterocyclic divalent group, and the number of carbon atoms is 4 to 20, and the molecular orientation can be controlled by an appropriate core size. It is preferable because it is good.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the unlinked non-aromatic heterocyclic group is more preferably 4 to 15.
  • non-aromatic heterocycle of a divalent group of a monocyclic or condensed non-aromatic heterocycle having 4 to 20 carbon atoms examples include a tetrahydrofuran ring, a tetrahydropyran ring, a dioxane ring, a tetrahydrothiophene ring, a tetrahydrothiopyran ring, and a pyrrolidine ring.
  • piperidine ring dihydropyridine ring, piperazine ring, tetrahydrothiazole ring, tetrahydroxazole ring, octahydroquinoline ring, tetrahydroquinoline ring, octahydroquinazoline ring, tetrahydroquinazoline ring, tetrahydroimidazole ring, tetrahydrobenzimidazole ring, quinuclidine ring, etc. It will be done.
  • a linked non-aromatic heterocyclic group is a divalent group in which a single ring or a plurality of condensed non-aromatic heterocycles are bonded by a single bond and has a bond on an atom constituting the ring. It is preferable that the single ring or condensed ring has 4 to 20 carbon atoms because an appropriate core size provides good molecular orientation.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the linked non-aromatic heterocyclic group is more preferably 4 to 15.
  • Examples of the linked aromatic heterocyclic group include a first monocyclic or fused non-aromatic heterocyclic ring having 4 to 20 carbon atoms and a second monocyclic or fused non-aromatic heterocyclic ring having 4 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the first bond is on an atom constituting a monocyclic ring having 4 to 20 carbon atoms or a fused non-aromatic heterocyclic ring
  • the second bond is bonded to a ring having 4 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • a divalent group having a second bond on an atom constituting a ring of ⁇ 20 monocyclic or fused non-aromatic heterocycles can be mentioned.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, aromatic heterocyclic group, and non-aromatic heterocyclic group in -C y - have high linearity in molecular structure, and the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (4) It is preferable that each of them is independently unsubstituted or substituted with a methyl group, a methoxy group, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, or a bromine atom, and is unsubstituted. It is more preferable.
  • the substituents of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, aromatic heterocyclic group, and non-aromatic heterocyclic group in -C y - may be the same or different; All of the hydrocarbon ring group, non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, aromatic heterocyclic group, and non-aromatic heterocyclic group may be substituted, all may be unsubstituted, or some may be substituted. may be partially unsubstituted.
  • -C y - is preferably a hydrocarbon ring group, more preferably a phenylene group or a cyclohexanediyl group, since the molecular orientation of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (4) is improved. Since the linearity of the molecular structure of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (4) can be increased, -C y - is more preferably a 1,4-phenylene group or a cyclohexane-1,4-diyl group; -phenylene group is particularly preferred.
  • -X 51 - is preferably -CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 O-, or -OCH 2 -.
  • -C y - is a group with high linearity from the viewpoint of enlarging the core of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (4) and increasing the dichroism of the anisotropic dye film formed from the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film.
  • -C ⁇ C- are preferably connected.
  • the polymerizable groups in -Q 1 and -Q 2 are groups that have a partial structure that can be polymerized by light, heat, and/or radiation, and include functional groups or atoms necessary to ensure the polymerization function. It is a group.
  • the polymerizable group is preferably a photopolymerizable group from the viewpoint of producing an anisotropic dye film.
  • Examples of the polymerizable group include acryloyl group, methacryloyl group, acryloyloxy group, methacryloyloxy group, acryloylamino group, methacryloylamino group, vinyl group, vinyloxy group, ethynyl group, ethynyloxy group, 1,3-butadienyl group, Examples include 1,3-butadienyloxy group, oxiranyl group, oxetanyl group, glycidyl group, glycidyloxy group, styryl group, and styryloxy group.
  • Acryloyl group, methacryloyl group, acryloyloxy group, methacryloyloxy group, acryloylamino group, methacryloylamino group, oxiranyl group, glycidyl group, glycidyloxy group are preferred, and acryloyl group, methacryloyl group, acryloyloxy group, methacryloyloxy group, acryloylamino group A methacryloyloxy group, a methacryloylamino group, a glycidyl group, and a glycidyloxy group are more preferable, and an acryloyloxy group, a methacryloyloxy group, and a glycidyloxy group are even more preferable.
  • the chain organic group in -R 41 - and -R 42 - is a divalent group that does not contain a cyclic structure such as the above-mentioned aromatic hydrocarbon ring, non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, aromatic heterocycle, or non-aromatic heterocycle. is an organic group.
  • alkylene group in these chain organic groups examples include linear or branched alkylene groups having 1 to 25 carbon atoms. A portion of the carbon-carbon bonds of the alkylene group may be unsaturated bonds.
  • R m represents a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the alkylene group in these chain organic groups has high molecular linearity, some of the carbon atoms of the alkylene group may be unsaturated bonds, and one or more carbon atoms contained in the alkylene group may be It is preferable that the methylene group is a linear alkylene group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms, which may have a structure in which the methylene group is replaced by the above-mentioned group.
  • the number of atoms in the main chain (meaning the longest chain part in the chain organic group) of the chain organic group is preferably 3 to 25, more preferably 5 to 20, even more preferably 6 to 20.
  • chain organic groups include -(CH 2 ) r -CH 2 -, -O-(CH 2 ) r -CH 2 -, -(O) r1 -(CH 2 CH 2 O) r2 -(CH 2 ) r3 -, -(O) r1 -(CH 2 ) r2 -(CH 2 CH 2 O) r3 - are preferred.
  • r in these formulas is an integer of 1 to 24, preferably an integer of 2 to 24, more preferably an integer of 4 to 19, even more preferably an integer of 5 to 19.
  • r1, r2, and r3 in these formulas each independently represent an integer, and the number of atoms in the main chain (meaning the longest chain part in the chain organic group) of the chain organic group is , preferably 3 to 25, more preferably 5 to 20, even more preferably 6 to 20.
  • -R 41 - and -R 42 - are each independently preferably -(alkylene group)-, -O-(alkylene group)-, -(alkylene group)-, -O-(alkylene group) - is more preferable.
  • the chain organic group in -R 41 - and -R 42 - is -(alkylene group)-, and in another embodiment, it is -O-(alkylene group)-.
  • -R 41 - or -R 42 - which does not directly bond to -X 51 -, -Y 1 - or -Y 2 - is preferably -O- (alkylene group)-.
  • the divalent organic group in -A 41 -, -A 42 -, and -A 43 - is preferably a group represented by the following formula (6).
  • Q3 represents a hydrocarbon ring group or a heterocyclic group.
  • the hydrocarbon ring group represented by -Q 3 - includes an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and a non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group includes an unlinked aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and a linked aromatic hydrocarbon ring group.
  • the unlinked aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is a divalent group of a monocyclic or condensed aromatic hydrocarbon ring, and the number of carbon atoms is preferably 6 to 20.
  • the core size provides good molecular orientation. This is preferable for the following reasons.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the unlinked aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is more preferably 6 to 15.
  • aromatic hydrocarbon rings examples include benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, perylene ring, tetracene ring, pyrene ring, benzpyrene ring, chrysene ring, triphenylene ring, acenaphthene ring, fluoranthene ring, fluorene ring, etc. .
  • a linked aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is a divalent group in which a plurality of monocyclic or condensed aromatic hydrocarbon rings are bonded by a single bond and has a bond on the atom constituting the ring. It is preferable that the single ring or condensed ring has 6 to 20 carbon atoms because an appropriate core size provides good orientation.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the linked aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is more preferably 6 to 15.
  • Examples of the linked aromatic hydrocarbon ring group include a first monocyclic or fused aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 20 carbon atoms and a second monocyclic or fused aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • Examples include divalent groups having a second bond on atoms constituting 6 to 20 monocyclic or fused aromatic hydrocarbon rings.
  • a specific example of the linked aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is a biphenyl-4,4'-diyl group.
  • aromatic hydrocarbon ring group a non-linked aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is preferable because it optimizes the intermolecular interaction between the liquid crystal compounds and improves the molecular orientation.
  • aromatic hydrocarbon ring group a divalent group of a benzene ring and a divalent group of a naphthalene ring are preferable, and a divalent group of a benzene ring (phenylene group) is more preferable.
  • phenylene group a 1,4-phenylene group is preferred. When -Q 3 - is one of these groups, the linearity of the liquid crystal molecules increases, and the effect of improving molecular orientation tends to be obtained.
  • the non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group includes a non-linked non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and a linked non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group.
  • the unlinked non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is a monocyclic or fused non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring divalent group, and the number of carbon atoms is 3 to 20, depending on the molecular orientation depending on the appropriate core size. This is preferable because it provides good properties.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the unlinked non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is more preferably 3 to 15.
  • non-aromatic hydrocarbon rings examples include cyclopropane ring, cyclobutane ring, cyclopentane ring, cyclohexane ring, cycloheptane ring, cyclooctane ring, cyclohexene ring, norbornane ring, bornane ring, adamantane ring, tetrahydronaphthalene ring, bicyclo [2 .2.2] octane ring, etc.
  • An unlinked non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is an alicyclic hydrocarbon ring group that does not have an unsaturated bond as an interatomic bond constituting the ring of a non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, and a ring of a non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring. and an unsaturated non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having an unsaturated bond as an interatomic bond constituting the unsaturated bond.
  • an alicyclic hydrocarbon ring group is preferable from the viewpoint of productivity.
  • a linked non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is a divalent group in which a plurality of monocyclic or condensed non-aromatic hydrocarbon rings are bonded by a single bond and has a bond on the atom constituting the ring;
  • One or more rings selected from the group consisting of an aromatic hydrocarbon ring, a fused aromatic hydrocarbon ring, a monocyclic non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, and a fused non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, and a monocyclic or It is a divalent group that is bonded to a fused non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring through a single bond and has a bond on the atom constituting the ring.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the single ring or condensed ring is preferably 3 to 20 because an appropriate core size improves molecular orientation.
  • Examples of the connected non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group include a first monocyclic or fused non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 3 to 20 carbon atoms and a second monocyclic or fused non-aromatic ring having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the hydrocarbon ring is bonded with a single bond, the first bond is on the atom constituting the first monocyclic ring or the fused non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and the second Examples include a divalent group having a second bond on an atom constituting a monocyclic or fused non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • a monocyclic or fused aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 3 to 20 carbon atoms and a monocyclic or fused non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 3 to 20 carbon atoms are bonded together through a single bond, and The first bond is on the atom constituting 20 monocyclic or fused aromatic hydrocarbon rings, and the ring is a monocyclic or fused non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • Examples include divalent groups having a second bond on the atom.
  • Specific examples of the linked non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group include bis(cyclohexane)-4,4'-diyl group and 1-cyclohexylbenzene-4,4'-diyl group.
  • non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group a non-linked non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is preferable because the molecular orientation is improved by optimizing the intermolecular interaction between the liquid crystal compounds.
  • the unlinked non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is preferably a divalent cyclohexane group (cyclohexanediyl group), and the cyclohexanediyl group is preferably a cyclohexane-1,4-diyl group.
  • the heterocyclic group represented by -Q 3 - includes an aromatic heterocyclic group and a non-aromatic heterocyclic group.
  • the aromatic heterocyclic group includes an unlinked aromatic heterocyclic group and a linked aromatic heterocyclic group.
  • the unlinked aromatic heterocyclic group is a monocyclic or fused aromatic heterocyclic divalent group, and the number of carbon atoms is 4 to 20, so that good molecular orientation can be achieved by an appropriate core size. It is preferable for the following reasons.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the unlinked aromatic heterocyclic group is more preferably 4 to 15.
  • aromatic heterocycles include furan ring, benzofuran ring, thiophene ring, benzothiophene ring, pyrrole ring, pyrazole ring, imidazole ring, thiazole ring, oxadiazole ring, indole ring, carbazole ring, pyrroloimidazole ring, and pyrrolo ring.
  • a linked aromatic heterocyclic group is a divalent group in which a single ring or a plurality of condensed aromatic heterocycles are bonded by a single bond and has a bond on an atom constituting the ring. It is preferable that the single ring or condensed ring has 4 to 20 carbon atoms because an appropriate core size provides good molecular orientation.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the linked aromatic heterocyclic group is more preferably 4 to 15.
  • the linked aromatic heterocyclic group for example, a first monocyclic or fused aromatic heterocyclic ring having 4 to 20 carbon atoms and a second monocyclic or fused aromatic heterocyclic ring having 4 to 20 carbon atoms are used.
  • bonded with a single bond has a first bond on an atom constituting a first monocyclic ring having 4 to 20 carbon atoms or a fused aromatic heterocyclic ring, and a second bond having 4 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • a divalent group having a second bond on an atom constituting a monocyclic ring or a condensed aromatic heterocycle can be mentioned.
  • the non-aromatic heterocyclic group includes a non-linked non-aromatic heterocyclic group and a linked non-aromatic heterocyclic group.
  • the unlinked non-aromatic heterocyclic group is a monocyclic or fused non-aromatic heterocyclic divalent group, and the number of carbon atoms is 4 to 20, and the molecular orientation can be controlled by an appropriate core size. It is preferable because it is good.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the unlinked non-aromatic heterocyclic group is more preferably 4 to 15.
  • non-aromatic heterocycle of a divalent group of a monocyclic or condensed non-aromatic heterocycle having 4 to 20 carbon atoms examples include a tetrahydrofuran ring, a tetrahydropyran ring, a dioxane ring, a tetrahydrothiophene ring, a tetrahydrothiopyran ring, Pyrrolidine ring, piperidine ring, dihydropyridine ring, piperazine ring, tetrahydrothiazole ring, tetrahydroxazole ring, octahydroquinoline ring, tetrahydroquinoline ring, octahydroquinazoline ring, tetrahydroquinazoline ring, tetrahydroimidazole ring, tetrahydrobenzimidazole ring, quinuclidine ring Can be mentioned.
  • a linked non-aromatic heterocyclic group is a divalent group in which a single ring or a plurality of condensed non-aromatic heterocycles are bonded by a single bond and has a bond on an atom constituting the ring. It is preferable that the single ring or condensed ring has 4 to 20 carbon atoms because an appropriate core size provides good molecular orientation.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the linked non-aromatic heterocyclic group is more preferably 4 to 15.
  • Examples of the linked aromatic heterocyclic group include a first monocyclic or fused non-aromatic heterocyclic ring having 4 to 20 carbon atoms and a second monocyclic or fused non-aromatic heterocyclic ring having 4 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the first bond is on an atom constituting a monocyclic ring or a condensed non-aromatic heterocyclic ring having 4 to 20 carbon atoms
  • the second bond is 4 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • a divalent group having a second bond on an atom constituting a ring of ⁇ 20 monocyclic or fused non-aromatic heterocycles can be mentioned.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, aromatic heterocyclic group, and non-aromatic heterocyclic group in -Q 3 - have high linearity in molecular structure, and the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (4) It is preferable that each of them is independently unsubstituted or substituted with a methyl group, a methoxy group, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, or a bromine atom, and is unsubstituted. It is more preferable.
  • the substituents possessed by the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, aromatic heterocyclic group, and non-aromatic heterocyclic group in -Q 3 - may be the same or different; All of the hydrocarbon ring group, non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, aromatic heterocyclic group, and non-aromatic heterocyclic group may be substituted, all may be unsubstituted, or some may be substituted. may be partially unsubstituted.
  • -A 41 -, -A 42 - and -A 43 - may have the same or different substituents, and -A 41 -, -A 42 - and -A 43 - have divalent organic groups. All of the organic groups may be substituted, all of them may be unsubstituted, or some of them may be substituted and some of them may be unsubstituted.
  • -Q 3 - is preferably a hydrocarbon ring group, more preferably a phenylene group or a cyclohexanediyl group.
  • -Q 3 - is more preferably a 1,4-phenylene group or a cyclohexane-1,4-diyl group, since they can improve the linearity of the molecular structure of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (4).
  • -A 41 -, -A 42 - and -A 43 - are divalent organic groups
  • -Q 3 - is a hydrocarbon ring group, that is, the divalent organic group is a hydrocarbon ring group.
  • the divalent organic group phenylene group and cyclohexanediyl group are more preferable, and since they can improve the linearity of the molecular structure of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (4), 1,4-phenylene group and cyclohexane-1,4 -diyl group is more preferred.
  • one of -A 41 -, -A 42 - and -A 43 - is a partial structure represented by formula (5), and the other two are each a partial structure represented by formula (5).
  • it is preferably a divalent organic group, and among -A 41 -, -A 42 - and -A 43 -, -C y - in the partial structure represented by formula (5) is a hydrocarbon ring group.
  • the divalent organic group is a hydrocarbon ring group.
  • the hydrocarbon ring group is preferably a 1,4-phenylene group or a cyclohexane-1,4-diyl group.
  • one of -A 41 - and -A 43 - is a cyclohexane-1,4-diyl group. Furthermore, it is preferable that one of -A 41 - and -A 43 - is a partial structure represented by formula (5), and the other one and -A 42 - are divalent organic groups. preferable. In this case, one of -A 41 - and -A 43 -, which is a divalent organic group, is preferably a cyclohexane-1,4-diyl group, and -A 42 - is a 1,4-phenylene group. It is particularly preferable that there be.
  • -Y 1 - and -Y 2 - are each independently selected from monomers with small ⁇ bonding properties.
  • (k) k is 1 or 2. In one embodiment, k is preferably 1. In another embodiment, k is preferably 2. When k is 2, each -Y 2 - may be the same or different from each other, and each -A 43 - may be the same or different from each other.
  • the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (4) is a compound represented by the above formula (4A), (4B), (4E) or (4F), which optimizes the intermolecular interaction between the liquid crystal compounds, It is preferable because it has an appropriate core size and good molecular orientation.
  • polymerizable liquid crystal compound (Specific example of polymerizable liquid crystal compound)
  • polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention include, but are not limited to, the following polymerizable liquid crystal compounds.
  • -C 6 H 13 means n-hexyl group
  • -C 5 H 11 means n-pentyl group.
  • the liquid crystal compound contained in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention preferably consists of a polymerizable liquid crystal compound (4).
  • the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention may contain only one type of polymerizable liquid crystal compound, or may contain two or more types in any combination and ratio.
  • the content of the liquid crystal compound in the composition for forming an anisotropic pigment film of the present invention is the content of the liquid crystal compound in the composition for forming an anisotropic pigment film of the present invention.
  • the amount is preferably 35 parts by mass or more, more preferably 50 parts by mass or more, even more preferably 55 parts by mass or more, preferably 99 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 98 parts by mass or less. If the content of the liquid crystal compound in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film is greater than or equal to the above lower limit and less than or equal to the upper limit, the orientation of liquid crystal molecules tends to be high.
  • the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention may contain one or more polymerizable or non-polymerizable liquid crystal compounds other than the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (4). , from the viewpoint of more effectively obtaining the effects of the present invention by using the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (4), polymerization in 100% by mass of the total amount of liquid crystal compounds contained in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention.
  • the proportion of the liquid crystal compound (4) is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 15 to 100% by mass.
  • composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention contains a polymerizable liquid crystal compound whose mass concentration in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film is as described below with respect to the concentration of the compound of the present invention. It is preferable to contain it so as to have a mass concentration.
  • the polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention preferably has an isotropic phase appearance temperature of 160°C or lower, more preferably 140°C or lower. , more preferably 115°C or less, even more preferably 110°C or less, particularly preferably 105°C or less.
  • the isotropic phase appearance temperature means the phase transition temperature from liquid crystal to liquid and the phase transition temperature from liquid to liquid crystal. In the present invention, it is preferable that at least one of these phase transition temperatures is below the above upper limit, and it is more preferable that both of these phase transition temperatures are below the above upper limit.
  • the polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention can undergo an alkylation reaction, an esterification reaction, an amidation reaction, an etherification reaction, an ipsosubstitution reaction, a coupling reaction using a metal catalyst. It can be produced by combining known chemical reactions such as.
  • the polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention can be prepared by the method described in the Examples below, or by the method described in "Liquid Crystal Handbook" (Maruzen Co., Ltd., October 30, 2000). It can be synthesized according to the method described on pages 449 to 468 of Japanese publication).
  • the number of ring structures (r n1 ) possessed by the polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film is preferably 0.7 to 1.5. Note that a condensed ring in which two or more rings are condensed is counted as one ring structure.
  • the number of ring structures (r n2 ) possessed by the compound of the present invention for example, compound (1), means -A 11 -, -A 12 -, -A 13 - and -A 14 - in formula (1).
  • r n2 is 4.
  • -X 1 in formula (1) is a cyclic functional group such as a pyrrolidinyl group or piperidinyl group
  • the ring structure contained in -X 1 is determined by the number of ring structures (r n2 ) possessed by the compound of the present invention. are not included.
  • the number of ring structures (r n2 ) possessed by the compound of the present invention is the sum of -A 1 -, -A 2 -, and -A 3 - in formula (2). Specifically, when n is 1, r n2 is 3; when n is 2, r n2 is 4; when n is 3, r n2 is 5. Even if -X in formula (2) is a cyclic functional group such as a pyrrolidinyl group or piperidinyl group, the ring structure contained in -X is not included in the number of ring structures (r n2 ) possessed by the compound of the present invention. do not have.
  • r n2 is 3, r n1 is 3 or 4; if r n2 is 4, r n1 is 3, 4, 5, or 6; r n2 is 5. If r n1 is 4, 5, 6, or 7, the number of ring structures (r n1 ) of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the composition for forming an anisotropic pigment film and the anisotropic pigment film This is preferable because the ratio (r n1 /r n2 ) to the number of ring structures (r n2 ) possessed by the compound of the present invention contained in the forming composition is 0.7 to 1.5.
  • the number of ring structures (r n1 ) possessed by the polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film includes ring structures contained in the polymerizable groups in the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (for example, oxirane rings and oxetane rings). etc.) are not included.
  • the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention contains the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in such a manner that the mass concentration of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is at least 1 times the mass concentration of the compound of the present invention. If the mass concentration of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is one or more times the mass concentration of the compound of the present invention, a high dichroic ratio tends to be obtained, which is preferable from the viewpoint of improving the mechanical strength of the anisotropic dye film.
  • the mass concentration of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention is more preferably 1.5 times or more, and more preferably 2 times or more, the mass concentration of the compound of the present invention.
  • the mass concentration of the liquid crystal compound is preferably 1000 times or less, more preferably 700 times or less, and even more preferably 500 times or less than the mass concentration of the compound of the present invention.
  • the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention may contain a polymerization initiator, if necessary.
  • a polymerization initiator is a compound that can initiate a polymerization reaction of a polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
  • a photopolymerization initiator that generates active radicals by the action of light is preferred.
  • polymerization initiators examples include titanocene derivatives; biimidazole derivatives; halomethylated oxadiazole derivatives; halomethyl-s-triazine derivatives; alkylphenone derivatives; oxime ester derivatives; benzoins; Examples include benzophenone derivatives; acylphosphine oxide derivatives; iodonium salts; sulfonium salts; anthraquinone derivatives; acetophenone derivatives; thioxanthone derivatives; benzoic acid ester derivatives; acridine derivatives; phenazine derivatives; and anthrone derivatives.
  • alkylphenone derivatives, oxime ester derivatives, biimidazole derivatives, acetophenone derivatives, and thioxanthone derivatives are more preferred.
  • titanocene derivatives include dicyclopentadienyl titanium dichloride, dicyclopentadienyl titanium bisphenyl, dicyclopentadienyl titanium bis(2,3,4,5,6-pentafluoro phenyl-1-yl), dicyclopentadienyl titanium bis(2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenyl-1-yl), dicyclopentadienyl titanium bis(2,4,6-trifluorophenyl) 1-yl), dicyclopentadienyl titanium di(2,6-difluorophenyl-1-yl), dicyclopentadienyl titanium di(2,4-difluorophenyl-1-yl), di(methylcyclopenta dienyl) titanium bis(2,3,4,5,6-pentafluorophenyl-1-yl), di(methylcyclopentadienyl) titanium bis(2,6-difluorophenyl-1-yl), di(methyl
  • biimidazole derivatives examples include 2-(2'-chlorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2-(2'-chlorophenyl)-4,5-bis(3'-methoxyphenyl)imidazole dimer, 2-(2'-fluorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2-(2'-methoxyphenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, (4'-methoxyphenyl) )-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer.
  • halomethylated oxadiazole derivatives examples include 2-trichloromethyl-5-(2'-benzofuryl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5-[ ⁇ -(2'- benzofuryl)vinyl]-1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5-[ ⁇ -(2'-(6''-benzofuryl)vinyl)]-1,3,4-oxadiazole, Examples include 2-trichloromethyl-5-furyl-1,3,4-oxadiazole.
  • halomethyl-s-triazine derivatives examples include 2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(4-methoxynaphthyl)-4,6-bis( trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(4-ethoxynaphthyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(4-ethoxycarbonylnaphthyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl) -s-triazine is mentioned.
  • alkylphenone derivatives include diethoxyacetophenone, 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholinopropan-1-one, 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-( 4-morpholinophenyl)-butanone-1, 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)butan-1-one, 4-dimethylaminoethylbenzoate, 4-dimethylaminoisoamyl Benzoate, 4-diethylaminoacetophenone, 4-dimethylaminopropiophenone, 2-ethylhexyl-1,4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 2,5-bis(4-diethylaminobenzal)cyclohexanone, 7-diethylamino -3-(4-diethylaminobenzoyl)coumarin and 4-(diethylamino)chalcone.
  • oxime ester derivatives examples include 2-(benzoyloxyimino)-1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-1-octanone, O-acetyl-1-[6-(2-methylbenzoyl)-9 -ethyl-9H-carbazol-3-yl]ethanone oxime, oxime ester derivatives described in JP-A No. 2000-80068, JP-A No. 2006-36750, International Publication No. 2009/131189, etc. .
  • benzoins examples include benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin phenyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, and benzoin isopropyl ether.
  • benzophenone derivatives include benzophenone, Michler's ketone, 2-methylbenzophenone, 3-methylbenzophenone, 4-methylbenzophenone, 2-chlorobenzophenone, 4-bromobenzophenone, 2-carboxybenzophenone, methyl o-benzoylbenzoate, 4 -phenylbenzophenone, 4-benzoyl-4'-methyldiphenyl sulfide, 3,3',4,4'-tetra(tert-butylperoxycarbonyl)benzophenone, and 2,4,6-trimethylbenzophenone.
  • acylphosphine oxide derivatives include 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide, bis-(2,6-dimethoxybenzoyl)-2,4,4-trimethylpentylphosphine oxide, and bis(2,4, Examples include 6-trimethylbenzoyl) phenylphosphine oxide.
  • iodonium salts include diphenyliodonium tetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate, diphenyliodonium hexafluorophosphate, diphenyliodonium hexafluoroantimonate, and di(4-nonylphenyl)iodonium hexafluorophosphate. can be mentioned.
  • sulfonium salts examples include triphenylsulfonium hexafluorophosphate, triphenylsulfonium hexafluoroantimonate, triphenylsulfonium tetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate, and diphenyl[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]sulfonium hexafluorophosphate.
  • anthraquinone derivatives examples include 2-methylanthraquinone, 2-ethylanthraquinone, 2-t-butylanthraquinone, and 1-chloroanthraquinone.
  • acetophenone derivatives include 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone, 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone, 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenylketone, ⁇ -hydroxy-2-methylphenylpropanone, 1-hydroxy -1-methylethyl-(p-isopropylphenyl)ketone, 1-hydroxy-1-(p-dodecylphenyl)ketone, 2-methyl-(4'-methylthiophenyl)-2-morpholino-1-propanone, 1, Examples include 1,1-trichloromethyl-(p-butylphenyl)ketone.
  • thioxanthone derivatives include thioxanthone, 2-ethylthioxanthone, 2-isopropylthioxanthone, 2-chlorothioxanthone, 2,4-dimethylthioxanthone, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone, and 2,4-diisopropylthioxanthone.
  • benzoic acid ester derivatives include ethyl p-dimethylaminobenzoate and ethyl p-diethylaminobenzoate.
  • acridine derivatives examples include 9-phenylacridine and 9-(p-methoxyphenyl)acridine.
  • phenazine derivatives examples include 9,10-dimethylbenzphenazine.
  • anthrone derivatives examples include benzanthrone.
  • One type of polymerization initiator may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.
  • a commercially available product can also be used as the polymerization initiator.
  • Commercially available products include, for example, IRGACURE (registered trademark) 250, IRGACURE 651, IRGACURE 184, DAROCURE 1173, IRGACURE 2959, IRGACURE 127, IRGACURE 907, IRGACURE 369, IRGACURE 379EG, LUCIRIN TPO, IRGACURE 819, IRGACURE 784 , OXE-01, OXE-02 (all manufactured by BASF); Sequal (registered trademark) BZ, Z, and BEE (manufactured by Seiko Chemical Co., Ltd.); kayacure (registered trademark) BP100, and UVI-6992 (manufactured by Dow Chemical Co., Ltd.); ADEKA Optomer SP-152, and SP-170 (manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.); TAZ-A, and TAZ-PP (manufactured by Nippon Si
  • the content of the polymerization initiator in the composition for forming an anisotropic pigment film of the present invention does not disturb the orientation of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
  • the amount is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by weight, more preferably 0.5 to 10 parts by weight, and even more preferably 0.5 to 8 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. Department.
  • a polymerization accelerator may be used in combination with the polymerization initiator, if necessary.
  • the polymerization accelerator used include N,N-dialkylaminobenzoic acid alkyl esters such as N,N-dimethylaminobenzoic acid ethyl ester; 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-mercaptobenzoxazole, and 2-mercaptobenzoic acid.
  • Examples include mercapto compounds having a heterocycle such as imidazole; and mercapto compounds such as aliphatic polyfunctional mercapto compounds.
  • One type of polymerization accelerator may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.
  • a sensitizing dye may be used in combination for the purpose of increasing the sensitivity, if necessary.
  • Appropriate sensitizing dyes are used depending on the wavelength of the exposure light source, such as xanthene dyes described in JP-A-4-221958 and JP-A-4-219756; Coumarin dyes having a heterocycle as described in JP-A-239703, JP-A-5-289335, etc.; 3-ketocoumarin-based dyes as described in JP-A-3-239703, JP-A-5-289335, etc.; Pyrromethene dyes described in JP-A-47-2528, JP-A-54-155292, JP-A-45-37377, JP-A-48-84183, JP-A-48-84183; 112681/1981, 15503/1983, 88005/1980, 56403/1983, 69/1991, 168088/1987 , JP-A-5-107761, JP-A-5-2
  • the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention may contain a solvent, if necessary.
  • the solvent that can be used in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it can sufficiently disperse or dissolve the dye or other additives in the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
  • the solvent include alcohol solvents such as methanol, ethanol, ethylene glycol, isopropyl alcohol, propylene glycol, ethylene glycol methyl ether, ethylene glycol butyl ether, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether; ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethylene glycol methyl ether acetate, and ⁇ .
  • Ester solvents such as butyrolactone, propylene glycol methyl ether acetate, ethyl lactate; ketone solvents such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, methyl isobutyl ketone; aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as pentane, hexane, heptane, etc.
  • Aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and xylene; Nitrile solvents such as acetonitrile; Ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran, dimethoxyethane, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and ethylene glycol diethyl ether; Perfluorobenzene, perfluorotoluene, perfluorodecalin, perfluoromethylcyclohexane, hexa Examples include fluorine-containing solvents such as fluoro-2-propanol; and chlorine-containing solvents such as chloroform, dichloromethane, chlorobenzene, and dichlorobenzene. These solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the solvent is preferably a solvent that can dissolve the polymerizable liquid crystal compound and the dye, and more preferably a solvent that can completely dissolve the polymerizable liquid crystal compound and the dye.
  • the solvent is preferably a solvent inert to the polymerization reaction of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
  • the solvent is preferably a solvent having a boiling point in the range of 50 to 200° C. from the viewpoint of coating the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention, which will be described later.
  • the content ratio of the solvent in the composition for forming an anisotropic pigment film of the present invention is the total amount of the composition for forming an anisotropic pigment film of the present invention. (100% by mass), preferably 50% by mass or more and 98% by mass or less.
  • the solid content in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention is preferably 2% by mass or more and 50% by mass or less.
  • the solid content in the composition for forming an anisotropic pigment film is below the above-mentioned upper limit, the viscosity of the composition for forming an anisotropic pigment film will not become too high, and the thickness of the polarizing film obtained will be uniform. , the polarizing film tends to be less likely to have unevenness. Moreover, if it is more than the said lower limit, it tends to become easy to obtain a polarizing film with an appropriate thickness. Such solid content can be determined in consideration of the thickness of the polarizing film to be manufactured.
  • the viscosity of the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as a uniform film without uneven thickness can be produced by the coating method described below. From the viewpoint of achieving thickness uniformity over a large area, productivity such as coating speed, and in-plane uniformity of optical properties, the viscosity of the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention is 0.1 mPa ⁇ s or more. is preferable, 500 mPa ⁇ s or less is preferable, 100 mPa ⁇ s or less is more preferable, and even more preferably 50 mPa ⁇ s or less.
  • the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention may further include, as necessary, components other than the dye and the polymerizable liquid crystal compound, such as a polymerization inhibitor, a polymerization aid, and a polymerization initiator in addition to the above-mentioned polymerization initiator.
  • a polymerization inhibitor such as a polymerization inhibitor, a polymerization aid, and a polymerization initiator in addition to the above-mentioned polymerization initiator.
  • composition for forming an anisotropic pigment film of the present invention can be improved, and the composition for forming an anisotropic pigment film of the present invention can be formed from the composition for forming an anisotropic pigment film.
  • the stability of the anisotropic dye film can be improved.
  • the method for producing the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention is not particularly limited.
  • a dye, a polymerizable liquid crystal compound, and if necessary a solvent and other additives are mixed, and the mixture is stirred and shaken at 0 to 80° C. to dissolve the dye. If it is poorly soluble, a homogenizer, bead mill disperser, etc. may be used.
  • the method for producing the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention may include a filtration step for the purpose of removing foreign substances in the composition.
  • the composition obtained by removing the solvent from the composition for forming an anisotropic pigment film may or may not be a liquid crystal at any temperature; It is preferable that the material exhibits liquid crystallinity.
  • the composition obtained by removing the solvent from the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention preferably has an isotropic phase appearance temperature of less than 160°C, preferably 140°C, from the viewpoint of the coating process described below. It is more preferably less than 115°C, even more preferably less than 110°C, and particularly preferably less than 105°C.
  • the anisotropic dye film of the present invention is formed using the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention. Therefore, the anisotropic dye film of the present invention includes a dye and one or both of a polymerizable liquid crystal compound and a polymer having a structural unit based on the polymerizable liquid crystal compound, and the dye includes the compound of the present invention.
  • the anisotropic dye film of the present invention formed using the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention preferably has a total mass of a polymerizable liquid crystal compound and a polymer having structural units based on the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
  • the concentration is 1 times or more, more preferably 1.5 times or more, even more preferably 2 times or more, particularly preferably 3 times or more, and preferably 1000 times or less, more preferably 700 times or more, the mass concentration of the compound of the present invention. It is contained in an amount not more than 500 times, more preferably not more than 500 times.
  • the anisotropic dye film of the present invention may optionally contain a non-polymerizable liquid crystal compound, a polymerization initiator, a polymerization inhibitor, a polymerization aid, a polymerizable non-liquid crystal compound, a non-polymerizable non-liquid crystal compound, It may also contain surfactants, leveling agents, coupling agents, pH adjusters, dispersants, antioxidants, organic/inorganic fillers, organic/inorganic nanosheets, organic/inorganic nanofibers, metal oxides, and the like.
  • the anisotropic dye film of the present invention can function as a polarizing film that obtains linearly polarized light, circularly polarized light, elliptically polarized light, etc. by utilizing the anisotropy of light absorption.
  • a composition containing (or transparent material) it is possible to functionalize it as a dye film with various anisotropies such as refractive anisotropy and conduction anisotropy.
  • the orientation characteristics of the anisotropic dye film can be expressed using a dichroic ratio.
  • the dichroic ratio of the anisotropic dye film is 8 or more, it functions as a polarizing element, but it is preferably 15 or more, more preferably 20 or more, even more preferably 25 or more, particularly preferably 30 or more, and particularly preferably 40 or more. The higher the dichroic ratio, the better.
  • the dichroic ratio is equal to or higher than the lower limit, it is useful as an optical element, particularly a polarizing element, which will be described later.
  • the dichroic ratio at a wavelength of 450 nm is 8 or more, it will function as a polarizing element, but this dichroic ratio is also preferably 12 or more, and 15 or more. More preferably, 20 or more is even more preferable.
  • Az is the absorbance observed when the polarization direction of light incident on the anisotropic dye film is parallel to the orientation direction of the anisotropic dye.
  • Ay is the absorbance observed when the polarization direction of the light incident on the anisotropic dye film is perpendicular.
  • the respective absorbances (Az, Ay) there is no particular restriction on the respective absorbances (Az, Ay) as long as they have the same wavelength, and any wavelength may be selected depending on the purpose.
  • the degree of orientation of the anisotropic dye film it is preferable to use a value corrected by visibility in a specific wavelength range of 350 nm to 800 nm of the anisotropic dye film, or a value at the maximum absorption wavelength in the visible range.
  • the transmittance of the anisotropic dye film of the present invention is preferably 25% or more, more preferably 35% or more, and particularly preferably 40% or more at the intended wavelength of use.
  • the transmittance of the anisotropic dye film in the visible light wavelength range is preferably 25% or more. , more preferably 35% or more, particularly preferably 40% or more.
  • the transmittance of the anisotropic dye film of the present invention may be at an upper limit depending on the application. For example, when increasing the degree of polarization, the transmittance is preferably 50% or less.
  • the transmittance is within the above range, it is useful as an optical element, which will be described later, and especially as an optical element for liquid crystal displays used for color display, and for antireflection films that combine an anisotropic dye film and a retardation film. Useful.
  • the dry film thickness of the anisotropic dye film is preferably 10 nm or more, more preferably 100 nm or more, even more preferably 500 nm or more, and preferably 30 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, and still more preferably 5 ⁇ m or less. , particularly preferably 3 ⁇ m or less.
  • the thickness of the anisotropic dye film is within the above range, uniform orientation of the dye and uniform film thickness tend to be obtained within the film.
  • the anisotropic dye film of the present invention is preferably produced by a wet film forming method using the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention.
  • the wet film forming method referred to in the present invention is a method of applying and orienting an anisotropic dye film-forming composition onto a substrate by some method. Therefore, the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film only needs to have fluidity and may or may not contain a solvent. From the viewpoint of viscosity and film uniformity during coating, it is more preferable that a solvent is included.
  • the liquid crystals and dyes in the anisotropic dye film may be oriented by shearing during the coating process, or may be oriented during the drying process of the solvent. Alternatively, the liquid crystal, dye, etc. may be aligned and laminated on the substrate through a process of heating after coating and drying to realign the liquid crystal, dye, etc.
  • the wet film forming method when the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film is applied onto the substrate, the composition is already in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film, or in the process of drying the solvent, or the solvent is completely removed. After that, the dye or liquid crystal compound self-associates (in a state of molecular association such as a liquid crystal state), thereby causing alignment in a minute area.
  • the external field includes the influence of an alignment layer applied in advance on the substrate, shear force, magnetic field, electric field, heat, etc., and these may be used alone or in combination. If necessary, a heating step may be performed.
  • the process of applying the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film on a substrate to form a film, the process of applying an external field to orient it, and the process of drying the solvent may be performed sequentially or simultaneously.
  • Examples of the method for applying the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film onto the substrate in the wet film forming method include a coating method, a dip coating method, an LB film forming method, and a known printing method. There is also a method of transferring the anisotropic dye film thus obtained to another substrate.
  • the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film onto the substrate using a coating method.
  • the orientation direction of the anisotropic dye film may be different from the coating direction.
  • the orientation direction of an anisotropic dye film refers to the transmission axis (polarization axis) or absorption axis of polarized light in the case of a polarizing film, and the fast axis or slow axis in the case of a retardation film. It refers to the phase axis.
  • the method of applying an anisotropic pigment film-forming composition to obtain an anisotropic pigment film is not particularly limited, but for example, the method described in "Coating Engineering” by Yuji Harasaki (Asakura Shoten Co., Ltd., March 20, 1971) The method described on pages 253-277 of ⁇ Creation and Application of Molecular Cooperative Materials'' (CMC Publishing Co., Ltd., published March 3, 1998) supervised by Kunihiro Ichimura, Slot die coating method, spin coating method, spray coating method, bar coating method, roll coating method, blade coating method, curtain coating method, fountain method, dip method on a substrate having a step structure (orientation treatment may be performed in advance)
  • An example of this method is to apply it using a method such as Among these, it is preferable to employ the slot die coating method or the bar coating method because a highly uniform anisotropic dye film can be obtained.
  • the die coater used in the slot die coating method is generally equipped with a coating machine that discharges a coating liquid, a so-called slit die.
  • Slit dies are described, for example, in JP-A-2-164480, JP-A-6-154687, JP-A-9-131559, “Basics and Applications of Dispersion, Coating, and Drying” (2014, Technosyste Co., Ltd., ISBN 9784924728707 C 305), “Wet coating technology for displays and optical components” (2007, Information Technology Corporation, ISBN 9784901677752), and “Precision coating and drying technology in the electronics field” (2007, Technical Information Association, ISBN 9784861041389).
  • These known slit dies can coat even flexible members such as films and tapes, and hard members such as glass substrates.
  • Examples of the substrate used for forming the anisotropic dye film of the present invention include glass, triacetate, acrylic, polyester, polyimide, polyetherimide, polyetheretherketone, polycarbonate, cycloolefin polymer, polyolefin, polyvinyl chloride, Examples include triacetylcellulose or urethane-based films.
  • the surface of the substrate is coated with a known method (rubbing method, orientation Orientation can be achieved by methods such as forming grooves (fine groove structures) on the film surface, using polarized ultraviolet light/polarized laser (photoalignment method), orientation method using LB film formation, orientation method using oblique vapor deposition of inorganic materials, etc.
  • a treatment (alignment film) may be applied.
  • alignment treatments using a rubbing method and a photoalignment method are examples of materials used in the rubbing method include polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), polyimide (PI), epoxy resin, and acrylic resin.
  • Examples of materials used in the photo-alignment method include polycinnamate-based materials, polyamic acid/polyimide-based materials, and azobenzene-based materials.
  • an alignment layer it is thought that the liquid crystal compound and the dye are oriented due to the influence of the alignment treatment of the alignment layer and the shear force applied to the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film during coating.
  • the method and interval for supplying the composition for forming an anisotropic pigment film are not particularly limited. If the anisotropic dye film is thin, the anisotropic dye film may be continuously anisotropic. It is desirable to apply the pigmented film-forming composition while supplying it.
  • the speed at which the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film is applied is preferably 0.001 m/min or more, more preferably 0.01 m/min or more, and still more preferably 0.1 m/min or more, Even more preferably it is 1.0 m/min or more, particularly preferably 5.0 m/min or more. Further, the speed is preferably 400 m/min or less, more preferably 200 m/min or less, even more preferably 100 m/min or less, even more preferably 50 m/min or less. When the coating speed is within the above range, the anisotropic dye film tends to have anisotropy and can be coated uniformly.
  • the coating temperature of the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film is preferably 0°C or higher and 100°C or lower, more preferably 80°C or lower, and still more preferably 60°C or lower.
  • the humidity during application of the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film is preferably 10% RH or more, and preferably 80% RH or less.
  • the anisotropic dye film may be subjected to insolubilization treatment.
  • Insolubilization refers to a treatment that controls the elution of a compound from an anisotropic dye film and increases the stability of the film by reducing the solubility of the compound in the anisotropic dye film.
  • film polymerization, overcoating, etc. are preferable from the viewpoints of ease of post-processing, durability of the anisotropic dye film, and the like.
  • the film in which the liquid crystal compound and the dye are oriented is polymerized using light, heat, and/or radiation.
  • the light source of active energy rays with a wavelength of 190 to 450 nm is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, a xenon lamp, a halogen lamp, a tungsten lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, an ultra-high-pressure mercury lamp, a metal halide lamp, a medium-pressure mercury lamp, a low-pressure mercury lamp, and a carbon lamp.
  • Examples include lamp light sources such as arc and fluorescent lamps; laser light sources such as argon ion lasers, YAG lasers, excimer lasers, nitrogen lasers, helium cadmium lasers, and semiconductor lasers.
  • lamp light sources such as arc and fluorescent lamps
  • laser light sources such as argon ion lasers, YAG lasers, excimer lasers, nitrogen lasers, helium cadmium lasers, and semiconductor lasers.
  • an optical filter can also be used.
  • the exposure amount of active energy rays is preferably 10 to 10,000 J/m 2 .
  • polymerization When polymerization is carried out using heat, it is preferably carried out at a temperature in the range of 50 to 200°C, more preferably in the range of 60 to 150°C.
  • polymerization may be carried out using light, heat, and/or radiation, it is preferable to use photopolymerization or a combination of photopolymerization and thermal polymerization because the film forming process takes less time and the equipment is simpler. preferred.
  • optical element of the present invention includes the anisotropic dye film of the present invention.
  • the optical element in the present invention has functions such as a polarizing element, a retardation element, and a refractive anisotropy and conduction anisotropy that obtain linearly polarized light, circularly polarized light, elliptically polarized light, etc. by utilizing the anisotropy of light absorption. Represents an element. These functions can be adjusted as appropriate by the anisotropic dye film forming process and the selection of the composition containing the substrate and organic compound (dye and transparent material).
  • the optical element of the present invention is preferably used as a polarizing element.
  • the optical element of the present invention can be suitably used for applications such as flexible displays, since a polarizing element can be obtained by forming an anisotropic dye film on a substrate by coating or the like.
  • the optical element may be provided with other layers in order to maintain and improve the function of the anisotropic dye film.
  • Other layers include, for example, layers that have the function of blocking specific wavelengths and layers that have the function of blocking specific substances (oxygen (barrier films such as barrier films, water vapor blocking films, etc.); wavelength cut filters used to change the color gamut or improve optical properties; and layers containing materials that absorb specific wavelengths. .
  • a polarizing element (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “polarizing element of the present invention") can be manufactured using the anisotropic dye film of the present invention.
  • the polarizing element of the present invention may have any other film (layer) as long as it has the anisotropic dye film of the present invention.
  • it can be manufactured by providing an alignment film on a substrate and forming the anisotropic dye film of the present invention on the surface of the alignment film.
  • Polarizing elements are not limited to anisotropic dye films, but also function as overcoat layers that improve polarization performance and mechanical strength; adhesive layers or antireflection layers; alignment films; and retardation films. , a layer having an optical function such as a function as a brightness-enhancing film, a function as a reflection or anti-reflection film, a function as a transflective film, a function as a diffusion film; etc. Specifically, layers having the various functions described above may be laminated by coating, laminating, etc., and used as a laminate.
  • each layer may be formed on the anisotropic dye film or on the opposite side of the substrate provided with the anisotropic dye film. Further, the order in which each layer is formed may be before or after forming the anisotropic dye film.
  • These layers having optical functions can be formed by the following method.
  • a layer having a function as a retardation film can be formed by applying or bonding the retardation film to other layers constituting the polarizing element.
  • the retardation film may be subjected to the stretching treatment described in, for example, JP-A-2-59703, JP-A-4-230704, etc., or the treatment described in JP-A-7-230007, etc. It can be formed by
  • a layer having a function as a brightness-enhancing film can be formed by applying or bonding the brightness-enhancing film to other layers constituting the polarizing element.
  • the brightness enhancement film can be produced by forming micropores by the method described in JP-A-2002-169025 and JP-A-2003-29030, or by forming two or more layers with different center wavelengths of selective reflection. It can be formed by overlapping cholesteric liquid crystal layers.
  • a layer having a function as a reflective film or a semi-transparent reflective film can be formed by, for example, applying or bonding a metal thin film obtained by vapor deposition or sputtering to other layers constituting the polarizing element. I can do it.
  • a layer having a function as a diffusion film can be formed, for example, by coating another layer constituting the polarizing element with a resin solution containing fine particles.
  • the layer that functions as a retardation film or an optical compensation film contains a liquid crystal compound such as a discotic liquid crystal compound, a nematic liquid crystal compound, a smectic liquid crystal compound, or a cholesteric liquid crystal compound, in addition to other layers constituting the polarizing element. It can be formed by coating and orienting it. At that time, an alignment film may be provided on the substrate, and a retardation film or an optical compensation film may be formed on the surface of the alignment film.
  • the anisotropic dye film of the present invention When the anisotropic dye film of the present invention is used as an anisotropic dye film in various display devices such as liquid crystal devices (LCDs) and organic electroluminescent devices (OLEDs), the electrodes constituting these display devices
  • LCDs liquid crystal devices
  • OLEDs organic electroluminescent devices
  • the anisotropic dye film of the present invention may be directly formed on the surface of a substrate or the like, or the substrate on which the anisotropic dye film of the present invention is formed may be used as a component of these display elements.
  • Linearly polarized measurement light is incident on the anisotropic dye film, and the transmittance for polarized light in the direction of the absorption axis of the anisotropic dye film and the transmittance for light polarized in the direction of the polarization axis of the anisotropic dye film are measured, and the transmittance is calculated using the following formula.
  • the dichroic ratio (D) was calculated. Further, the wavelength at which the absorption of polarized light in the absorption axis direction is maximum was defined as the maximum absorption wavelength of the anisotropic dye film.
  • a sandwich cell (cell gap: 8.0 ⁇ m or 10.0 ⁇ m) in which a polyimide alignment film (LX1400, manufactured by Hitachi Chemical DuPont Microsystems, Inc.) was formed on glass as a substrate (cell gap: 8.0 ⁇ m or 10.0 ⁇ m),
  • a composition for forming an anisotropic pigment film is injected in an isotropic phase into a material (previously rubbed with a cloth), and an anisotropic pigment film is obtained by cooling to 80 °C at a rate of 10 °C/min.
  • the dichroic ratio was measured at each temperature while cooling to 40°C at a rate of 10°C/min. Among them, the dichroic ratio at a wavelength of 450 nm at the temperature showing the maximum dichroic ratio was determined as the dichroic ratio at a wavelength of 450 nm of the anisotropic dye film.
  • the dichroic ratio of the anisotropic dye film measured above is preferably 12 or more at a wavelength of 450 nm, which is sufficient for practical use, more preferably 15 or more, and even more preferably 20 or more.
  • the isotropic phase appearance temperature (liquid crystal to liquid phase transition temperature and liquid to liquid crystal phase transition temperature) was determined by differential scanning calorimetry.
  • 0.2 parts by mass of 4-methoxyphenol was added as a polymerization inhibitor to 100 parts by mass of polymerizable liquid crystal compound (I-1).
  • the phase transition temperature from liquid crystal to liquid crystal of polymerizable liquid crystal compound (I-1) was 111.0°C, and the phase transition temperature from liquid crystal to liquid crystal was 109.4°C. It was confirmed by polarizing microscope observation and X-ray structure analysis that this temperature was the isotropic phase appearance temperature.
  • (II-1-e) (II-1-d) (52.0 g, 0.141 mol), ethanol (520 mL), purified water (52 mL), and sodium sulfide pentahydrate (Na 2 S.5H 2 O) (47.4 g, 2. 0 equiv.) was added and stirred at an external temperature of 80°C for 6 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction solution was poured into purified water (500 mL), stirred for a while, collected by suction filtration, and rinsed with purified water (250 mL). The obtained solid was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane) to obtain 34.40 g of (II-1-e).
  • (II-1-h) (515 mg, 1.5 eq.) was dissolved in methanol (6 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (THF) (6 mL) at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere, and then acetic acid was added. Sodium (361 mg, 2.6 eq.) was added, and the mixture was cooled to an internal temperature of 0°C.
  • the above solution (II-1-g) was added thereto over 20 minutes at an internal temperature of 0 to 3°C, and stirring was continued for 2 hours at an internal temperature of 0°C and for 5 hours while returning to room temperature.
  • dye (II-1) The solubility of dye (II-1) in cyclopentanone was measured. 3 mg of dye (II-1) was added to 103 mg of cyclopentanone, and the mixture was stirred at 80°C for 5 minutes. Thereafter, the dye (II-1) was left to stand at room temperature for 1 hour, and the resulting mixture was filtered using a syringe equipped with a syringe filter (manufactured by ADVANTEC, DISMIC 03JP050AN 39102251, diameter 0.5 ⁇ m). A saturated solution of cyclopentanone was obtained.
  • (II-2-a) (482 mg, 1.5 eq.) was dissolved in methanol (6 mL) and THF (6 mL) at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere, and then sodium acetate (361 mg, 2 .6 eq.) was added, and the mixture was cooled to an internal temperature of 0°C.
  • the above solution (II-1-g) was added thereto over 20 minutes at an internal temperature of 0 to 5°C, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours at an internal temperature of 0 to 5°C and for 6 hours while returning to room temperature.
  • Dye (II-3) was synthesized according to the synthesis method described below.
  • (II-3-a) (470 mg, 1.5 eq.) was dissolved in methanol (6 mL) and THF (6 mL) at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere, and then sodium acetate (361 mg, 2 .6 eq.) was added, and the mixture was cooled to an internal temperature of 0°C.
  • the above solution (II-1-g) was added thereto over 22 minutes at an internal temperature of 0 to 5°C, and stirring was continued for 1 hour and 40 minutes at an internal temperature of 0 to 5°C for 6 hours while returning to room temperature.
  • Purified water (20 mL) was added dropwise and the precipitate was collected by suction filtration to obtain a red wet solid (1.04 g).
  • (II-4-a) (572 mg, 1.5 eq.) was dissolved in methanol (6 mL) and THF (6 mL) at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere, and then sodium acetate (440 mg, 2 .6 eq.) was added, and the mixture was cooled to an internal temperature of 0°C.
  • the above 4-[(4-aminophenyl)diazenyl]benzoic acid solution was added thereto, and stirring was continued for 1 hour and 50 minutes at an internal temperature of 0 to 5°C for 14 hours while returning to room temperature.
  • Purified water (20 mL) was added, and the precipitate was collected by suction filtration to obtain 425 mg of (II-5-a).
  • Dye (II-6) was synthesized according to the synthesis method described below.
  • the maximum absorption wavelength ( ⁇ max2) of dye (II-6) in a 10 ppm chloroform solution was 466 nm.
  • (III-1-b) (III-1-a) (52.0 g, 0.184 mol), ethanol (520 mL), purified water (52 mL) and Na 2 S 5H 2 O (62.13 g, 2.0 equiv.) were added and the external temperature was 80. Stirred at °C for 6 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction solution was poured into purified water (500 mL), stirred for a while, collected by suction filtration, and rinsed with purified water (250 mL). The obtained solid was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane) to obtain 34.40 g of (III-1-b).
  • aniline (1.22 g, 1.5 eq.) was dissolved in methanol (40 mL) at room temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere, then sodium acetate (1.44 g) was added, and the internal temperature was brought to 0°C. Cooled. The above solution (III-1-c) was added thereto over 30 minutes at an internal temperature of 0 to 5°C, and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour at an internal temperature of 0 to 5°C, and for 2 hours while returning to room temperature.
  • the maximum absorption wavelength ( ⁇ max2) of the dye (III-1) in a 10 ppm chloroform solution was 509 nm.
  • the dropwise addition was carried out while adjusting the pH to 4-5 with a 25% NaOH aqueous solution.
  • the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes at an internal temperature of 0 to 5°C, and 70% sulfuric acid was added to adjust the pH to 2.5.
  • Purified water was added, and the mixture was filtered and washed with methanol and hexane to obtain a crude product.
  • Example 1 Add 40.00 parts of polymerizable liquid crystal compound (I-1) and 0.80 parts of dye (II-1) to 8032.1 parts of chloroform, stir to dissolve, and then remove the solvent. As a result, Composition 1 for forming an anisotropic dye film was obtained. The rn 1 /rn 2 of the composition 1 for forming an anisotropic dye film is 0.75. It was confirmed that the anisotropic dye film-forming composition 1 exhibited liquid crystallinity by observing birefringence at 40° C. using a polarizing microscope equipped with a hot stage.
  • an anisotropic dye film 1 was prepared using a sandwich cell with a cell gap of 8.0 ⁇ m. , the dichroic ratio of the anisotropic dye film 1 was determined. The results are shown in Table 1.
  • Example 2 Anisotropic pigment film forming composition 2 and An anisotropic dye film 2 was obtained.
  • the rn 1 /rn 2 of the composition 2 for forming an anisotropic dye film is 0.75. It was confirmed that the anisotropic dye film-forming composition 2 exhibited liquid crystallinity by observing birefringence at 40° C. using a polarizing microscope equipped with a hot stage. Furthermore, the dichroic ratio of the anisotropic dye film 2 was determined. The results are shown in Table 1.
  • Example 3 Anisotropic pigment film forming composition 3 and An anisotropic dye film 3 was obtained.
  • the rn 1 /rn 2 of the composition 3 for forming an anisotropic dye film is 0.75. It was confirmed that the anisotropic dye film-forming composition 3 exhibited liquid crystallinity by observing birefringence at 40° C. using a polarizing microscope equipped with a hot stage. Furthermore, the dichroic ratio of the anisotropic dye film 3 was determined. The results are shown in Table 1.
  • Example 4 Anisotropic pigment film forming composition 4 and An anisotropic dye film 4 was obtained.
  • the rn 1 /rn 2 of the composition 4 for forming an anisotropic dye film is 0.75. It was confirmed that the anisotropic dye film-forming composition 4 exhibited liquid crystallinity by observing birefringence at 40° C. using a polarizing microscope equipped with a hot stage. Furthermore, the dichroic ratio of the anisotropic dye film 4 was determined. The results are shown in Table 1.
  • Example 5 Anisotropic pigment film forming composition 5 and An anisotropic dye film 5 was obtained.
  • the rn 1 /rn 2 of the composition 5 for forming an anisotropic dye film is 1. It was confirmed that the anisotropic dye film-forming composition 5 exhibited liquid crystallinity by observing birefringence at 40° C. using a polarizing microscope equipped with a hot stage. Furthermore, the dichroic ratio of the anisotropic dye film 5 was determined. The results are shown in Table 1.
  • the dye (II-1) used in Example 1 the dye (II-2) used in Example 2, the dye (II-3) used in Example 3, and the dye used in Example 4.
  • the dye (II-4) used in Example 5 has high solubility in cyclopentanone, and the maximum absorption wavelength of the obtained anisotropic dye film is shorter than that of Comparative Example 1.
  • the dichroic ratio showed a good value in the short wavelength range of 450 nm.
  • Comparative Example 1 showed that the dichroic ratio and solubility in cyclopentanone were lower than those of the examples.
  • Example 6 Anisotropic pigment film forming composition 7 and An anisotropic dye film 7 was obtained.
  • the rn 1 /rn 2 of the composition 7 for forming an anisotropic dye film is 0.75.
  • the fact that Composition 7 for Forming an Anisotropic Dye Film exhibits liquid crystallinity was confirmed by observing birefringence at 40° C. using a polarizing microscope equipped with a hot stage. Furthermore, the dichroic ratio of the anisotropic dye film 7 was determined. The results are shown in Table 2.
  • the maximum absorption wavelength of the obtained anisotropic dye film of the dye (II-6) used in Example 6 is shorter than that of Comparative Example 2, and the dichroic ratio is in the short wavelength range. Good values were shown at a certain wavelength of 450 nm. On the other hand, Comparative Example 2 showed that the obtained anisotropic dye film had a low dichroic ratio.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
  • Addition Polymer Or Copolymer, Post-Treatments, Or Chemical Modifications (AREA)

Abstract

A compound represented by formula (1). (In formula (1), -X1 represents a monovalent organic group. -R11 represents an alkyl group substituted by one or more fluorine atoms. -R12 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group substituted by one or more fluorine atoms. -R11 and -R12 may together form a ring. -A11-, -A12-, -A13-, and -A14- each independently represent a 1,4-phenylene group that may have a substituent.)

Description

化合物、異方性色素膜形成用組成物、異方性色素膜及び光学素子Compound, composition for forming an anisotropic pigment film, anisotropic pigment film and optical element
 本発明は、調光素子、液晶素子(LCD)及び有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子(OLED)の表示素子に具備される偏光膜等に有用な化合物に関する。本発明はまた、異方性色素膜形成用組成物、異方性色素膜及び光学素子に関する。 The present invention relates to compounds useful for polarizing films and the like included in display elements such as light control elements, liquid crystal elements (LCDs), and organic electroluminescent elements (OLEDs). The present invention also relates to a composition for forming an anisotropic dye film, an anisotropic dye film, and an optical element.
 LCDでは、表示における旋光性や複屈折性を制御するために、直線偏光膜及び円偏光膜が用いられている。OLEDにおいても、明所での外光の反射防止のために円偏光膜が用いられている。 In LCDs, linearly polarizing films and circularly polarizing films are used to control optical rotation and birefringence in display. Circularly polarizing films are also used in OLEDs to prevent reflection of external light in bright places.
 従来、このような偏光膜として、例えば、ポリビニルアルコール(PVA)を低濃度のヨウ素で染色した偏光膜(ヨウ素-PVA偏光膜)を含むものが知られている(特許文献1)。しかし、低濃度としたヨウ素-PVA偏光板は、使用環境によっては、ヨウ素が昇華したり、変質したりして、色目が変わってしまうといった問題や、PVAの延伸が緩和されることによる反りが発生するといった問題がある。 Conventionally, such polarizing films include, for example, polarizing films made by dyeing polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) with a low concentration of iodine (iodine-PVA polarizing films) (Patent Document 1). However, depending on the usage environment, iodine-PVA polarizing plates with low concentrations have problems such as the iodine sublimating or deteriorating, resulting in a change in color, and warping due to the relaxation of PVA stretching. There are problems that occur.
 これに対し、色素を含有した液晶組成物を塗布して形成される異方性色素膜が偏光膜として機能することも知られている(特許文献2)。 On the other hand, it is also known that an anisotropic dye film formed by coating a liquid crystal composition containing a dye functions as a polarizing film (Patent Document 2).
特開平1-105204号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 1-105204 特開2013-210624号公報JP2013-210624A
 色素を含有した液晶組成物を塗布して形成される偏光膜においては、薄膜でも高い光吸収選択性能を有し、350nm~800nmの波長領域において光抜けの無いことが所望されている。そのために、二色比が良好な色素が複数用いられているが、この場合において、350nm~800nmの波長領域を網羅的に吸収するよう、用いる色素の吸収波長を調節する必要がある。 In a polarizing film formed by applying a liquid crystal composition containing a dye, it is desired that even a thin film has high light absorption selection performance and that there is no light leakage in the wavelength region of 350 nm to 800 nm. For this purpose, a plurality of dyes with good dichroic ratios are used, but in this case, it is necessary to adjust the absorption wavelength of the dye used so that it absorbs comprehensively in the wavelength region of 350 nm to 800 nm.
 本発明は、吸収波長に適合して、吸収極大波長の短波長化が可能であり、得られる異方性色素膜が短波長領域でも高い二色性を発現するような化合物、それを含む異方性色素膜形成用組成物、異方性色素膜及び光学素子を提供することを目的とする。 The present invention is directed to a compound that can shorten the maximum absorption wavelength in accordance with the absorption wavelength, and in which the resulting anisotropic dye film exhibits high dichroism even in a short wavelength region, and a compound containing the same. The present invention aims to provide a composition for forming an anisotropic dye film, an anisotropic dye film, and an optical element.
 本発明者らは、特定構造を有する化合物が前記課題を解決できることを見出した。
 本発明は、以下の態様を有する。
The present inventors have discovered that a compound having a specific structure can solve the above problems.
The present invention has the following aspects.
[1] 下記式(1)で示される化合物。 [1] A compound represented by the following formula (1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
(式(1)中、
 -Xは1価の有機基を表す。
 -R11は1つ以上のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。
 -R12は水素原子、アルキル基、又は1つ以上のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。
 -R11の1つ以上のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基、-R12のアルキル基、1つ以上のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。
 また、-R11の1つ以上のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基、-R12のアルキル基、1つ以上のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基に含まれる1つ又はそれ以上のメチレン基は、-O-、-S-、-NH-、-C(=O)-、-C(=O)-O-、-C(=O)-NH-、-CHCl-、又は-CCl-によって置き換えられた(displace)構造であってもよく、アクリロイルオキシ基、メタクリロイルオキシ基、グリシジルオキシ基の重合性基に置き換えられた構造であってもよい。
 -R11及び-R12は、一体となって環を形成してもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。
 -A11-、-A12-、-A13-及び-A14-は、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい1,4-フェニレン基を表す。)
(In formula (1),
-X 1 represents a monovalent organic group.
-R 11 represents an alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms.
-R 12 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms.
The alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms in -R 11 , the alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms in -R 12 , and the alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms may further have a substituent.
In addition, one or more methylene groups contained in the alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms in -R 11 , the alkyl group in -R 12 , and the alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms are , -O-, -S-, -NH-, -C(=O)-, -C(=O)-O-, -C(=O)-NH-, -CHCl-, or -CCl 2 - The structure may be replaced by a polymerizable group such as an acryloyloxy group, a methacryloyloxy group, or a glycidyloxy group.
-R 11 and -R 12 may be combined to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
-A 11 -, -A 12 -, -A 13 - and -A 14 - each independently represent a 1,4-phenylene group which may have a substituent. )
[2] 前記式(1)における-R11が、1つ以上5つ以下のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基である、[1]に記載の化合物。 [2] The compound according to [1], wherein -R 11 in the formula (1) is an alkyl group substituted with one or more and five or less fluorine atoms.
[3] 前記式(1)における-R11が、1つ以上のフッ素原子で置換された、炭素数が1以上10以下のアルキル基である、[1]に記載の化合物。 [3] The compound according to [1], wherein -R 11 in the formula (1) is an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and substituted with one or more fluorine atoms.
[4] 前記式(1)における-Xが、水素原子、-R、-O-R、-NH-R、-C(=O)-R、-C(=O)-O-R、-C(=O)-NH-R、-C(=O)-N(-R)-R、-O-C(=O)-R、-NH-C(=O)-R、-N(-R)-C(=O)-R、又は-S-R(-R及び-Rは、それぞれ独立に、分岐を有していてもよい炭素数1~15のアルキル基、環を構成する原子の数が5~14のシクロアルキル基、又は環を構成する原子の数が5~14のアリール基を表す。前記アルキル基、シクロアルキル基及びアリール基は、それぞれ置換基を有していてもよい。また、-R及び-Rは、一体となって炭素数2~15の環を形成していてもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。また、前記アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基及びRとRが一体となって形成される環に含まれる1つ又はそれ以上のメチレン基は、-O-、-S-、-NH-、-C(=O)-、-C(=O)-O-、-C(=O)-NH-、-CHF-、-CF-、-CHCl-、又は-CCl-によって置き換えられた(displace)構造であってもよく、アクリロイルオキシ基、メタクリロイルオキシ基、グリシジルオキシ基の重合性基に置き換えられた構造であってもよい。)である、[1]~[3]のいずれかに記載の化合物。 [4] -X 1 in the above formula (1) is a hydrogen atom, -R a , -O-R a , -NH-R a , -C(=O)-R a , -C(=O)- O-R a , -C(=O)-NH-R a , -C(=O)-N(-R b )-R a , -O-C(=O)-R a , -NH-C (=O)-R a , -N(-R b )-C(=O)-R a , or -S-R a (-R a and -R b each independently have a branch. represents an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 14 ring atoms, or an aryl group having 5 to 14 ring atoms.The alkyl group, The cycloalkyl group and the aryl group may each have a substituent. Also, -R a and -R b may be combined to form a ring having 2 to 15 carbon atoms, and The ring may have a substituent.Also, one or more methylene groups contained in the ring formed by combining the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and R a and R b . -O-, -S-, -NH-, -C(=O)-, -C(=O)-O-, -C(=O)-NH-, -CHF-, -CF 2 - , -CHCl-, or -CCl 2 -, or a structure replaced with a polymerizable group such as an acryloyloxy group, a methacryloyloxy group, or a glycidyloxy group. ), the compound according to any one of [1] to [3].
[5] 下記式(2)で示される化合物と重合性液晶化合物とを含む異方性色素膜形成用組成物。 [5] A composition for forming an anisotropic dye film containing a compound represented by the following formula (2) and a polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
(式(2)中、
 -Xは1価の有機基を表す。
 -Rは1つ以上のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。
 -Rは水素原子、アルキル基、又は1つ以上のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。
 -Rの1つ以上のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基、-Rのアルキル基、1つ以上のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。
 また、-Rの以上のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基、-Rのアルキル基、1つ以上のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基に含まれる1つ又はそれ以上のメチレン基は、-O-、-S-、-NH-、-C(=O)-、-C(=O)-O-、-C(=O)-NH-、-CHCl-、又は-CCl-によって置き換えられた(displace)構造であってもよく、アクリロイルオキシ基、メタクリロイルオキシ基、グリシジルオキシ基の重合性基に置き換えられた構造であってもよい。
 -R及び-Rは、一体となって環を形成してもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。
 -A-、-A-及び-A-はそれぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭素水素環の2価基を表す。
 nは1、2又は3を表す。
 nが2又は3の場合、複数の-A-は互いに同一でも異なっていてもよい。)
(In formula (2),
-X represents a monovalent organic group.
-R 1 represents an alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms.
-R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms.
The alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms in -R 1 , the alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms in -R 2 , and the alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms may further have a substituent.
In addition, one or more methylene groups contained in the alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms in -R 1 , the alkyl group in -R 2 , and the alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms are - Replaced by O-, -S-, -NH-, -C(=O)-, -C(=O)-O-, -C(=O)-NH-, -CHCl-, or -CCl 2 - The structure may be replaced by a polymerizable group such as an acryloyloxy group, a methacryloyloxy group, or a glycidyloxy group.
-R 1 and -R 2 may be combined to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
-A 1 -, -A 2 - and -A 3 - each independently represent a divalent group of an aromatic hydrocarbon ring which may have a substituent.
n represents 1, 2 or 3.
When n is 2 or 3, the plurality of -A 2 -s may be the same or different. )
[6] 前記式(2)における-A-が、置換基を有していてもよい1,4-フェニレン基である、[5]に記載の異方性色素膜形成用組成物。 [6] The composition for forming an anisotropic dye film according to [5], wherein -A 3 - in the formula (2) is a 1,4-phenylene group which may have a substituent.
[7] 前記式(2)における-A-が、置換基を有していてもよい1,4-フェニレン基である、[5]又は[6]に記載の異方性色素膜形成用組成物。 [7] For forming an anisotropic dye film according to [5] or [6], wherein -A 2 - in the formula (2) is a 1,4-phenylene group which may have a substituent. Composition.
[8] 前記式(2)における-A-が、置換基を有していてもよい1,4-フェニレン基である、[5]~[7]のいずれかに記載の異方性色素膜形成用組成物。 [8] The anisotropic dye according to any one of [5] to [7], wherein -A 1 - in the formula (2) is a 1,4-phenylene group which may have a substituent. Composition for film formation.
[9] 前記式(2)におけるnが2である、[5]~[8]のいずれかに記載の異方性色素膜形成用組成物。 [9] The composition for forming an anisotropic dye film according to any one of [5] to [8], wherein n in the formula (2) is 2.
[10] 前記式(2)における-Rが、1つ以上5つ以下のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基である、[5]~[9]のいずれかに記載の異方性色素膜形成用組成物。 [10] The anisotropic dye film according to any one of [5] to [9], wherein -R 1 in the formula (2) is an alkyl group substituted with one or more and five or less fluorine atoms. Forming composition.
[11] 前記式(2)における-Rが、1つ以上のフッ素原子で置換された、炭素数が1以上10以下のアルキル基である、[5]~[9]のいずれかに記載の異方性色素膜形成用組成物。 [11] Any one of [5] to [9], wherein -R 1 in formula (2) is an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and substituted with one or more fluorine atoms. A composition for forming an anisotropic pigment film.
[12] 前記式(2)におけるXが、水素原子、-R、-O-R、-NH-R、-C(=O)-R、-C(=O)-O-R、-C(=O)-NH-R、-C(=O)-N(-R)-R、-O-C(=O)-R、-NH-C(=O)-R、-N(-R)-C(=O)-R、又は-S-R(-R及び-Rは、それぞれ独立に、分岐を有していてもよい炭素数1~15のアルキル基、環を構成する原子の数が5~14のシクロアルキル基、又は環を構成する原子の数が5~14のアリール基を表す。前記アルキル基、シクロアルキル基及びアリール基は、それぞれ置換基を有していてもよい。また、-R及び-Rは、一体となって炭素数2~15の環を形成していてもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。また、前記アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基及びRとRが一体となって形成される環に含まれる1つ又はそれ以上のメチレン基は、-O-、-S-、-NH-、-C(=O)-、-C(=O)-O-、-C(=O)-NH-、-CHF-、-CF-、-CHCl-、又は-CCl-によって置き換えられた(displace)構造であってもよく、アクリロイルオキシ基、メタクリロイルオキシ基、グリシジルオキシ基の重合性基に置き換えられた構造であってもよい。)である、[5]~[11]のいずれかに記載の異方性色素膜形成用組成物。 [12] X in the formula (2) is a hydrogen atom, -R a , -O-R a , -NH-R a , -C(=O)-R a , -C(=O)-O- R a , -C(=O)-NH-R a , -C(=O)-N(-R b )-R a , -OC(=O)-R a , -NH-C(= O) -R a , -N(-R b )-C(=O)-R a , or -S-R a (-R a and -R b may each independently have a branch) Represents an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 14 ring atoms, or an aryl group having 5 to 14 ring atoms.The above alkyl group, cycloalkyl The group and the aryl group may each have a substituent. Also, -R a and -R b may be combined to form a ring having 2 to 15 carbon atoms, and the ring is It may have a substituent.In addition, one or more methylene groups contained in the ring formed by the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and R a and R b are: -O-, -S-, -NH-, -C(=O)-, -C(=O)-O-, -C(=O)-NH-, -CHF-, -CF 2 -, - It may be a structure in which it is replaced by CHCl- or -CCl 2 -, or it may be a structure in which it is replaced by a polymerizable group such as an acryloyloxy group, a methacryloyloxy group, or a glycidyloxy group.) The composition for forming an anisotropic dye film according to any one of [5] to [11].
[13] 前記重合性液晶化合物が、繰り返し単位構造を有しない低分子重合性液晶化合物である、[5]~[12]のいずれかに記載の異方性色素膜形成用組成物。 [13] The composition for forming an anisotropic dye film according to any one of [5] to [12], wherein the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is a low molecular weight polymerizable liquid crystal compound that does not have a repeating unit structure.
[14] [5]~[13]のいずれかに記載の異方性色素膜形成用組成物を用いて形成された異方性色素膜。 [14] An anisotropic dye film formed using the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film according to any one of [5] to [13].
[15] [14]に記載の異方性色素膜を含む光学素子。 [15] An optical element comprising the anisotropic dye film according to [14].
 本発明の化合物は、吸収波長の調節として吸収極大波長の短波長化が可能であり、また高い二色性を発現するものである。
 本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物は、前記化合物を含み、高い二色比を実現できる。
 本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物を用いた異方性色素膜及び光学素子によれば、優れた光学性能、特に十分な二色比を実現できる。
The compound of the present invention can shorten the absorption maximum wavelength by adjusting the absorption wavelength, and also exhibits high dichroism.
The composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention contains the above compound and can realize a high dichroic ratio.
According to the anisotropic dye film and optical element using the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention, excellent optical performance, particularly a sufficient dichroic ratio, can be achieved.
 以下、本発明の実施の形態を具体的に説明する。本発明は、以下の実施の形態に限定されるものではなく、その要旨の範囲内で種々に変更して実施することができる。 Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be specifically described. The present invention is not limited to the following embodiments, and can be implemented with various modifications within the scope of the gist.
 本発明でいう異方性色素膜とは、異方性色素膜の厚み方向及び任意の直交する面内2方向の立体座標系における合計3方向から選ばれる、任意の2方向における電磁気的性質に異方性を有する色素膜である。電磁気学的性質としては、例えば、吸収、屈折等の光学的性質、抵抗、容量等の電気的性質が挙げられる。
 吸収、屈折等の光学的異方性を有する膜としては、例えば、直線偏光膜、円偏光膜等の偏光膜、位相差膜、導電異方性色素膜が挙げられる。本発明の異方性色素膜は、偏光膜、又は導電異方性色素膜として用いられることが好ましく、偏光膜に用いられることがより好ましい。
The anisotropic dye film in the present invention refers to electromagnetic properties in two arbitrary directions selected from a total of three directions in a three-dimensional coordinate system, including the thickness direction of the anisotropic dye film and two arbitrary orthogonal in-plane directions. It is a pigment film with anisotropy. Examples of electromagnetic properties include optical properties such as absorption and refraction, and electrical properties such as resistance and capacitance.
Examples of films having optical anisotropy such as absorption and refraction include polarizing films such as linearly polarizing films and circularly polarizing films, retardation films, and conductive anisotropic dye films. The anisotropic dye film of the present invention is preferably used as a polarizing film or a conductive anisotropic dye film, and more preferably used as a polarizing film.
 本発明でいう異方性色素膜形成用組成物は、色素及び重合性液晶化合物を含む。
 本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物は、相分離を引き起こさない状態であれば、溶液であっても、液晶であっても、分散状態であってもよい。異方性色素膜形成用組成物としては、基材への塗布が容易である観点から、溶液であることが好ましい。一方、異方性色素膜形成用組成物から溶剤を除いた固形分成分は、後述のように基板上に配向させる観点から、任意の温度で液晶相の状態であることが好ましい。
The composition for forming an anisotropic dye film in the present invention includes a dye and a polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
The composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention may be in a solution, liquid crystal, or dispersed state as long as it does not cause phase separation. The composition for forming an anisotropic dye film is preferably a solution from the viewpoint of ease of application to a substrate. On the other hand, the solid component obtained by removing the solvent from the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film is preferably in a liquid crystal phase state at any temperature from the viewpoint of alignment on a substrate as described later.
 本発明において液晶相の状態であるとは、具体的には、「液晶の基礎と応用」(松本正一、角田市良著;1991年)の1~16ページに記載されているように、液体と結晶の双方又は中間の性質を示す液晶状態であり、ネマティック相、スメクチック相、コレステリック相、又はディスコティック相であることを言う。 In the present invention, the state of liquid crystal phase specifically refers to the state of the liquid crystal phase, as described on pages 1 to 16 of "Fundamentals and Applications of Liquid Crystals" (Shoichi Matsumoto, Ichiyoshi Tsunoda, 1991). It is a liquid crystal state that exhibits both or intermediate properties of liquid and crystal, and is a nematic phase, smectic phase, cholesteric phase, or discotic phase.
 本発明において色素とは、可視光領域(350nm~800nm)の波長の少なくとも一部を吸収する物質又は化合物である。本発明に用いることができる色素としては、二色性色素が挙げられる。
 二色性色素とは、分子の長軸方向における吸光度と、短軸方向における吸光度とが異なる性質を有する色素を言う。
 色素は、液晶性を有する色素であってもよいし、液晶性を有さなくてもよい。液晶性を有するとは、任意の温度で液晶相を発現することを言う。
In the present invention, a dye is a substance or compound that absorbs at least a portion of wavelengths in the visible light region (350 nm to 800 nm). Examples of dyes that can be used in the present invention include dichroic dyes.
A dichroic dye refers to a dye that has a property that the absorbance in the long axis direction of the molecule is different from the absorbance in the short axis direction.
The dye may or may not have liquid crystallinity. Having liquid crystallinity means exhibiting a liquid crystal phase at any temperature.
[化合物]
 本発明の化合物は、下記式(1)で示される化合物である。
[Compound]
The compound of the present invention is a compound represented by the following formula (1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 式(1)中、
 -Xは1価の有機基を表す。
 -R11は1つ以上のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。
 -R12は水素原子、アルキル基、又は1つ以上のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。
 -R11の1つ以上のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基、-R12のアルキル基、1つ以上のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。
 また、-R11の1つ以上のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基、-R12のアルキル基、1つ以上のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基に含まれる1つ又はそれ以上のメチレン基は、-O-、-S-、-NH-、-C(=O)-、-C(=O)-O-、-C(=O)-NH-、-CHCl-、又は-CCl-によって置き換えられた(displace)構造であってもよく、アクリロイルオキシ基、メタクリロイルオキシ基、グリシジルオキシ基の重合性基に置き換えられた構造であってもよい。
 -R11及び-R12は、一体となって環を形成してもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。
 -A11-、-A12-、-A13-及び-A14-は、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい1,4-フェニレン基を表す。
In formula (1),
-X 1 represents a monovalent organic group.
-R 11 represents an alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms.
-R 12 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms.
The alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms in -R 11 , the alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms in -R 12 , and the alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms may further have a substituent.
In addition, one or more methylene groups contained in the alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms in -R 11 , the alkyl group in -R 12 , and the alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms are , -O-, -S-, -NH-, -C(=O)-, -C(=O)-O-, -C(=O)-NH-, -CHCl-, or -CCl 2 - The structure may be replaced by a polymerizable group such as an acryloyloxy group, a methacryloyloxy group, or a glycidyloxy group.
-R 11 and -R 12 may be combined to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
-A 11 -, -A 12 -, -A 13 - and -A 14 - each independently represent a 1,4-phenylene group which may have a substituent.
 本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物は、下記式(2)で示される化合物と重合性液晶化合物とを含む。 The composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention contains a compound represented by the following formula (2) and a polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 式(2)中、
 -Xは1価の有機基を表す。
 -Rは1つ以上のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。
 -Rは水素原子、アルキル基、又は1つ以上のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。
 -Rの1つ以上のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基、-Rのアルキル基、1つ以上のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。
 また、-Rの以上のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基、-Rのアルキル基、1つ以上のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基に含まれる1つ又はそれ以上のメチレン基は、-O-、-S-、-NH-、-C(=O)-、-C(=O)-O-、-C(=O)-NH-、-CHCl-、又は-CCl-によって置き換えられた(displace)構造であってもよく、アクリロイルオキシ基、メタクリロイルオキシ基、グリシジルオキシ基の重合性基に置き換えられた構造であってもよい。
 -R及び-Rは、一体となって環を形成してもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。
 -A-、-A-及び-A-はそれぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭素水素環の2価基を表す。
 nは1、2又は3を表す。
 nが2又は3の場合、複数の-A-は互いに同一でも異なっていてもよい。
In formula (2),
-X represents a monovalent organic group.
-R 1 represents an alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms.
-R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms.
The alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms in -R 1 , the alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms in -R 2 , and the alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms may further have a substituent.
In addition, one or more methylene groups contained in the alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms in -R 1 , the alkyl group in -R 2 , and the alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms are - Replaced by O-, -S-, -NH-, -C(=O)-, -C(=O)-O-, -C(=O)-NH-, -CHCl-, or -CCl 2 - The structure may be replaced by a polymerizable group such as an acryloyloxy group, a methacryloyloxy group, or a glycidyloxy group.
-R 1 and -R 2 may be combined to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
-A 1 -, -A 2 - and -A 3 - each independently represent a divalent group of an aromatic hydrocarbon ring which may have a substituent.
n represents 1, 2 or 3.
When n is 2 or 3, the plurality of -A 2 -s may be the same or different.
 以下において、式(1)で示される化合物を「化合物(1)」と称することがある。式(2)で示される化合物を「化合物(2)」と称することがある。また、化合物(1)と化合物(2)をまとめて「本発明の化合物」と称することがある。 Hereinafter, the compound represented by formula (1) may be referred to as "compound (1)". The compound represented by formula (2) is sometimes referred to as "compound (2)." Moreover, compound (1) and compound (2) may be collectively referred to as "the compound of the present invention."
(-X、-X)
 式(1)において-Xは1価の有機基を表す。
(-X 1 , -X)
In formula (1), -X 1 represents a monovalent organic group.
 式(2)において-Xは1価の有機基を表す。 In formula (2), -X represents a monovalent organic group.
 -X、-Xにおける1価の有機基としては、例えば、水素原子、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、シアノ基、カルバモイル基、ニトロ基、ハロゲン原子、-R、-O-R、-NH-R、-C(=O)-R、-C(=O)-O-R、-C(=O)-NH-R、-C(=O)-N(-R)-R、-O-C(=O)-R、-NH-C(=O)-R、-N(-R)-C(=O)-R、-S-Rが挙げられる。高い二色比が得られる傾向から、水素原子、-R、-O-R、-NH-R、-C(=O)-R、-C(=O)-O-R、-C(=O)-NH-R、-C(=O)-N(-R)-R、-O-C(=O)-R、-NH-C(=O)-R、-N(-R)-C(=O)-R、-S-Rが好ましく、-R、-O-R、-C(=O)-R、-C(=O)-O-R、-O-C(=O)-Rがより好ましい。 Examples of the monovalent organic group in -X 1 and -X include a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, an amino group, a cyano group, a carbamoyl group, a nitro group, a halogen atom, -R a , -O-R a , -NH -R a , -C(=O)-R a , -C(=O)-O-R a , -C(=O)-NH-R a , -C(=O)-N(-R b )-R a , -OC(=O)-R a , -NH-C(=O)-R a , -N(-R b )-C(=O)-R a , -S-R Examples include a . Since a high dichroic ratio tends to be obtained, hydrogen atoms, -R a , -O-R a , -NH-R a , -C(=O)-R a , -C(=O)-O-R a , -C(=O)-NH-R a , -C(=O)-N(-R b )-R a , -OC(=O)-R a , -NH-C(=O) -R a , -N(-R b )-C(=O)-R a , -SR a are preferred, -R a , -O-R a , -C(=O)-R a , - C(=O)-O-R a and -OC(=O)-R a are more preferred.
 ここで、-R及び-Rは、それぞれ独立に、分岐を有していてもよい炭素数1~15、好ましくは1~10、より好ましくは1~6のアルキル基、環を構成する原子の数が5~14、好ましくは5~10のシクロアルキル基、又は環を構成する原子の数が5~14、好ましくは5~10のアリール基を表す。
 前記アルキル基、シクロアルキル基及びアリール基は、それぞれ置換基を有していてもよい。
 また、-R及び-Rは、一体となって炭素数2~15、好ましくは2~10の環を形成していてもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。
Here, -R a and -R b each independently constitute an optionally branched alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a ring. It represents a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 14 atoms, preferably 5 to 10 atoms, or an aryl group having 5 to 14 ring atoms, preferably 5 to 10 atoms.
The alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, and aryl group may each have a substituent.
Furthermore, -R a and -R b may be combined to form a ring having 2 to 15 carbon atoms, preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and the ring may have a substituent.
 -R及び-Rにおける、分岐を有していてもよい炭素数1~15のアルキル基としては、例えば、n-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、n-ヘキシル基、n-ヘプチル基、n-オクチル基、n-ノニル基、1-メチルエチル基、1,1-ジメチルエチル基、1-メチルプロピル基、2-メチルプロピル基、1,2-ジメチルプロピル基、2,2-ジメチルプロピル基、1,2,2-トリメチルプロピル基、1-メチルブチル基、2-メチルブチル基、3-メチルブチル基、3,3-ジメチルブチル基、2,3-ジメチルブチル基、1,3-ジメチルブチル基、1,3,3-トリメチルブチル基、2,3,3-トリメチルブチル基、2,2,3-トリメチルブチル基、1,2,2-トリメチルブチル基、4-メチルペンチル基、3-メチルペンチル基、2-メチルペンチル基、1-メチルペンチル基、4,4-ジメチルペンチル基、3,3-ジメチルペンチル基、2,2-ジメチルペンチル基、3,4-ジメチルペンチル基、2,4-ジメチルペンチル基、1,4-ジメチルペンチル基、3,4,4-トリメチルペンチル基、2,4,4-トリメチルペンチル基、1,4,4-トリメチルペンチル基、3,3,4-トリメチルペンチル基、2,3,3-トリメチルペンチル基、1,3,3-トリメチルペンチル基、2,2,4-トリメチルペンチル基、2,2,3-トリメチルペンチル基、1,2,2-トリメチルペンチル基、2,3,4-トリメチルペンチル基、5-メチルヘキシル基、4-メチルヘキシル基、3-メチルヘキシル基、2-メチルヘキシル基、1-メチルヘキシル基、5,5-ジメチルヘキシル基、4,4-ジメチルヘキシル基、3,3-ジメチルヘキシル基、2,2-ジメチルヘキシル基、4,5-ジメチルヘキシル基、3,5-ジメチルヘキシル基、2,5-ジメチルヘキシル基、1,5-ジメチルヘキシル基、1,4-ジメチルヘキシル基、4,5,5-トリメチルヘキシル基、3,5,5-トリメチルヘキシル基、2,5,5-トリメチルヘキシル基、1,5,5-トリメチルヘキシル基、6-メチルヘプチル基、5-メチルヘプチル基、6,6-ジメチルヘプチル基、5,6-ジメチルヘプチル基、4,6-ジメチルヘプチル基、3,6-ジメチルヘプチル基、2,6-ジメチルヘプチル基、1,6-ジメチルヘプチル基、6-メチルオクチル基、3-メチルオクチル基、1-メチルオクチル基、1-メチルノニル基が挙げられる。本発明で用いる重合性液晶化合物との分子配向が良好になる観点から、n-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、n-ヘキシル基、n-ヘプチル基、n-オクチル基、2-メチルプロピル基、3-メチルブチル基、3,3-ジメチルブチル基、2,3,3-トリメチルブチル基、4-メチルペンチル基、3-メチルペンチル基、2-メチルペンチル基、4,4-ジメチルペンチル基、3,3-ジメチルペンチル基、2,4-ジメチルペンチル基、3,4,4-トリメチルペンチル基、2,4,4-トリメチルペンチル基、3,3,4-トリメチルペンチル基、2,3,3-トリメチルペンチル基、5-メチルヘキシル基、4-メチルヘキシル基、3-メチルヘキシル基、2-メチルヘキシル基、5,5-ジメチルヘキシル基、4,4-ジメチルヘキシル基、3,3-ジメチルヘキシル基、3,5,5-トリメチルヘキシル基、5-メチルヘプチル基、6-メチルオクチル基、3-メチルオクチル基、1-メチルオクチル基、1-メチルノニル基が好ましい。 Examples of the optionally branched alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms in -R a and -R b include n-propyl group, n-butyl group, n-pentyl group, n-hexyl group, n-heptyl group, n-octyl group, n-nonyl group, 1-methylethyl group, 1,1-dimethylethyl group, 1-methylpropyl group, 2-methylpropyl group, 1,2-dimethylpropyl group, 2 , 2-dimethylpropyl group, 1,2,2-trimethylpropyl group, 1-methylbutyl group, 2-methylbutyl group, 3-methylbutyl group, 3,3-dimethylbutyl group, 2,3-dimethylbutyl group, 1, 3-dimethylbutyl group, 1,3,3-trimethylbutyl group, 2,3,3-trimethylbutyl group, 2,2,3-trimethylbutyl group, 1,2,2-trimethylbutyl group, 4-methylpentyl group group, 3-methylpentyl group, 2-methylpentyl group, 1-methylpentyl group, 4,4-dimethylpentyl group, 3,3-dimethylpentyl group, 2,2-dimethylpentyl group, 3,4-dimethylpentyl group group, 2,4-dimethylpentyl group, 1,4-dimethylpentyl group, 3,4,4-trimethylpentyl group, 2,4,4-trimethylpentyl group, 1,4,4-trimethylpentyl group, 3, 3,4-trimethylpentyl group, 2,3,3-trimethylpentyl group, 1,3,3-trimethylpentyl group, 2,2,4-trimethylpentyl group, 2,2,3-trimethylpentyl group, 1, 2,2-trimethylpentyl group, 2,3,4-trimethylpentyl group, 5-methylhexyl group, 4-methylhexyl group, 3-methylhexyl group, 2-methylhexyl group, 1-methylhexyl group, 5, 5-dimethylhexyl group, 4,4-dimethylhexyl group, 3,3-dimethylhexyl group, 2,2-dimethylhexyl group, 4,5-dimethylhexyl group, 3,5-dimethylhexyl group, 2,5- Dimethylhexyl group, 1,5-dimethylhexyl group, 1,4-dimethylhexyl group, 4,5,5-trimethylhexyl group, 3,5,5-trimethylhexyl group, 2,5,5-trimethylhexyl group, 1,5,5-trimethylhexyl group, 6-methylheptyl group, 5-methylheptyl group, 6,6-dimethylheptyl group, 5,6-dimethylheptyl group, 4,6-dimethylheptyl group, 3,6- Examples include dimethylheptyl group, 2,6-dimethylheptyl group, 1,6-dimethylheptyl group, 6-methyloctyl group, 3-methyloctyl group, 1-methyloctyl group, and 1-methylnonyl group. From the viewpoint of good molecular alignment with the polymerizable liquid crystal compound used in the present invention, n-butyl group, n-pentyl group, n-hexyl group, n-heptyl group, n-octyl group, 2-methylpropyl group, 3-methylbutyl group, 3,3-dimethylbutyl group, 2,3,3-trimethylbutyl group, 4-methylpentyl group, 3-methylpentyl group, 2-methylpentyl group, 4,4-dimethylpentyl group, 3 ,3-dimethylpentyl group, 2,4-dimethylpentyl group, 3,4,4-trimethylpentyl group, 2,4,4-trimethylpentyl group, 3,3,4-trimethylpentyl group, 2,3,3 -Trimethylpentyl group, 5-methylhexyl group, 4-methylhexyl group, 3-methylhexyl group, 2-methylhexyl group, 5,5-dimethylhexyl group, 4,4-dimethylhexyl group, 3,3-dimethyl Preferred are hexyl group, 3,5,5-trimethylhexyl group, 5-methylheptyl group, 6-methyloctyl group, 3-methyloctyl group, 1-methyloctyl group, and 1-methylnonyl group.
 -R及び-Rにおける、環を構成する原子の数が5~14のシクロアルキル基におけるシクロアルカン環としては、例えば、シクロプロパン環、シクロブタン環、シクロペンタン環、シクロヘキサン環、シクロヘプタン環、シクロオクタン環、シクロヘキセン環、ノルボルナン環、ボルナン環、アダマンタン環、テトラヒドロナフタレン環、ビシクロ[2.2.2]オクタン環、4-メチルシクロヘキサン環、4-エチルシクロヘキサン環、4-プロピルシクロヘキサン環、4-ブチルシクロヘキサン環が挙げられる。 Examples of the cycloalkane ring in the cycloalkyl group having 5 to 14 ring atoms in -R a and -R b include a cyclopropane ring, a cyclobutane ring, a cyclopentane ring, a cyclohexane ring, and a cycloheptane ring. , cyclooctane ring, cyclohexene ring, norbornane ring, bornane ring, adamantane ring, tetrahydronaphthalene ring, bicyclo[2.2.2]octane ring, 4-methylcyclohexane ring, 4-ethylcyclohexane ring, 4-propylcyclohexane ring, A 4-butylcyclohexane ring is mentioned.
 -R及び-Rにおける、環を構成する原子の数が5~14のアリール基としては、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基が挙げられる。 Examples of the aryl group having 5 to 14 ring atoms in -R a and -R b include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group.
 -R及び-Rが一体となって炭素数2~15の環を形成する場合、該環としては、例えば、シクロプロパン環、シクロブタン環、シクロペンタン環、シクロヘキサン環、シクロヘプタン環、シクロオクタン環、シクロヘキセン環、ノルボルナン環、ボルナン環、アダマンタン環、テトラヒドロナフタレン環、ビシクロ[2.2.2]オクタン環が挙げられる。 When -R a and -R b combine to form a ring having 2 to 15 carbon atoms, the ring is, for example, a cyclopropane ring, a cyclobutane ring, a cyclopentane ring, a cyclohexane ring, a cycloheptane ring, a cyclo Examples thereof include an octane ring, a cyclohexene ring, a norbornane ring, a bornane ring, an adamantane ring, a tetrahydronaphthalene ring, and a bicyclo[2.2.2]octane ring.
 前記分岐を有していてもよい炭素数1~15のアルキル基、前記環を構成する原子の数が5~14のシクロアルキル基、前記環を構成する原子の数が5~14のアリール基、前記-R及び-Rが一体となって形成した炭素数2~15の環に含まれる1つ又はそれ以上のメチレン基は、-O-、-S-、-NH-、-C(=O)-、-C(=O)-O-、-C(=O)-NH-、-CHF-、-CF-、-CHCl-、又は-CCl-によって置き換えられた(displace)構造であってもよく、アクリロイルオキシ基、メタクリロイルオキシ基、グリシジルオキシ基の重合性基に置き換えられた構造であってもよい。 The alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms which may have a branch, the cycloalkyl group having 5 to 14 atoms forming the ring, and the aryl group having 5 to 14 atoms forming the ring. , one or more methylene groups contained in the ring having 2 to 15 carbon atoms formed by the combination of -R a and -R b are -O-, -S-, -NH-, -C (=O)-, -C(=O)-O-, -C(=O)-NH-, -CHF-, -CF 2 -, -CHCl-, or -CCl 2 - replaced ) structure, or a structure replaced with a polymerizable group such as an acryloyloxy group, a methacryloyloxy group, or a glycidyloxy group.
 -R及び-Rにおける、分岐を有していてもよい炭素数1~15のアルキル基に許容される置換基としては、例えば、-OH、-O-R、-O-C(=O)-R、-NH、-NH-R、-N(-R)-R、-C(=O)-R、-C(=O)-O-R、-C(=O)-NH、-C(=O)-NH-R、-C(=O)-N(-R)-R、-SH、-S-R、スルファモイル基、カルボキシ基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、ハロゲン、アクリロイルオキシ基、メタクリロイルオキシ基、グリシジルオキシ基などの重合性基が挙げられる。
 -R及び-Rは、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~15、好ましくは1~10の直鎖状又は分枝状のアルキル基を表す。
 前記-R及び-Rである炭素数1~15の直鎖状又は分枝状のアルキル基に含まれる1つ又はそれ以上のメチレン基は、-O-、-S-、-NH-、-N(-R)-、-C(=O)-、-C(=O)-O-、-C(=O)-NH-、-CHF-、-CF-、-CHCl-、又は-CCl-によって置き換えられた(displace)構造であってもよく、アクリロイルオキシ基、メタクリロイルオキシ基、グリシジルオキシ基の重合性基に置き換えられた構造であってもよい。ここで、-Rは、炭素数1~6の直鎖状又は分枝状のアルキル基を表す。
Permissible substituents for the optionally branched alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms in -R a and -R b include -OH, -O-R f , -OC( =O)-R f , -NH 2 , -NH-R f , -N(-R g )-R f , -C(=O)-R f , -C(=O)-O-R f , -C(=O)-NH 2 , -C(=O)-NH-R f , -C(=O)-N(-R g )-R f , -SH, -SR f , sulfamoyl group , a carboxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a halogen, an acryloyloxy group, a methacryloyloxy group, a glycidyloxy group, and other polymerizable groups.
-R f and -R g each independently represent a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
One or more methylene groups contained in the linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, which are -R f and -R g , are -O-, -S-, -NH- , -N(-R h )-, -C(=O)-, -C(=O)-O-, -C(=O)-NH-, -CHF-, -CF 2 -, -CHCl- , or a structure replaced by -CCl 2 -, or a structure replaced by a polymerizable group such as an acryloyloxy group, a methacryloyloxy group, or a glycidyloxy group. Here, -R h represents a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
 -R及び-Rにおける分岐を有していてもよい炭素数1~15のアルキル基に許容される置換基としては、-O-Rが好ましい。-O-Rとしては、例えば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、n-プロポキシ基、n-ブトキシ基、n-ペントキシ基、n-ヘキソキシ基、n-ヘプトキシ基、n-オクトキシ基、アクリロイルオキシ基、メタクリロイルオキシ基、グリシジルオキシ基が挙げられる。 The permissible substituents for the optionally branched alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms in -R a and -R b are preferably -O-R f . -O-R f includes, for example, methoxy group, ethoxy group, n-propoxy group, n-butoxy group, n-pentoxy group, n-hexoxy group, n-heptoxy group, n-octoxy group, acryloyloxy group, Examples include methacryloyloxy group and glycidyloxy group.
 -R及びRにおける環を構成する原子の数が5~14のシクロアルキル基、並びに環を構成する原子の数が5~14のアリール基に許容される置換基としては、例えば、-R、-OH、-O-R、-O-C(=O)-R、-NH、-NH-R、-N(-R)-R、-C(=O)-R、-C(=O)-O-R、-C(=O)-NH、-C(=O)-NH-R、-C(=O)-N(-R)-R、-SH、-S-R、トリフルオロメチル基、スルファモイル基、カルボキシ基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、ハロゲンが挙げられる。ここで、-R及び-Rは、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~10、好ましくは1~5の直鎖状又は分枝状のアルキル基を表す。
 -R及び-Rにおける環を構成する原子の数が5~14のシクロアルキル基、並びに環を構成する原子の数が5~14のアリール基に許容される置換基としては、-R、-O-Rが好ましい。-R、-O-Rとしては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、n-ヘキシル基、n-ヘプチル基、n-オクチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、n-プロポキシ基、n-ブトキシ基、n-ペントキシ基、n-ヘキソキシ基、n-ヘプトキシ基、n-オクトキシ基、2-エチルヘキシルオキシ基、5,5-ジメチル-3-メチルヘキシルオキシ基が挙げられる。
As substituents permissible for the cycloalkyl group having 5 to 14 ring atoms in R a and R b and the aryl group having 5 to 14 ring atoms, for example, - R i , -OH, -O-R i , -OC(=O)-R i , -NH 2 , -NH-R i , -N(-R j )-R i , -C(=O )-R i , -C(=O)-O-R i , -C(=O)-NH 2 , -C(=O)-NH-R i , -C(=O)-N(-R j ) -R i , -SH, -S-R i , trifluoromethyl group, sulfamoyl group, carboxy group, cyano group, nitro group, and halogen. Here, -R i and -R j each independently represent a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
Permissible substituents for the cycloalkyl group having 5 to 14 ring atoms in -R a and -R b and the aryl group having 5 to 14 ring atoms include -R i , -O-R i are preferred. -R i and -O-R i include, for example, a methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, n-butyl group, n-pentyl group, n-hexyl group, n-heptyl group, n-octyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, methoxy group, ethoxy group, n-propoxy group, n-butoxy group, n-pentoxy group, n-hexoxy group, n-heptoxy group, n-octoxy group, 2-ethylhexyloxy group, 5,5 -dimethyl-3-methylhexyloxy group.
 -RとRが一体となって炭素数2~15の環を形成する場合、該環に許容される置換基としては、例えば、-R、-OH、-O-R、-O-C(=O)-R、-NH、-NH-R、-N(-R)-R、-C(=O)-R、-C(=O)-O-R、-C(=O)-NH、-C(=O)-NH-R、-C(=O)-N(-R)-R、-SH、-S-R、トリフルオロメチル基、スルファモイル基、カルボキシ基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、ハロゲンが挙げられる。ここで、-R及び-Rは、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~10、好ましくは1~5の直鎖状又は分枝状のアルキル基を表す。
 -Rと-Rが一体となって炭素数2~15の環を形成する場合、該環に許容される置換基としては、-R、-O-Rが好ましい。-R、-O-Rとしては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、n-ヘキシル基、n-ヘプチル基、n-オクチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、n-プロポキシ基、n-ブトキシ基、n-ペントキシ基、n-ヘキソキシ基、n-ヘプトキシ基、n-オクトキシ基、2-エチルヘキシルオキシ基、5,5-ジメチル-3-メチルヘキシルオキシ基が挙げられる。
When -R a and R b combine to form a ring having 2 to 15 carbon atoms, examples of permissible substituents on the ring include -R i , -OH, -O-R i , - OC(=O)-R i , -NH 2 , -NH-R i , -N(-R j )-R i , -C(=O)-R i , -C(=O)-O -R i , -C(=O)-NH 2 , -C(=O)-NH-R i , -C(=O)-N(-R j )-R i , -SH, -SR i , trifluoromethyl group, sulfamoyl group, carboxy group, cyano group, nitro group, and halogen. Here, -R i and -R j each independently represent a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
When -R a and -R b combine to form a ring having 2 to 15 carbon atoms, -R i and -O-R i are preferred as the substituents allowed on the ring. -R i and -O-R i are, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, n-butyl group, n-pentyl group, n-hexyl group, n-heptyl group, n-octyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, methoxy group, ethoxy group, n-propoxy group, n-butoxy group, n-pentoxy group, n-hexoxy group, n-heptoxy group, n-octoxy group, 2-ethylhexyloxy group, 5,5 -dimethyl-3-methylhexyloxy group.
 -X、-Xにおける1価の有機基としては、重合性液晶化合物との分子配向を良好にさせる観点の場合には、重合性基を有していない方が好ましい。一方、-X、-Xにおける1価の有機基としては、異方性色素膜の機械強度を向上させる観点の場合には、重合性基を有することが好ましい。 The monovalent organic group in -X 1 and -X preferably does not have a polymerizable group from the viewpoint of improving molecular alignment with the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. On the other hand, the monovalent organic group in -X 1 and -X preferably has a polymerizable group from the viewpoint of improving the mechanical strength of the anisotropic dye film.
(-R11、-R12、-R、-R
 式(1)において、-R11は1つ以上のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。
 -R12は水素原子、アルキル基、又は1つ以上のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。
 -R11及び-R12は、一体となって環を形成してもよい。
(-R 11 , -R 12 , -R 1 , -R 2 )
In formula (1), -R 11 represents an alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms.
-R 12 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms.
-R 11 and -R 12 may be combined to form a ring.
 式(2)において、-Rは1つ以上のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。
 -Rは水素原子、アルキル基、又は1つ以上のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。
 -R及び-Rは、一体となって環を形成してもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。
In formula (2), -R 1 represents an alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms.
-R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms.
-R 1 and -R 2 may be combined to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
 -R11、-Rの1つ以上のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基の炭素数は、本発明で用いる重合性液晶化合物との分子配向性が良好となる観点から、1以上10以下が好ましく、1以上6以下がより好ましく、2以上4以下がさらに好ましい。該アルキル基は分岐を有していてもよく、直鎖であってもよく、環状のシクロアルキル基であってもよい。
 また、溶解性の観点から、該アルキル基が有するフッ素原子数は5つ以下が好ましく、3つ以下がより好ましく、2つ以下がさらに好ましい。
The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms in -R 11 and -R 1 is 1 or more and 10 or less, from the viewpoint of good molecular orientation with the polymerizable liquid crystal compound used in the present invention. It is preferably 1 or more and 6 or less, more preferably 2 or more and 4 or less. The alkyl group may be branched, linear, or cyclic cycloalkyl group.
Further, from the viewpoint of solubility, the number of fluorine atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 5 or less, more preferably 3 or less, and even more preferably 2 or less.
 -R11、-Rとしては、例えば、1-フルオロメチル基、1-フルオロエチル基、2-フルオロエチル基、1,2-ジフルオロエチル基、2,2-ジフルオロエチル基、2,2,2-トリフルオロエチル基、1,2,2,2-テトラフルオロエチル基、1,1,2,2,2-ペンタフルオロエチル基、1-フルオロプロピル基、2-フルオロプロピル基、3-フルオロプロピル基、2,2-ジフルオロプロピル基、3,3-ジフルオロプロピル基、3,3,3-トリフルオロプロピル基、2,3,3,3-テトラフルオロプロピル基、2,2,3,3,3-ペンタフルオロプロピル基、1-フルオロブチル基、2-フルオロブチル基、3-フルオロブチル基、4-フルオロブチル基、1,1-ジフルオロブチル基、2,2-ジフルオロブチル基、3,3-ジフルオロブチル基、4,4-ジフルオロブチル基、4,4,4-トリフルオロブチル基、3,4,4,4-テトラフルオロブチル基、3,3,4,4,4-ペンタフルオロブチル基、1-フルオロペンチル基、2-フルオロペンチル基、3-フルオロペンチル基、4-フルオロペンチル基、5-フルオロペンチル基、1,1-ジフルオロペンチル基、2,2-ジフルオロペンチル基、3,3-ジフルオロペンチル基、4,4-ジフルオロペンチル基、5,5-ジフルオロペンチル基、5,5,5-トリフルオロペンチル基、4,5,5,5-テトラリフルオロペンチル基、4,4,5,5,5-ペンタフルオロペンチル基、1-フルオロヘキシル基、2-フルオロヘキシル基、3-フルオロヘキシル基、4-フルオロヘキシル基、5-フルオロヘキシル基、6-フルオロヘキシル基、6,6-ジフルオロヘキシル基、6,6,6-トリフルオロヘキシル基、2-フルオロ-1-メチルエチル基、2,2-ジフルオロ-1-メチルエチル基、2,2,2-トリフルオロ-1-メチルエチル基、2-フルオロ-1,1-ジメチルエチル基、2,2-ジフルオロ-1,1-ジメチルエチル基、2,2,2-トリフルオロ-1,1-ジメチルエチル基、3-フルオロ-1-メチルプロピル基、3,3-ジフルオロ-1-メチルプロピル基、3,3,3-トリフルオロ-1-メチルプロピル基、3-フルオロ-2-メチルプロピル基、3,3-ジフルオロ-2-メチルプロピル基、3,3,3-トリフルオロ-2-メチルプロピル基、3-フルオロ-1,2-ジメチルプロピル基、3,3-ジフルオロ-1,2-ジメチルプロピル基、3,3,3-トリフルオロ-1,2-ジメチルプロピル基、3-フルオロ-2,2-ジメチルプロピル基、3,3-ジフルオロ-2,2-ジメチルプロピル基、3,3,3-トリフルオロ-2,2-ジメチルプロピル基、3-フルオロ-1,2,2-トリメチルプロピル基、3,3-ジフルオロ-1,2,2-トリメチルプロピル基、3,3,3-トリフルオロ-1,2,2-トリメチルプロピル基、2-フルオロシクロヘキシル基、3-フルオロシクロヘキシル基、4-フルオロシクロヘキシル基、2-フルオロ-4-メチルシクロヘキシル基、3-フルオロ-4-メチルシクロヘキシル基、2-フルオロ-4-エチルシクロヘキシル基、3-フルオロ-4-エチルシクロヘキシル基、2-フルオロ-4-プロピルシクロヘキシル基、3-フルオロ-4-プロピルシクロヘキシル基、2-フルオロ-4-ブチルシクロヘキシル基、3-フルオロ-4-ブチルシクロヘキシル基が挙げられる。なかでも、重合性液晶化合物との分子配向性と溶解性のバランスを取る観点から、2-フルオロエチル基、2,2-ジフルオロエチル基、2,2,2-トリフルオロエチル基、3-フルオロプロピル基、3,3-ジフルオロプロピル基、3,3,3-トリフルオロプロピル基、4-フルオロブチル基、4,4-ジフルオロブチル基、4,4,4-トリフルオロブチル基が好ましく、2-フルオロエチル基、2,2-ジフルオロエチル基、2,2,2-トリフルオロエチル基がより好ましい。 -R 11 and -R 1 are, for example, 1-fluoromethyl group, 1-fluoroethyl group, 2-fluoroethyl group, 1,2-difluoroethyl group, 2,2-difluoroethyl group, 2,2, 2-trifluoroethyl group, 1,2,2,2-tetrafluoroethyl group, 1,1,2,2,2-pentafluoroethyl group, 1-fluoropropyl group, 2-fluoropropyl group, 3-fluoro Propyl group, 2,2-difluoropropyl group, 3,3-difluoropropyl group, 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl group, 2,3,3,3-tetrafluoropropyl group, 2,2,3,3 , 3-pentafluoropropyl group, 1-fluorobutyl group, 2-fluorobutyl group, 3-fluorobutyl group, 4-fluorobutyl group, 1,1-difluorobutyl group, 2,2-difluorobutyl group, 3, 3-difluorobutyl group, 4,4-difluorobutyl group, 4,4,4-trifluorobutyl group, 3,4,4,4-tetrafluorobutyl group, 3,3,4,4,4-pentafluoro Butyl group, 1-fluoropentyl group, 2-fluoropentyl group, 3-fluoropentyl group, 4-fluoropentyl group, 5-fluoropentyl group, 1,1-difluoropentyl group, 2,2-difluoropentyl group, 3 , 3-difluoropentyl group, 4,4-difluoropentyl group, 5,5-difluoropentyl group, 5,5,5-trifluoropentyl group, 4,5,5,5-tetralifluoropentyl group, 4, 4,5,5,5-pentafluoropentyl group, 1-fluorohexyl group, 2-fluorohexyl group, 3-fluorohexyl group, 4-fluorohexyl group, 5-fluorohexyl group, 6-fluorohexyl group, 6 , 6-difluorohexyl group, 6,6,6-trifluorohexyl group, 2-fluoro-1-methylethyl group, 2,2-difluoro-1-methylethyl group, 2,2,2-trifluoro-1 -methylethyl group, 2-fluoro-1,1-dimethylethyl group, 2,2-difluoro-1,1-dimethylethyl group, 2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethylethyl group, 3- Fluoro-1-methylpropyl group, 3,3-difluoro-1-methylpropyl group, 3,3,3-trifluoro-1-methylpropyl group, 3-fluoro-2-methylpropyl group, 3,3-difluoro -2-methylpropyl group, 3,3,3-trifluoro-2-methylpropyl group, 3-fluoro-1,2-dimethylpropyl group, 3,3-difluoro-1,2-dimethylpropyl group, 3, 3,3-trifluoro-1,2-dimethylpropyl group, 3-fluoro-2,2-dimethylpropyl group, 3,3-difluoro-2,2-dimethylpropyl group, 3,3,3-trifluoro- 2,2-dimethylpropyl group, 3-fluoro-1,2,2-trimethylpropyl group, 3,3-difluoro-1,2,2-trimethylpropyl group, 3,3,3-trifluoro-1,2 , 2-trimethylpropyl group, 2-fluorocyclohexyl group, 3-fluorocyclohexyl group, 4-fluorocyclohexyl group, 2-fluoro-4-methylcyclohexyl group, 3-fluoro-4-methylcyclohexyl group, 2-fluoro-4 -Ethylcyclohexyl group, 3-fluoro-4-ethylcyclohexyl group, 2-fluoro-4-propylcyclohexyl group, 3-fluoro-4-propylcyclohexyl group, 2-fluoro-4-butylcyclohexyl group, 3-fluoro-4 -butylcyclohexyl group. Among them, from the viewpoint of balancing molecular orientation and solubility with the polymerizable liquid crystal compound, 2-fluoroethyl group, 2,2-difluoroethyl group, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group, 3-fluoroethyl group, Propyl group, 3,3-difluoropropyl group, 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl group, 4-fluorobutyl group, 4,4-difluorobutyl group, 4,4,4-trifluorobutyl group are preferred, and 2 -fluoroethyl group, 2,2-difluoroethyl group, and 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group are more preferred.
 -R12、-Rのアルキル基、1つ以上のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基の炭素数は、本発明で用いる重合性液晶化合物との分子配向性が良好となる観点から、1以上10以下が好ましく、1以上6以下がより好ましく、2以上4以下がさらに好ましい。該アルキル基は分岐を有していてもよく、直鎖であってもよく、環状のシクロアルキル基であってもよい。また、溶解性の観点から、フッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基が有するフッ素原子数は5つ以下が好ましく、3つ以下がより好ましく、2つ以下がさらに好ましい。 The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group of -R 12 and -R 2 and the alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms is 1 or more from the viewpoint of good molecular orientation with the polymerizable liquid crystal compound used in the present invention. It is preferably 10 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 6 or less, and even more preferably 2 or more and 4 or less. The alkyl group may be branched, linear, or cyclic cycloalkyl group. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of solubility, the number of fluorine atoms in the alkyl group substituted with fluorine atoms is preferably 5 or less, more preferably 3 or less, and even more preferably 2 or less.
 -R12、-Rのアルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、n-ヘキシル基、1-メチルエチル基、1,1-ジメチルエチル基、1-メチルプロピル基、2-メチルプロピル基、1,2-ジメチルプロピル基、2,2-ジメチルプロピル基、1,2,2-トリメチルプロピル基、1-メチルブチル基、2-メチルブチル基、3-メチルブチル基、3,3-ジメチルブチル基、2,3-ジメチルブチル基、1,3-ジメチルブチル基、1,3,3-トリメチルブチル基、2,3,3-トリメチルブチル基、2,2,3-トリメチルブチル基、1,2,2-トリメチルブチル基、1,1,2-トリメチルブチル基、1,1,3-トリメチルブチル基、4-メチルペンチル基、3-メチルペンチル基、2-メチルペンチル基、1-メチルペンチル基、4,4-ジメチルペンチル基、3,3-ジメチルペンチル基、2,2-ジメチルペンチル基、3,4-ジメチルペンチル基、2,4-ジメチルペンチル基、1,4-ジメチルペンチル基、3,4,4-トリメチルペンチル基、2,4,4-トリメチルペンチル基、1,4,4-トリメチルペンチル基、3,3,4-トリメチルペンチル基、2,3,3-トリメチルペンチル基、1,3,3-トリメチルペンチル基、2,2,4-トリメチルペンチル基、2,2,3-トリメチルペンチル基、1,2,2-トリメチルペンチル基、1,1,2-トリメチルペンチル基、1,1,3-トリメチルペンチル基、1,1,4-トリメチルペンチル基、2,3,4-トリメチルペンチル基、1,2,3-トリメチルペンチル基、1,3,4-トリメチルペンチル基、5-メチルヘキシル基、4-メチルヘキシル基、3-メチルヘキシル基、2-メチルヘキシル基、1-メチルヘキシル基、5,5-ジメチルヘキシル基、4,4-ジメチルヘキシル基、3,3-ジメチルヘキシル基、2,2-ジメチルヘキシル基、4,5-ジメチルヘキシル基、3,5-ジメチルヘキシル基、2,5-ジメチルヘキシル基、1,5-ジメチルヘキシル基、1,4-ジメチルヘキシル基、4,5,5-トリメチルヘキシル基、3,5,5-トリメチルヘキシル基、2,5,5-トリメチルヘキシル基、1,5,5-トリメチルヘキシル基、6-メチルヘプチル基、5-メチルヘプチル基、6,6-ジメチルヘプチル基、5,6-ジメチルヘプチル基、4,6-ジメチルヘプチル基、3,6-ジメチルヘプチル基、2,6-ジメチルヘプチル基、1,6-ジメチルヘプチル基、7-メチルオクチル基、6-メチルオクチル基、5-メチルオクチル基、4-メチルオクチル基、3-メチルオクチル基、2-メチルオクチル基、1-メチルオクチル基、8-メチルノニル基、7-メチルノニル基、6-メチルノニル基、5-メチルノニル基、4-メチルノニル基、3-メチルノニル基、2-メチルノニル基、1-メチルノニル基、シクロヘキシル基、4-メチルシクロヘキシル基、4-エチルシクロヘキシル基、4-プロピルシクロヘキシル基、4-ブチルシクロヘキシル基が挙げられる。 Examples of the alkyl group for -R 12 and -R 2 include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, n-butyl group, n-pentyl group, n-hexyl group, 1-methylethyl group, 1,1 -dimethylethyl group, 1-methylpropyl group, 2-methylpropyl group, 1,2-dimethylpropyl group, 2,2-dimethylpropyl group, 1,2,2-trimethylpropyl group, 1-methylbutyl group, 2- Methylbutyl group, 3-methylbutyl group, 3,3-dimethylbutyl group, 2,3-dimethylbutyl group, 1,3-dimethylbutyl group, 1,3,3-trimethylbutyl group, 2,3,3-trimethylbutyl group, 2,2,3-trimethylbutyl group, 1,2,2-trimethylbutyl group, 1,1,2-trimethylbutyl group, 1,1,3-trimethylbutyl group, 4-methylpentyl group, 3- Methylpentyl group, 2-methylpentyl group, 1-methylpentyl group, 4,4-dimethylpentyl group, 3,3-dimethylpentyl group, 2,2-dimethylpentyl group, 3,4-dimethylpentyl group, 2, 4-dimethylpentyl group, 1,4-dimethylpentyl group, 3,4,4-trimethylpentyl group, 2,4,4-trimethylpentyl group, 1,4,4-trimethylpentyl group, 3,3,4- Trimethylpentyl group, 2,3,3-trimethylpentyl group, 1,3,3-trimethylpentyl group, 2,2,4-trimethylpentyl group, 2,2,3-trimethylpentyl group, 1,2,2- Trimethylpentyl group, 1,1,2-trimethylpentyl group, 1,1,3-trimethylpentyl group, 1,1,4-trimethylpentyl group, 2,3,4-trimethylpentyl group, 1,2,3- Trimethylpentyl group, 1,3,4-trimethylpentyl group, 5-methylhexyl group, 4-methylhexyl group, 3-methylhexyl group, 2-methylhexyl group, 1-methylhexyl group, 5,5-dimethylhexyl group group, 4,4-dimethylhexyl group, 3,3-dimethylhexyl group, 2,2-dimethylhexyl group, 4,5-dimethylhexyl group, 3,5-dimethylhexyl group, 2,5-dimethylhexyl group, 1,5-dimethylhexyl group, 1,4-dimethylhexyl group, 4,5,5-trimethylhexyl group, 3,5,5-trimethylhexyl group, 2,5,5-trimethylhexyl group, 1,5, 5-trimethylhexyl group, 6-methylheptyl group, 5-methylheptyl group, 6,6-dimethylheptyl group, 5,6-dimethylheptyl group, 4,6-dimethylheptyl group, 3,6-dimethylheptyl group, 2,6-dimethylheptyl group, 1,6-dimethylheptyl group, 7-methyloctyl group, 6-methyloctyl group, 5-methyloctyl group, 4-methyloctyl group, 3-methyloctyl group, 2-methyloctyl group group, 1-methyloctyl group, 8-methylnonyl group, 7-methylnonyl group, 6-methylnonyl group, 5-methylnonyl group, 4-methylnonyl group, 3-methylnonyl group, 2-methylnonyl group, 1-methylnonyl group, cyclohexyl group , 4-methylcyclohexyl group, 4-ethylcyclohexyl group, 4-propylcyclohexyl group, and 4-butylcyclohexyl group.
 -R12、-Rの1つ以上のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基としては、-R11、-Rとして例示した1つ以上のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基が挙げられ、好ましいものも同じである。 Examples of the alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms for -R 12 and -R 2 include the alkyl groups substituted with one or more fluorine atoms exemplified as -R 11 and -R 1 , and preferred Things are the same.
 -R12、-Rとしては、重合性液晶化合物との分子配向性が良好となる観点から、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、2-フルオロエチル基、2,2-ジフルオロエチル基、2,2,2-トリフルオロエチル基、3-フルオロプロピル基、3,3-ジフルオロプロピル基、3,3,3-トリフルオロプロピル基、4-フルオロブチル基、4,4-ジフルオロブチル基、4,4,4-トリフルオロブチル基が好ましい。 -R 12 and -R 2 include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, n-butyl group, 2-fluoroethyl group, 2, 2-difluoroethyl group, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group, 3-fluoropropyl group, 3,3-difluoropropyl group, 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl group, 4-fluorobutyl group, 4, 4-difluorobutyl group and 4,4,4-trifluorobutyl group are preferred.
 -R11及び-R12、或いは-R及び-Rが一体となって形成する環としては、例えば、2-フルオロアジリジン環、2,2-ジフルオロアジリジン環、2-フルオロアゼチジン環、2,2-ジフルオロアゼチジン環、3-フルオロアゼチジン環、3,3-ジフルオロアゼチジン環、2-フルオロピロリジン環、2,2-ジフルオロピロリジン環、3-フルオロピロリジン環、3,3-フルオロピロリジン環、3,4-ジフルオロピロリジン環、2,5-ジフルオロピロリジン環、3,3,4,4-テトラフルオロピロリジン環、2-フルオロピペリジン環、2,2-ジフルオロピペリジン環、3-フルオロピペリジン環、3,3-ジフルオロピペリジン環、4,4-ジフルオロピペリジン環、2,6-ジフルオロピペリジン環、3,5-ジフルオロピペリジン環、3,3,5,5-テトラフルオロピロリジンが挙げられる。なかでも、重合性液晶化合物との分子配向性が良好となる観点から、2,2-ジフルオロピロリジン環、3,3,4,4-テトラフルオロピロリジン環、3,3-ジフルオロピペリジン環、3,3,5,5-テトラフルオロピロリジン環が好ましい。一方、溶解性の観点からは、-R11及び-R12、-R及び-Rは一体となって環を形成しない方が好ましい。 Examples of the ring formed by combining -R 11 and -R 12 or -R 1 and -R 2 include a 2-fluoroaziridine ring, a 2,2-difluoroaziridine ring, a 2-fluoroazetidine ring, 2,2-difluoroazetidine ring, 3-fluoroazetidine ring, 3,3-difluoroazetidine ring, 2-fluoropyrrolidine ring, 2,2-difluoropyrrolidine ring, 3-fluoropyrrolidine ring, 3,3-fluoro Pyrrolidine ring, 3,4-difluoropyrrolidine ring, 2,5-difluoropyrrolidine ring, 3,3,4,4-tetrafluoropyrrolidine ring, 2-fluoropiperidine ring, 2,2-difluoropiperidine ring, 3-fluoropiperidine ring, 3,3-difluoropiperidine ring, 4,4-difluoropiperidine ring, 2,6-difluoropiperidine ring, 3,5-difluoropiperidine ring, and 3,3,5,5-tetrafluoropyrrolidine. Among them, from the viewpoint of good molecular orientation with the polymerizable liquid crystal compound, 2,2-difluoropyrrolidine ring, 3,3,4,4-tetrafluoropyrrolidine ring, 3,3-difluoropiperidine ring, 3, A 3,5,5-tetrafluoropyrrolidine ring is preferred. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of solubility, it is preferable that -R 11 and -R 12 and -R 1 and -R 2 do not form a ring together.
 -R11、-R12、-R、-Rの1つ以上のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基において、フッ素原子はアルキル基末端炭素原子において置換されていることが、溶解性の観点から好ましい。また、-R11と-R12の置換フッ素原子数の合計及び-Rと-Rの置換フッ素原子数の合計はそれぞれ1つ以上6つ以下が好ましく、1つ以上4つ以下がより好ましい。前記範囲となることで、溶解性が良好な傾向となる。 In the alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms in -R 11 , -R 12 , -R 1 , -R 2 , it is important from the viewpoint of solubility that the fluorine atom is substituted at the terminal carbon atom of the alkyl group. preferred. Furthermore, the total number of substituted fluorine atoms in -R 11 and -R 12 and the total number of substituted fluorine atoms in -R 1 and -R 2 are each preferably from 1 to 6, more preferably from 1 to 4. preferable. Within the above range, solubility tends to be good.
 -R11、-Rの以上のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基、-R12、-Rのアルキル基、1つ以上のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基に含まれる1つ又はそれ以上のメチレン基は、-O-、-S-、-NH-、-C(=O)-、-C(=O)-O-、-C(=O)-NH-、-CHCl-、又は-CCl-によって置き換えられた(displace)構造であってもよく、アクリロイルオキシ基、メタクリロイルオキシ基、グリシジルオキシ基の重合性基に置き換えられた構造であってもよい。 -R 11 , -R 1 alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms, -R 12 , -R 2 alkyl group, one or more alkyl groups substituted with one or more fluorine atoms The methylene group of is -O-, -S-, -NH-, -C(=O)-, -C(=O)-O-, -C(=O)-NH-, -CHCl-, or It may be a structure in which it is replaced by -CCl 2 -, or it may be a structure in which it is replaced by a polymerizable group such as an acryloyloxy group, a methacryloyloxy group, or a glycidyloxy group.
 -R11、-Rの1つ以上のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基、-R12、-Rのアルキル基、1つ以上のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基は、それぞれ置換基を有していてもよい。許容される置換基としては、例えば、-OH、-O-R、-O-C(=O)-R、-NH、-NH-R、-N(-R)-R、-C(=O)-R、-C(=O)-O-R、-C(=O)-NH、-C(=O)-NH-R、-C(=O)-N(-R)-R、-SH、-S-R、スルファモイル基、カルボキシ基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、フッ素原子以外のハロゲン、アクリロイルオキシ基、メタクリロイルオキシ基、グリシジルオキシ基などの重合性基が挙げられる。
 -R及び-Rは、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~15、好ましくは1~10の直鎖状又は分枝状のアルキル基を表す。
The alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms in -R 11 and -R 1 , the alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms in -R 12 and -R 2 , each have a substituent. may have. Permissible substituents include, for example, -OH, -O-R p , -OC(=O)-R p , -NH 2 , -NH-R p , -N(-R q )-R p , -C(=O)-R p , -C(=O)-O-R p , -C(=O)-NH 2 , -C(=O)-NH-R p , -C(= O)-N(-R q )-R p , -SH, -S-R p , sulfamoyl group, carboxy group, cyano group, nitro group, halogen other than fluorine atom, acryloyloxy group, methacryloyloxy group, glycidyloxy Examples include polymerizable groups such as groups.
-R p and -R q each independently represent a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
(-A11-、-A12-、-A13-、-A14-)
 式(1)において-A11-、-A12-、-A13-及び-A14-は、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい1,4-フェニレン基を表す。
(-A 11 -, -A 12 -, -A 13 -, -A 14 -)
In formula (1), -A 11 -, -A 12 -, -A 13 - and -A 14 - each independently represent a 1,4-phenylene group which may have a substituent.
 -A11-、-A12-、-A13-及び-A14-の1,4-フェニレン基に許容される置換基としては、例えば、-R、-OH、-O-R、-O-C(=O)-R、-NH、-NH-R、-N(-R)-R、-C(=O)-R、-C(=O)-O-R、-C(=O)-NH、-C(=O)-NH-R、-C(=O)-N(-R)-R、-SH、-S-R、トリフルオロメチル基、スルファモイル基、カルボキシ基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、ハロゲンが挙げられる。ここで、-R及び-Rは、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~15の直鎖状又は分枝状のアルキル基を表す。-R及び-Rの炭素数としては、本発明で用いる重合性液晶化合物との分子配向が良好になる観点で、1以上12以下が好ましく、1以上9以下がさらに好ましい。なお、置換基を有していてもよい1,4-フェニレン基には、ナフタレン環の2価基(ナフチレン基)は含まれない。 Permissible substituents for the 1,4-phenylene groups of -A 11 -, -A 12 -, -A 13 - and -A 14 - include -R A , -OH, -O-R A , -OC(=O)-R A , -NH 2 , -NH-R A , -N(-R B )-R A , -C(=O)-R A , -C(=O)- O-R A , -C(=O)-NH 2 , -C(=O)-NH-R A , -C(=O)-N(-R B )-R A , -SH, -S- Examples include R A , trifluoromethyl group, sulfamoyl group, carboxy group, cyano group, nitro group, and halogen. Here, -R A and -R B each independently represent a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms. The number of carbon atoms in -R A and -R B is preferably 1 or more and 12 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 9 or less, from the viewpoint of good molecular alignment with the polymerizable liquid crystal compound used in the present invention. Note that the 1,4-phenylene group which may have a substituent does not include a divalent group of a naphthalene ring (naphthylene group).
 -R及び-Rにおける直鎖状若しくは分枝状のアルキル基に含まれる1つ又はそれ以上のメチレン基は、エーテル性酸素原子、チオエーテル性硫黄原子、アミン性窒素原子(-NH-、-N(R)-:ここで、Rは、炭素数1~6、好ましくは炭素数1~4の直鎖状又は分枝状のアルキル基を表す。)、カルボニル基、エステル結合、アミド結合、-CHF-、-CF-、-CHCl-、-CCl-によって置き換えられた構造とされていてもよく、アクリロイルオキシ基、メタクリロイルオキシ基、グリシジルオキシ基の重合性基が置換していてもよい。 One or more methylene groups contained in the linear or branched alkyl group in -R A and -R B include an ether oxygen atom, a thioether sulfur atom, an amine nitrogen atom (-NH-, -N(R z )-: Here, R z represents a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms), a carbonyl group, an ester bond, It may have a structure substituted by an amide bond, -CHF-, -CF 2 -, -CHCl-, -CCl 2 -, and a polymerizable group such as an acryloyloxy group, a methacryloyloxy group, or a glycidyloxy group may be substituted. You can leave it there.
 -A11-、-A12-、-A13-及び-A14-の1,4-フェニレン基に許容される置換基としては、化合物(1)の分子配向が良好になる観点から、-R、-O-R、トリフルオロメチル基、フルオロ基が好ましい。-Rとしては、例えば、n-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、n-ヘキシル基、n-ヘプチル基、n-オクチル基、5,5-ジメチル-3-メチルヘキシル基が挙げられる。 Permissible substituents for the 1,4-phenylene groups of -A 11 -, -A 12 -, -A 13 - and -A 14 - include - R A , -O-R A , trifluoromethyl group, and fluoro group are preferred. -R A is, for example, n-propyl group, n-butyl group, n-pentyl group, n-hexyl group, n-heptyl group, n-octyl group, 5,5-dimethyl-3-methylhexyl group. Can be mentioned.
 -A11-、-A12-、-A13-及び-A14-としては、二色比の観点からは、置換基を有しない1,4-フェニレン基が好ましい。 -A 11 -, -A 12 -, -A 13 - and -A 14 - are preferably unsubstituted 1,4-phenylene groups from the viewpoint of dichroic ratio.
(-A-、-A-、-A-)
 式(2)において-A-、-A-及び-A-は、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭素水素環の2価基を表す。
(-A 1 -, -A 2 -, -A 3 -)
In formula (2), -A 1 -, -A 2 - and -A 3 - each independently represent a divalent group of an aromatic hydrocarbon ring which may have a substituent.
 -A-、-A-、-A-の芳香族炭化水素環としては、例えば、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、フェナントレン環、ペリレン環、テトラセン環、ピレン環、ベンズピレン環、クリセン環、トリフェニレン環、アセナフテン環、フルオランテン環、フルオレン環が挙げられる。 -A 1 -, -A 2 -, -A 3 - aromatic hydrocarbon rings include, for example, benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, perylene ring, tetracene ring, pyrene ring, benzpyrene ring, chrysene ring. ring, triphenylene ring, acenaphthene ring, fluoranthene ring, and fluorene ring.
 -A-、-A-、-A-の芳香族炭化水素環の2価基としては、化合物(2)の吸収遷移モ-メントが色素の長軸方向に一致する傾向となり、二色比を高くできることから、置換基を有していてもよい、ベンゼン環の2価基(フェニレン基)、ナフタレン環の2価基(ナフチレン基)が好ましく、ベンゼン環の2価基(フェニレン基)がより好ましい。特に、1,4-フェニレン基、1,4-ナフチレン基、2,6-ナフチレン基がより好ましく、1,4-フェニレン基がさらに好ましく、置換基を有さない1,4-フェニレン基が特に好ましい。上記であることで、化合物(2)の吸収の遷移モ-メントが化合物(2)の長軸方向に一致する傾向となり、二色比を高くできる。なお、置換基を有していてもよいベンゼン環の2価基(フェニレン基)には、ナフタレン環の2価基(ナフチレン基)は含まれない。 -A 1 -, -A 2 -, -A 3 - are divalent groups of aromatic hydrocarbon rings, and the absorption transition moment of compound (2) tends to coincide with the long axis direction of the dye. A divalent group of a benzene ring (phenylene group) and a divalent group of a naphthalene ring (naphthylene group), which may have a substituent, are preferred because they can increase the color ratio; ) is more preferable. In particular, 1,4-phenylene group, 1,4-naphthylene group, and 2,6-naphthylene group are more preferred, 1,4-phenylene group is even more preferred, and 1,4-phenylene group having no substituent is particularly preferred. preferable. With the above, the absorption transition moment of compound (2) tends to coincide with the long axis direction of compound (2), and the dichroic ratio can be increased. Note that the divalent group of the benzene ring (phenylene group) which may have a substituent does not include the divalent group of the naphthalene ring (naphthylene group).
 -A-、-A-、-A-の芳香族炭化水素環の2価基に許容される置換基としては、上述した-A11-、-A12-、-A13-及び-A14-の1,4-フェニレン基に許容される置換基が挙げられ、好ましい置換基も-A11-、-A12-、-A13-及び-A14-と同様である。 Permissible substituents for the divalent group of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring -A 1 -, -A 2 -, -A 3 - include the above-mentioned -A 11 -, -A 12 -, -A 13 - and Permissible substituents for the 1,4-phenylene group of -A 14 - are listed, and preferred substituents are also the same as for -A 11 -, -A 12 -, -A 13 - and -A 14 -.
(n)
 式(2)において、nは1、2又は3を表す。
 nが2又は3の場合、複数の-A-は互いに同一でも異なっていてもよい。
 本発明における重合性液晶化合物との分子配向性を良好にすること、また、溶解性の観点から、nは1又は2であることが好ましく、2であることがより好ましい。
(n)
In formula (2), n represents 1, 2 or 3.
When n is 2 or 3, the plurality of -A 2 -s may be the same or different.
In order to improve the molecular orientation with the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the present invention and from the viewpoint of solubility, n is preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 2.
(-N=N-)
 式(1)及び(2)中の-N=N-は、トランス型であることが本発明の化合物の直線性を高める観点で好ましい。
(-N=N-)
-N=N- in formulas (1) and (2) is preferably trans-type from the viewpoint of improving the linearity of the compound of the present invention.
(本発明の化合物の具体例)
 本発明の化合物の具体例としては、以下の化合物が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。
(Specific examples of compounds of the present invention)
Specific examples of the compounds of the present invention include, but are not limited to, the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
(吸収特性)
 本発明の化合物は、後述する方法で作成した異方性色素膜中において、350~800nmの波長範囲に極大吸収(λmax1)を有していてもよく、好ましくは380~600nmの波長範囲に極大吸収を有しており、より好ましくは400~560nmの波長範囲に有しており、さらに好ましくは420~550nmの波長範囲に有している。この波長範囲に極大吸収(λmax1)を有することで、より長波長側に極大吸収を有する色素と組み合わせた場合、350~800nmの波長範囲を網羅的に吸収することが可能となる傾向にある。
(absorption characteristics)
The compound of the present invention may have maximum absorption (λmax1) in the wavelength range of 350 to 800 nm, preferably in the wavelength range of 380 to 600 nm, in the anisotropic dye film prepared by the method described below. It has absorption, more preferably in the wavelength range of 400 to 560 nm, and still more preferably in the wavelength range of 420 to 550 nm. By having maximum absorption (λmax1) in this wavelength range, when combined with a dye having maximum absorption on the longer wavelength side, it tends to be possible to comprehensively absorb the wavelength range of 350 to 800 nm.
 本発明の化合物は、溶剤に溶解して測定した極大吸収(λmax2)に比べて、異方性色素膜中における極大吸収(上述のλmax1)が長波長に存在していることが好ましい。この長波長シフトは、本発明の化合物が、重合性液晶化合物及び/又は重合性液晶化合物に基づく単位を有する重合物中に分散することによって発現する現象であり、本発明の化合物と、重合性液晶化合物及び/又は重合性液晶化合物に基づく単位を有する重合物とが強く分子間相互作用していることを示している。長波長シフトとは、吸収極大の差分(λmax1-λmax2)が正の値となることを意味し、その差は、10nm以上であることが好ましく、20nm以上であることがより好ましく、30nm以上であることがさらに好ましい。 It is preferable that the compound of the present invention has a maximum absorption (λmax1 described above) in the anisotropic dye film at a longer wavelength than the maximum absorption (λmax2) measured after being dissolved in a solvent. This long wavelength shift is a phenomenon that occurs when the compound of the present invention is dispersed in a polymerizable liquid crystal compound and/or a polymer having units based on a polymerizable liquid crystal compound. This indicates that there is strong intermolecular interaction between the liquid crystal compound and/or the polymer having units based on the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. Long wavelength shift means that the difference in absorption maximum (λmax1-λmax2) becomes a positive value, and the difference is preferably 10 nm or more, more preferably 20 nm or more, and 30 nm or more. It is even more preferable that there be.
(溶解度)
 本発明の化合物の溶解度は特に限定されないが、シクロペンタノンに対する溶解度が0.4質量%以上であることが好ましく、0.9質量%以上であることがより好ましく、1.5質量%以上であることがさらに好ましい。溶解度が上記下限以上であることで、良好な塗膜性能が得られる傾向にある。溶解度の上限は特に限定されないが、50質量%以下である。
(solubility)
The solubility of the compound of the present invention is not particularly limited, but the solubility in cyclopentanone is preferably 0.4% by mass or more, more preferably 0.9% by mass or more, and 1.5% by mass or more. It is even more preferable that there be. When the solubility is at least the above lower limit, good coating film performance tends to be obtained. The upper limit of solubility is not particularly limited, but is 50% by mass or less.
[異方性色素膜形成用組成物]
 本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物は、色素と重合性液晶化合物を含むものであり、前記色素として少なくとも化合物(2)を含む。
 本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物は、化合物(2)の1種のみを含むものであってもよく、2種以上を含むものであってもよい。
 本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物は、組成物中での析出を抑制する観点から、色素として、式(2)中の-A-、-A-、-A-が同じである本発明の化合物を1種のみ含むものが好ましく、本発明の化合物を1種のみ含むものがより好ましい。
[Composition for forming anisotropic pigment film]
The composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention contains a dye and a polymerizable liquid crystal compound, and contains at least compound (2) as the dye.
The composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention may contain only one type of compound (2), or may contain two or more types of compound (2).
In the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention, -A 1 -, -A 2 -, -A 3 - in formula (2) are used as dyes from the viewpoint of suppressing precipitation in the composition. Those containing only one type of the same compound of the present invention are preferred, and those containing only one type of compound of the present invention are more preferred.
 本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物は、色素として、化合物(2)を含むが、化合物(2)以外の色素を含んでいてもよい。
 本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物に含まれる化合物(2)以外の色素としては、例えば、アゾ系色素、キノン系色素(ナフトキノン系色素、アントラキノン系色素等を含む。)、スチルベン系色素、シアニン系色素、フタロシアニン系色素、インジゴ系色素、縮合多環系色素(ペリレン系色素、オキサジン系色素、アクリジン系色素等を含む。)が挙げられる。
 本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物には、化合物(2)以外の色素の1種のみが単独で含まれていてもよく、2種以上が任意の組み合わせ及び比率で含まれていてもよい。
The composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention contains compound (2) as a dye, but may contain a dye other than compound (2).
Examples of dyes other than compound (2) contained in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention include azo dyes, quinone dyes (including naphthoquinone dyes, anthraquinone dyes, etc.), and stilbene dyes. Examples include dyes, cyanine dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, indigo dyes, and condensed polycyclic dyes (including perylene dyes, oxazine dyes, acridine dyes, etc.).
The composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention may contain only one type of dye other than compound (2) alone, or may contain two or more types in any combination and ratio. Good too.
 上記に例示した化合物(2)以外の色素の中でも、異方性色素膜中で高い分子配列をとり得るため、アゾ系色素が好ましい。
 以下、化合物(2)以外のアゾ系色素を「その他アゾ系色素」とも称する。
Among the dyes other than the compound (2) exemplified above, azo dyes are preferable because they can have a high molecular alignment in an anisotropic dye film.
Hereinafter, azo dyes other than compound (2) are also referred to as "other azo dyes."
 アゾ系色素とは、アゾ基(-N=N-)を少なくとも1個以上有する色素を言い、その一分子中のアゾ基の数は、溶剤への溶解性、液晶化合物との相溶性、色調及び製造容易性の観点から、1以上が好ましく、2以上がより好ましく、また、6以下が好ましく、4以下がより好ましく、3以下がさらに好ましい。 Azo dye refers to a dye that has at least one azo group (-N=N-), and the number of azo groups in one molecule is determined by its solubility in solvents, compatibility with liquid crystal compounds, and color tone. From the viewpoint of ease of manufacture, the number is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 2 or more, and preferably 6 or less, more preferably 4 or less, and even more preferably 3 or less.
 その他アゾ系色素としては、例えば、下記式(3)で表される化合物が挙げられる。
  R31-E-N=N-(E-N=N)-E-R32   …(3)
 (式(3)中、
 -E-、-E-及び-E-は、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよいフェニレン基、置換基を有していてもよいナフチレン基、又は置換基を有していてもよい2価の複素環基を表す。
 pは0~4の整数を表す。
 pが2以上の整数である場合、複数の-E-は互いに同一でも異なっていてもよい。
 -R31及び-R32は、それぞれ独立に、1価の有機基を表す。)
Examples of other azo dyes include compounds represented by the following formula (3).
R 31 -E 1 -N=N-(E 2 -N=N) p -E 3 -R 32 ...(3)
(In formula (3),
-E 1 -, -E 2 - and -E 3 - each independently represent a phenylene group which may have a substituent, a naphthylene group which may have a substituent, or a naphthylene group which may have a substituent. represents an optionally divalent heterocyclic group.
p represents an integer from 0 to 4.
When p is an integer of 2 or more, the plurality of -E 2 -s may be the same or different.
-R 31 and -R 32 each independently represent a monovalent organic group. )
 -E-、-E-及び-E-は、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよいフェニレン基、置換基を有していてもよいナフチレン基、又は置換基を有していてもよい2価の複素環基を表す。
 フェニレン基の置換位置としては、分子の直線性が高いため、1,4-フェニレン基が好ましい。
 ナフチレン基の置換位置としては、分子の直線性が高いため、1,4-ナフチレン基又は2,6-ナフチレン基が好ましい。
-E 1 -, -E 2 - and -E 3 - each independently represent a phenylene group which may have a substituent, a naphthylene group which may have a substituent, or a naphthylene group which may have a substituent. represents an optionally divalent heterocyclic group.
As for the substitution position of the phenylene group, a 1,4-phenylene group is preferred because the molecule has high linearity.
As the substitution position of the naphthylene group, a 1,4-naphthylene group or a 2,6-naphthylene group is preferable because the linearity of the molecule is high.
 2価の複素環基としては、環を形成する炭素数が好ましくは3以上14以下であり、さらに好ましくは3以上10以下の複素環基である。特に単環又は2環式の複素環基が好ましい。
 2価の複素環基を構成する炭素以外の原子としては、窒素原子、硫黄原子及び酸素原子から選択される少なくとも1つが挙げられる。複素環基が炭素以外の環を構成する原子を複数有する場合、これらは同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 2価の複素環基としては、例えば、ピリジンジイル基、キノリンジイル基、イソキノリンジイル基、チアゾールジイル基、ベンゾチアゾールジイル基、チエノチアゾールジイル基、チエノチオフェンジイル基、ベンズイミダゾリジノンジイル基、ベンゾフランジイル基、フタルイミドジイル基、オキサゾールジイル基、ベンゾオキサゾールジイル基が挙げられる。
As the divalent heterocyclic group, the number of carbon atoms forming the ring is preferably 3 or more and 14 or less, more preferably 3 or more and 10 or less. Particularly preferred are monocyclic or bicyclic heterocyclic groups.
Examples of atoms other than carbon constituting the divalent heterocyclic group include at least one selected from nitrogen atoms, sulfur atoms, and oxygen atoms. When a heterocyclic group has a plurality of atoms constituting a ring other than carbon, these may be the same or different.
Examples of the divalent heterocyclic group include a pyridinediyl group, a quinolinediyl group, an isoquinolinediyl group, a thiazolediyl group, a benzothiazolediyl group, a thienothiazolediyl group, a thienothiophenediyl group, a benzimidazolidinonediyl group, and a benzofurandiyl group. group, phthalimidodiyl group, oxazolediyl group, and benzoxazolediyl group.
 -E-、-E-及び-E-におけるフェニレン基、ナフチレン基、及び2価の複素環基が任意に有する置換基としては、例えば、炭素数1~4のアルキル基;メトキシ基、エトキシ基及びブトキシ基などの炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基;トリフルオロメチル基などの炭素数1~4のフッ化アルキル基;シアノ基;ニトロ基;水酸基;ハロゲン原子;アミノ基、ジエチルアミノ基、及びピロリジノ基などの置換又は無置換アミノ基が挙げられる。上記の置換アミノ基とは、炭素数1~4のアルキル基を1つ又は2つ有するアミノ基、あるいは2つの置換アルキル基が互いに結合して炭素数2~8のアルカンジイル基を形成しているアミノ基を意味する。無置換アミノ基は、-NHである。上記炭素数1~4のアルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基及びブチル基などが挙げられる。上記炭素数2~8のアルカンジイル基としては、エチレン基、プロパン-1,3-ジイル基、ブタン-1,3-ジイル基、ブタン-1,4-ジイル基、ペンタン-1,5-ジイル基、ヘキサン-1,6-ジイル基、ヘプタン-1,7-ジイル基、オクタン-1,8-ジイル基などが挙げられる。 Examples of optional substituents of the phenylene group, naphthylene group, and divalent heterocyclic group in -E 1 -, -E 2 -, and -E 3 - include an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; a methoxy group; , alkoxy groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms such as ethoxy and butoxy groups; fluorinated alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms such as trifluoromethyl groups; cyano groups; nitro groups; hydroxyl groups; halogen atoms; amino groups, diethylamino groups , and a substituted or unsubstituted amino group such as a pyrrolidino group. The above-mentioned substituted amino group refers to an amino group having one or two alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or two substituted alkyl groups bonding to each other to form an alkanediyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms. means an amino group. The unsubstituted amino group is -NH2 . Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms include methyl group, ethyl group and butyl group. Examples of the alkanediyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms include ethylene group, propane-1,3-diyl group, butane-1,3-diyl group, butane-1,4-diyl group, and pentane-1,5-diyl group. group, hexane-1,6-diyl group, heptane-1,7-diyl group, octane-1,8-diyl group, and the like.
 分子直線性が高い点から、-E-、-E-及び-E-におけるフェニレン基、ナフチレン基、及び2価の複素環基は、無置換であるか、又は、置換されている場合には、メチル基、メトキシ基、水酸基、フッ素原子、塩素原子、ジメチルアミノ基、ピロリジニル基、ピペリジニル基で置換されていることが好ましい。 From the viewpoint of high molecular linearity, the phenylene group, naphthylene group, and divalent heterocyclic group in -E 1 -, -E 2 -, and -E 3 - are unsubstituted or substituted. In some cases, substitution is preferably performed with a methyl group, methoxy group, hydroxyl group, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, dimethylamino group, pyrrolidinyl group, or piperidinyl group.
 pは0~4の整数を表す。溶剤への溶解性、重合性液晶化合物との相溶性、色調及び製造容易性の観点から、pは1以上が好ましく、また、4以下が好ましく、3以下がより好ましい。 p represents an integer from 0 to 4. From the viewpoints of solubility in solvents, compatibility with polymerizable liquid crystal compounds, color tone, and ease of production, p is preferably 1 or more, preferably 4 or less, and more preferably 3 or less.
 -R31及び-R32は、同一の又はそれぞれ異なる1価の有機基を表す。
 -R31及び-R32における1価の有機基としては、例えば、水素原子、分岐を有していてもよい炭素数1~15のアルキル基;脂環式の炭素数1~15のアルキル基;メトキシ基、エトキシ基及びブトキシ基などの分岐を有していてもよい炭素数1~15のアルコキシ基;トリフルオロメチル基などの分岐を有していてもよい炭素数1~15のフッ化アルキル基;シアノ基;ニトロ基;水酸基;ハロゲン原子;アミノ基、ジエチルアミノ基、及びピロリジノ基などの置換又は無置換アミノ基;カルボキシ基;ブトキシカルボニル基などの分岐を有していてもよい炭素数1~15のアルキルオキシカルボニル基;2-(4-ブチルフェニル)エテニル基などのアルキルフェニルアルケニル基;カルバモイル基;ブチルカルバモイル基などの分岐を有していてもよい炭素数1~15のアルキルカルバモイル基;スルファモイル基;ブチルスルファモイル基などの分岐を有していてもよい炭素数1~15のアルキルスルファモイル基;ブチルカルボニルアミノ基などの分岐を有していてもよい炭素数1~15のアシルアミノ基;ブチルカルボニルオキシ基などの分岐を有していてもよい炭素数1~15のアシルオキシ基;スルファニル基;ブチルスルファニル基などの炭素数1~15のアルキルスルファニル基;後述の液晶化合物における-R41及び-R42が挙げられる。上記の置換アミノ基とは、分岐を有していてもよい炭素数1~15のアルキル基を1つ又は2つ有するアミノ基、あるいは2つの置換アルキル基が互いに結合して炭素数2~15のアルカンジイル基を形成しているアミノ基を意味する。無置換アミノ基は、-NHである。上記炭素数1~15のアルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基及びブチル基などが挙げられる。上記炭素数2~15のアルカンジイル基としては、エチレン基、プロパン-1,3-ジイル基、ブタン-1,3-ジイル基、ブタン-1,4-ジイル基、ペンタン-1,5-ジイル基、ヘキサン-1,6-ジイル基、ヘプタン-1,7-ジイル基、オクタン-1,8-ジイル基などが挙げられる。
-R 31 and -R 32 represent the same or different monovalent organic groups.
Examples of the monovalent organic group in -R 31 and -R 32 include a hydrogen atom, an optionally branched alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms; an alicyclic alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms; ; Alkoxy group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms which may have a branch such as a methoxy group, ethoxy group and butoxy group; A fluoride having 1 to 15 carbon atoms which may have a branch such as a trifluoromethyl group Alkyl group; cyano group; nitro group; hydroxyl group; halogen atom; substituted or unsubstituted amino group such as amino group, diethylamino group, and pyrrolidino group; carboxy group; number of carbon atoms that may have branches such as butoxycarbonyl group 1-15 alkyloxycarbonyl group; Alkylphenylalkenyl group such as 2-(4-butylphenyl)ethenyl group; Carbamoyl group; Alkylcarbamoyl having 1-15 carbon atoms which may have a branch such as butylcarbamoyl group. group; sulfamoyl group; alkylsulfamoyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms which may have a branch such as a butylsulfamoyl group; an alkylsulfamoyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms which may have a branch such as a butylcarbonylamino group; 15 acylamino group; optionally branched acyloxy group with 1 to 15 carbon atoms such as butylcarbonyloxy group; sulfanyl group; alkylsulfanyl group with 1 to 15 carbon atoms such as butylsulfanyl group; liquid crystal compound described below Examples include -R 41 and -R 42 . The above substituted amino group refers to an amino group having one or two optionally branched alkyl groups having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, or an amino group in which two substituted alkyl groups are bonded to each other and having 2 to 15 carbon atoms. means an amino group forming an alkanediyl group. The unsubstituted amino group is -NH2 . Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms include methyl group, ethyl group, and butyl group. Examples of the alkanediyl group having 2 to 15 carbon atoms include ethylene group, propane-1,3-diyl group, butane-1,3-diyl group, butane-1,4-diyl group, and pentane-1,5-diyl group. group, hexane-1,6-diyl group, heptane-1,7-diyl group, octane-1,8-diyl group, and the like.
 -R31及び-R32としては、水素原子、鎖状基、脂肪族有機基(「脂肪族有機基」は、鎖状のもの及び環状のものを含む。)、炭素原子の一部が窒素原子及び/又は酸素原子で置き換えられた脂肪族有機基(「炭素原子の一部が窒素原子及び/又は酸素原子で置き換えられた脂肪族有機基」は、鎖状のもの及び環状のものを含み、脂肪族有機基の一部のメチル基が水酸基、オキソ基(=O)、アミノ基、イミノ基等にそれぞれ置き換えられたものを含む。)等が挙げられ、ある態様としては、水素原子、鎖状基が好ましく、別の態様としては、水素原子、脂肪族有機基が好ましく、さらに別の態様としては、水素原子、炭素原子の一部が窒素原子及び/又は酸素原子で置き換えられた脂肪族有機基が好ましい。 -R 31 and -R 32 include hydrogen atoms, chain groups, aliphatic organic groups ("aliphatic organic groups" include chain and cyclic groups), and carbon atoms in which some of the carbon atoms are nitrogen. Aliphatic organic groups substituted with atoms and/or oxygen atoms (``aliphatic organic groups in which some of the carbon atoms are replaced with nitrogen atoms and/or oxygen atoms'') include chain-like and cyclic ones. , aliphatic organic groups in which some methyl groups are replaced with hydroxyl groups, oxo groups (=O), amino groups, imino groups, etc.), and in some embodiments, hydrogen atoms, A chain group is preferable, and in another embodiment, a hydrogen atom and an aliphatic organic group are preferable. In still another embodiment, a hydrogen atom and an aliphatic group in which some of the carbon atoms are replaced with nitrogen atoms and/or oxygen atoms are preferable. Group organic groups are preferred.
 鎖状基としては、例えば、上記の、分岐を有していてもよい炭素数1~15のアルキル基;分岐を有していてもよい炭素数1~15のアルコキシ基;分岐を有していてもよい炭素数1~15のフッ化アルキル基;置換又は無置換アミノ基(置換アミノ基とは、分岐を有していてもよい炭素数1~15のアルキル基を1つ又は2つ有するアミノ基を意味する。無置換アミノ基は、-NHである。);カルボキシ基;分岐を有していてもよい炭素数1~15のアルキルオキシカルボニル基;カルバモイル基;分岐を有していてもよい炭素数1~15のアルキルカルバモイル基;スルファモイル基;分岐を有していてもよい炭素数1~15のアルキルスルファモイル基;分岐を有していてもよい炭素数1~15のアシルアミノ基;分岐を有していてもよい炭素数1~15のアシルオキシ基;スルファニル基;炭素数1~15のアルキルスルファニル基が挙げられる。なお、鎖状基と脂肪族有機基とは一部重複する。 Examples of the chain group include the above-mentioned alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms which may have a branch; alkoxy group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms which may have a branch; A fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms which may optionally have a branch; a substituted or unsubstituted amino group (a substituted amino group refers to a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms which may have a branch) means an amino group. An unsubstituted amino group is -NH 2 ); Carboxy group; Alkyloxycarbonyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms which may have a branch; Carbamoyl group; an optionally branched alkylcarbamoyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms; a sulfamoyl group; an optionally branched alkylsulfamoyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms; an optionally branched alkylsulfamoyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms; Examples include acylamino group; acyloxy group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms which may have a branch; sulfanyl group; alkylsulfanyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms. Note that the chain group and the aliphatic organic group partially overlap.
 脂肪族有機基としては、例えば、上記の、分岐を有していてもよい炭素数1~15のアルキル基、脂環式の炭素数1~15のアルキル基が挙げられる。
 炭素原子の一部が窒素原子及び/又は酸素原子で置き換えられた脂肪族有機基としては、例えば、上記の、分岐を有していてもよい炭素数1~15のアルコキシ基;置換又は無置換アミノ基;カルボキシ基;分岐を有していてもよい炭素数1~15のアルキルオキシカルボニル基;カルバモイル基;分岐を有していてもよい炭素数1~15のアルキルカルバモイル基;分岐を有していてもよい炭素数1~15のアシルアミノ基;分岐を有していてもよい炭素数1~15のアシルオキシ基が挙げられる。上記の置換アミノ基とは、分岐を有していてもよい炭素数1~15のアルキル基を1つ又は2つ有するアミノ基、あるいは2つの置換アルキル基が互いに結合して炭素数2~15のアルカンジイル基を形成しているアミノ基を意味する。無置換アミノ基は、-NHである。上記炭素数1~15のアルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基及びブチル基などが挙げられる。上記炭素数2~15のアルカンジイル基としては、エチレン基、プロパン-1,3-ジイル基、ブタン-1,3-ジイル基、ブタン-1,4-ジイル基、ペンタン-1,5-ジイル基、ヘキサン-1,6-ジイル基、ヘプタン-1,7-ジイル基、オクタン-1,8-ジイル基などが挙げられる。
Examples of the aliphatic organic group include the above-mentioned optionally branched alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms and alicyclic alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms.
Examples of aliphatic organic groups in which some of the carbon atoms are replaced with nitrogen atoms and/or oxygen atoms include the above-mentioned alkoxy groups having 1 to 15 carbon atoms which may have a branch; substituted or unsubstituted Amino group; Carboxy group; Alkyloxycarbonyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms which may have a branch; Carbamoyl group; Alkylcarbamoyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms which may have a branch; An optionally branched acylamino group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms; and an optionally branched acyloxy group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms. The above substituted amino group refers to an amino group having one or two optionally branched alkyl groups having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, or an amino group in which two substituted alkyl groups are bonded to each other and having 2 to 15 carbon atoms. means an amino group forming an alkanediyl group. The unsubstituted amino group is -NH2 . Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms include methyl group, ethyl group, and butyl group. Examples of the alkanediyl group having 2 to 15 carbon atoms include ethylene group, propane-1,3-diyl group, butane-1,3-diyl group, butane-1,4-diyl group, and pentane-1,5-diyl group. group, hexane-1,6-diyl group, heptane-1,7-diyl group, octane-1,8-diyl group, and the like.
 分子直線性が高い点から、-R31及び-R32としては、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、又は、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、オクチル基などの炭素数1~10のアルキル基;ブトキシ基、ペンチルオキシ基、ヘキシルオキシ基、ヘプチルオキシ基、オクチルオキシ基などの炭素数1~10のアルコキシ基、ジエチルアミノ基、ピロリジノ基、ピペリジニル基が好ましい。また、後述の液晶化合物における-R41及び-R42も好ましい。 From the viewpoint of high molecular linearity, -R 31 and -R 32 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms such as a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, etc. Group: Preferred are alkoxy groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms such as butoxy group, pentyloxy group, hexyloxy group, heptyloxy group, and octyloxy group, diethylamino group, pyrrolidino group, and piperidinyl group. Also preferred are -R 41 and -R 42 in the liquid crystal compounds described below.
 本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物に含まれていてもよい、その他アゾ系色素としては、特に限定されることなく、公知のアゾ系色素を用いることもできる。
 公知のアゾ系色素としては、例えば、上述の特許文献1、特許第5982762号公報、特開2017-025317号公報、特開2014-095899号公報に記載の色素(二色性色素、二色性染料)が挙げられる。
Other azo dyes that may be included in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention are not particularly limited, and known azo dyes can also be used.
Known azo dyes include, for example, the dyes (dichroic dyes, dichroic dyes, dyes).
 その他アゾ系色素として、具体的には、以下に記載のアゾ系色素が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 Other azo dyes include, but are not limited to, the following azo dyes.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物に含まれる、化合物(2)以外の色素としては、350~800nmの波長域の吸収曲線における極大値を示す波長が、異方性色素膜形成用組成物に含まれる、化合物(2)の350~800nmの波長域の吸収曲線における最大値を示す波長よりも長い色素であることが好ましく、アゾ系色素が好ましい。また、その波長の差が、5nm以上であることが好ましく、10nm以上であることが好ましい。上記であることで、本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物を用いて形成した異方性色素膜をディスプレイ等の偏光素子に適用する場合に、可視領域の広い範囲で偏光特性を発現することができる。 The dye other than compound (2) contained in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention has a wavelength showing a maximum value in the absorption curve in the wavelength range of 350 to 800 nm. It is preferable to use a dye having a wavelength longer than the maximum value in the absorption curve of compound (2) in the wavelength range of 350 to 800 nm, which is contained in the composition, and an azo dye is preferable. Further, the difference in wavelength is preferably 5 nm or more, and preferably 10 nm or more. With the above, when an anisotropic dye film formed using the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention is applied to a polarizing element such as a display, it exhibits polarizing properties in a wide range of the visible region. can do.
(本発明の化合物及び色素の分子量)
 本発明の化合物の分子量(2種以上の本発明の化合物を併用する場合には、それぞれの分子量)は、300以上が好ましく、350以上がより好ましく、380以上がさらに好ましく、1500以下が好ましく、また、1200以下がより好ましく、1000以下がさらに好ましい。具体的には、本発明の化合物の分子量は、300~1500が好ましく、350~1200がより好ましく、380~1000がさらに好ましい。上記範囲であることで適切な分子長、嵩高さとなるため、本発明の化合物の分子配向が良好になる傾向にある。
(Molecular weight of the compound and dye of the present invention)
The molecular weight of the compound of the present invention (when two or more compounds of the present invention are used together, the respective molecular weights) is preferably 300 or more, more preferably 350 or more, even more preferably 380 or more, and preferably 1500 or less, Moreover, 1200 or less is more preferable, and 1000 or less is even more preferable. Specifically, the molecular weight of the compound of the present invention is preferably from 300 to 1,500, more preferably from 350 to 1,200, even more preferably from 380 to 1,000. Since the molecular length and bulk are appropriate within the above range, the molecular orientation of the compound of the present invention tends to be good.
 本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物に含まれる化合物(2)以外の色素の分子量(2種以上の色素を併用する場合には、それぞれの分子量)は、300以上が好ましく、350以上がより好ましく、380以上がさらに好ましく、1500以下が好ましく、また、1200以下がより好ましく、1000以下がさらに好ましい。具体的には、化合物(2)以外の色素の分子量は、300~1500が好ましく、350~1200がより好ましく、380~1000がさらに好ましい。上記範囲であることで適切な分子長、嵩高さとなるため、化合物(2)以外の色素の分子配向が良好になる傾向にある。 The molecular weight of the dye other than compound (2) contained in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention (in the case of using two or more types of dyes, the molecular weight of each dye) is preferably 300 or more, and 350 or more. is more preferable, 380 or more is still more preferable, 1500 or less is preferable, 1200 or less is more preferable, and even more preferably 1000 or less. Specifically, the molecular weight of the dye other than compound (2) is preferably from 300 to 1,500, more preferably from 350 to 1,200, even more preferably from 380 to 1,000. Since the molecular length and bulkiness are appropriate within the above range, the molecular orientation of dyes other than compound (2) tends to be favorable.
 本発明の化合物、及び化合物(2)以外の色素の分子量は、色素に含まれる原子量の総和である。 The molecular weight of the compound of the present invention and dyes other than compound (2) is the sum of the atomic weights contained in the dyes.
(色素の含有量)
 本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物における二色性色素等の色素が占める含有量(2種以上の色素を併用する場合は、それぞれの含有量の総和)としては、例えば、異方性色素膜形成用組成物の固形分に対して、0.01質量%以上が好ましく、0.05質量%以上がより好ましく、また、30質量%未満が好ましく、25質量%未満がより好ましく、20質量%未満がさらに好ましく、10質量%未満が特に好ましい。具体的には、異方性色素膜形成用組成物における色素(二色性色素)が占める含有量としては、例えば、異方性色素膜形成用組成物の固形分(100質量%)に対して、0.01質量%以上30質量%未満であり、好ましくは0.05質量%以上20質量%未満であり、より好ましくは0.05質量%以上10質量%未満である。
(Pigment content)
The content occupied by pigments such as dichroic pigments in the anisotropic pigment film-forming composition of the present invention (when two or more pigments are used together, the sum of their contents) is, for example, anisotropic pigment film-forming composition. It is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, more preferably 0.05% by mass or more, and preferably less than 30% by mass, more preferably less than 25% by mass, based on the solid content of the pigment film-forming composition. It is more preferably less than 20% by weight, particularly preferably less than 10% by weight. Specifically, the content of the dye (dichroic dye) in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film is, for example, based on the solid content (100% by mass) of the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film. The content is 0.01% by mass or more and less than 30% by mass, preferably 0.05% by mass or more and less than 20% by mass, and more preferably 0.05% by mass or more and less than 10% by mass.
 色素が占める含有量が前記範囲内であれば、本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物に含まれる重合性液晶化合物の配向を乱すことなく、本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物に含まれる重合性液晶化合物を重合させることができる傾向にある。また、色素が占める含有量が前記下限値以上であれば、十分な光吸収が得られ、十分な偏光性能が得られる傾向にある。また、色素が占める含有量が前記上限値以下であれば、液晶分子の配向の阻害が抑制されやすい傾向にある。
 なお、ここで、異方性色素膜形成用組成物の固形分とは異方性色素膜形成用組成物中の溶剤以外のすべての成分の合計に相当する。
If the content occupied by the dye is within the above range, the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention can be used without disturbing the orientation of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention. It tends to be possible to polymerize polymerizable liquid crystal compounds contained in objects. Moreover, if the content occupied by the dye is equal to or higher than the lower limit value, sufficient light absorption will be obtained and sufficient polarization performance will tend to be obtained. Moreover, if the content occupied by the dye is below the above-mentioned upper limit, inhibition of the alignment of liquid crystal molecules tends to be suppressed.
Here, the solid content of the composition for forming an anisotropic pigment film corresponds to the total of all components other than the solvent in the composition for forming an anisotropic pigment film.
 本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物は、色素として本発明の化合物を必須成分として含有していればよく、前述の化合物(2)以外の色素を化合物(2)と共に含有するものであってもよいが、本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物が化合物(2)以外の色素を含有する場合、化合物(2)を用いることによる本発明の効果をより有効に得る観点から、本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物中の色素の総量100質量%中の化合物(2)は、5質量%以上であることが好ましく、10質量%以上であることがより好ましい。一方、15質量%以上であることがさらに好ましく、20質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。一方、可視領域の広い範囲で偏光特性を発現させる観点からは、この割合は、80質量%以下であることが好ましく、60質量%以下であることがより好ましく、50質量%以下であることがさらに好ましく、40質量%以下であることが特に好ましい。 The composition for forming an anisotropic pigment film of the present invention only needs to contain the compound of the present invention as an essential component as a pigment, and may not contain a pigment other than the above-mentioned compound (2) together with compound (2). However, if the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention contains a dye other than compound (2), from the viewpoint of more effectively obtaining the effects of the present invention by using compound (2). The content of compound (2) in 100% by mass of the total amount of dyes in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more. On the other hand, it is more preferably 15% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 20% by mass or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of exhibiting polarization characteristics over a wide visible range, this proportion is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 60% by mass or less, and preferably 50% by mass or less. More preferably, the content is particularly preferably 40% by mass or less.
(色素の製造方法)
 本発明の化合物や本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物に含まれる化合物(2)以外の色素は、アルキル化反応、エステル化反応、アミド化反応、エーテル化反応、イプソ置換反応、ジアゾカップリング反応、金属触媒を用いたカップリング反応等の公知の化学反応を組み合わせることにより製造することができる。
 例えば、本発明の化合物は、後掲の実施例に記載の方法や、「新染料化学」(細田豊著、昭和48年12月21日、技報堂)、「総説合成染料」(堀口博著、1968年、三共出版)、「理論製造 染料化学」(細田豊著、1957年、技報堂)に記載の方法にしたがって合成することができる。
(Method for producing pigment)
Pigments other than the compound (2) contained in the compound of the present invention or the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention can be used for alkylation reaction, esterification reaction, amidation reaction, etherification reaction, ipsosubstitution reaction, diazolysis reaction, etc. It can be produced by combining known chemical reactions such as coupling reactions and coupling reactions using metal catalysts.
For example, the compounds of the present invention can be prepared using the methods described in the examples below, "New Dye Chemistry" (authored by Yutaka Hosoda, published by Gihodo, December 21, 1972), "Overview of Synthetic Dyes" (authored by Hiroshi Horiguchi, published by Gihodo), It can be synthesized according to the method described in ``Theoretical Manufacturing Dye Chemistry'' (by Yutaka Hosoda, 1957, Gihodo) (Sankyo Publishing, 1968).
<重合性液晶化合物>
 本発明において、液晶化合物とは、液晶状態を示す物質を指し、具体的には、「液晶便覧」(丸善株式会社、平成12年10月30日発行)の1~28ページに記載されているように、結晶から液体には直接転移せず、結晶と液体の両方の性質を示す中間の状態を経て液体になる化合物をいう。
<Polymerizable liquid crystal compound>
In the present invention, a liquid crystal compound refers to a substance exhibiting a liquid crystal state, and specifically, it is described on pages 1 to 28 of "Liquid Crystal Handbook" (Maruzen Co., Ltd., published October 30, 2000). A compound that does not directly transition from a crystal to a liquid, but instead becomes a liquid through an intermediate state that exhibits the properties of both a crystal and a liquid.
 本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物に含まれる重合性液晶化合物は、後述する重合性基を有する液晶化合物である。 The polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention is a liquid crystal compound having a polymerizable group as described below.
 重合性液晶化合物において、重合性基は液晶化合物分子内の任意の位置に配置することができるが、重合性基は液晶化合物分子の末端に置換していることが重合しやすさの観点から好ましい。
 重合性液晶化合物において、重合性基は液晶化合物分子内に1つ以上存在することができるが、2つ以上存在する場合は、液晶化合物分子の両末端にそれぞれ存在していることが重合しやすさの観点から好ましい。
In the polymerizable liquid crystal compound, the polymerizable group can be placed at any position within the liquid crystal compound molecule, but it is preferable from the viewpoint of ease of polymerization that the polymerizable group is substituted at the end of the liquid crystal compound molecule. .
In a polymerizable liquid crystal compound, one or more polymerizable groups can exist in the liquid crystal compound molecule, but if two or more polymerizable groups exist, it is important that they are present at both ends of the liquid crystal compound molecule to facilitate polymerization. It is preferable from the viewpoint of quality.
 また、重合性液晶化合物は、液晶化合物分子内に炭素-炭素三重結合を有する化合物であることが好ましい。炭素-炭素三重結合を有する化合物であると、該炭素-炭素三重結合が、回転運動が可能でありながら、液晶分子のコアとなることが可能で、分子の運動性が高く、かつ液晶分子同士や色素分子などのπ共役系を有する化合物と分子間相互作用が強く、分子配向が高くなる傾向にある。 Furthermore, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is preferably a compound having a carbon-carbon triple bond within the liquid crystal compound molecule. When the compound has a carbon-carbon triple bond, the carbon-carbon triple bond is capable of rotational movement and can serve as the core of the liquid crystal molecule, and the molecules have high mobility and the liquid crystal molecules do not interact with each other. They have strong intermolecular interactions with compounds that have a π-conjugated system, such as pigment molecules, and tend to have high molecular orientation.
 本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物に含まれる重合性液晶化合物としては、特に限定されることなく重合性基を有する液晶化合物を用いることができる。高い二色比を得やすい傾向があることから、繰り返し単位構造を有しない低分子重合性液晶化合物が好ましい。
 繰り返し単位構造を有しない低分子重合性化合物の分子量は、2000以下が好ましく、1500以下がより好ましく、1000以下がさらに好ましい。重合性液晶化合物の分子量の下限値は特に限定されないが、400以上が好ましく、500以上がより好ましい。分子量が上記上限値以下であれば、製膜時の液晶化合物が配向するための運動性を有することで分子配向性が良好となる傾向があり、上記下限値以上であれば、液晶化合物の分子直線性が高くなることで分子配向性が良好となる傾向がある。
 上記の上限及び下限は任意に組み合わせることができる。重合性液晶化合物の分子量は、例えば、400以上2000以下であってよく、400以上1500以下であってよく、500以上1000以下であってよい。
The polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention is not particularly limited, and any liquid crystal compound having a polymerizable group can be used. A low-molecular polymerizable liquid crystal compound having no repeating unit structure is preferred because it tends to provide a high dichroic ratio.
The molecular weight of the low-molecular polymerizable compound having no repeating unit structure is preferably 2,000 or less, more preferably 1,500 or less, and even more preferably 1,000 or less. The lower limit of the molecular weight of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is not particularly limited, but is preferably 400 or more, more preferably 500 or more. If the molecular weight is below the above upper limit, the liquid crystal compound tends to have good mobility during film formation for orientation, and the molecular orientation tends to be good; if the molecular weight is above the above lower limit, the molecules of the liquid crystal compound Higher linearity tends to improve molecular orientation.
The above upper and lower limits can be arbitrarily combined. The molecular weight of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound may be, for example, 400 or more and 2000 or less, 400 or more and 1500 or less, or 500 or more and 1000 or less.
 例えば、本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物に含まれる重合性液晶化合物としては、下記式(4)で表される化合物(以下、「重合性液晶化合物(4)」と称す場合がある。)を挙げることができる。 For example, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention is a compound represented by the following formula (4) (hereinafter referred to as "polymerizable liquid crystal compound (4)"). ).
  Q-R41-A41-Y-A42-(Y-A43-R42-Q  …(4) Q 1 -R 41 -A 41 -Y 1 -A 42 -(Y 2 -A 43 ) k -R 42 -Q 2 ...(4)
 (式(4)中、
 -Qは、水素原子又は重合性基を表す。
 -Qは、重合性基を表す。
 -R41-及び-R42-は、それぞれ独立に、鎖状有機基を表す。
 -A41-及び-A43-は、それぞれ独立に、下記式(5)で表される部分構造、2価有機基、又は単結合を表す。
 -A42-は、下記式(5)で表される部分構造又は2価有機基を表す。
 -Y-及び-Y-は、それぞれ独立に、単結合、-C(=O)O-、-OC(=O)-、-C(=S)O-、-OC(=S)-、-C(=O)S-、-SC(=O)-、-CHCH-、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-C(=O)NH-、-NHC(=O)-、-CHO-、-OCH-、-CHS-、又は-SCH-を表す。
 -A41-及び-A43-の一方は、下記式(5)で表される部分構造又は2価有機基である。
 kは1又は2である。
 kが2の場合、2つの-Y-A43-は互いに同一でも異なっていてもよい。)
(In formula (4),
-Q 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a polymerizable group.
-Q 2 represents a polymerizable group.
-R 41 - and -R 42 - each independently represent a chain organic group.
-A 41 - and -A 43 - each independently represent a partial structure represented by the following formula (5), a divalent organic group, or a single bond.
-A 42 - represents a partial structure represented by the following formula (5) or a divalent organic group.
-Y 1 - and -Y 2 - each independently represent a single bond, -C(=O)O-, -OC(=O)-, -C(=S)O-, -OC(=S) -, -C(=O)S-, -SC(=O)-, -CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH=CH-, -C≡C-, -C(=O)NH-, -NHC( =O)-, -CH 2 O-, -OCH 2 -, -CH 2 S-, or -SCH 2 -.
One of -A 41 - and -A 43 - is a partial structure or a divalent organic group represented by the following formula (5).
k is 1 or 2.
When k is 2, the two -Y 2 -A 43 - may be the same or different. )
  -C-X52-C≡C-X51-  …(5)
 (式(5)中、
 -C-は、炭化水素環基又は複素環基を表す。
 -X51-は、-C(=O)O-、-OC(=O)-、-C(=S)O-、-OC(=S)-、-C(=O)S-、-SC(=O)-、-CHCH-、-CH=CH-、-C(=O)NH-、-NHC(=O)-、-CHO-、-OCH-、-CHS-、又は-SCH-を表す。
 -X52-は、単結合、-C(=O)O-、-OC(=O)-、-C(=S)O-、-OC(=S)-、-C(=O)S-、-SC(=O)-、-CHCH-、-CH=CH-、-C(=O)NH-、-NHC(=O)-、-CHO-、-OCH-、-CHS-、又は-SCH-を表す。)
-C y -X 52 -C≡C-X 51 -...(5)
(In formula (5),
-C y - represents a hydrocarbon ring group or a heterocyclic group.
-X 51 - is -C(=O)O-, -OC(=O)-, -C(=S)O-, -OC(=S)-, -C(=O)S-, - SC(=O)-, -CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH=CH-, -C(=O)NH-, -NHC(=O)-, -CH 2 O-, -OCH 2 -, -CH 2 S- or -SCH 2 -.
-X 52 - is a single bond, -C(=O)O-, -OC(=O)-, -C(=S)O-, -OC(=S)-, -C(=O)S -, -SC(=O)-, -CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH=CH-, -C(=O)NH-, -NHC(=O)-, -CH 2 O-, -OCH 2 - , -CH 2 S-, or -SCH 2 -. )
 なお、-A41-が、式(5)で表される部分構造である場合、式(4)は、下記式(4A)であってもよく、下記式(4B)であってもよい。
 Q-R41-C-X52-C≡C-X51-Y-A42-(Y-A43-R42-Q…(4A)
 Q-R41-X51-C≡C-X52-C-Y-A42-(Y-A43-R42-Q…(4B)
Note that when -A 41 - is a partial structure represented by formula (5), formula (4) may be the following formula (4A) or the following formula (4B).
Q 1 -R 41 -C y -X 52 -C≡C-X 51 -Y 1 -A 42 -(Y 2 -A 43 ) k -R 42 -Q 2 ...(4A)
Q 1 -R 41 -X 51 -C≡C-X 52 -C y -Y 1 -A 42 -(Y 2 -A 43 ) k -R 42 -Q 2 ...(4B)
 また、-A42-が、式(5)で表される部分構造である場合、式(4)は、下記式(4C)であってもよく、下記式(4D)であってもよい。
 Q-R41-A41-Y-C-X52-C≡C-X51-(Y-A43-R42-Q…(4C)
 Q-R41-A41-Y-X51-C≡C-X52-C-(Y-A43-R42-Q…(4D)
Further, when -A 42 - is a partial structure represented by formula (5), formula (4) may be the following formula (4C) or the following formula (4D).
Q 1 -R 41 -A 41 -Y 1 -C y -X 52 -C≡C-X 51 -(Y 2 -A 43 ) k -R 42 -Q 2 ...(4C)
Q 1 -R 41 -A 41 -Y 1 -X 51 -C≡C-X 52 -C y -(Y 2 -A 43 ) k -R 42 -Q 2 ...(4D)
 また、-A43-が、式(5)で表される部分構造である場合、式(4)は、下記式(4E)であってもよく、下記式(4F)であってもよい。
 Q-R41-A41-Y-A42-(Y-C-X52-C≡C-X51-R42-Q…(4E)
 Q-R41-A41-Y-A42-(Y-X51-C≡C-X52-C-R42-Q…(4F)
Further, when -A 43 - is a partial structure represented by formula (5), formula (4) may be the following formula (4E) or the following formula (4F).
Q 1 -R 41 -A 41 -Y 1 -A 42 -(Y 2 -C y -X 52 -C≡C-X 51 ) k -R 42 -Q 2 ... (4E)
Q 1 -R 41 -A 41 -Y 1 -A 42 -(Y 2 -X 51 -C≡C-X 52 -C y ) k -R 42 -Q 2 ... (4F)
 同様に、-A41-、-A42-、及び-A43-のうち、二つ以上が式(5)で表される部分構造である場合、それぞれ独立に、式(5)で表される部分構造の向きが反転していてもよい。 Similarly, when two or more of -A 41 -, -A 42 -, and -A 43 - are partial structures represented by formula (5), each independently represents a partial structure represented by formula (5). The orientation of the substructure may be reversed.
 また、上記のように、-A41-、-A42-、及び-A43-は、それぞれ独立に、式(5)で表される部分構造又は2価有機基であり、加えて、-A41-及び-A43-は、単結合であってもよいが、-A41-及び-A43-が、ともに単結合であることはない。 Furthermore, as described above, -A 41 -, -A 42 -, and -A 43 - are each independently a partial structure or a divalent organic group represented by formula (5), and in addition, - A 41 - and -A 43 - may be single bonds, but -A 41 - and -A 43 - are not both single bonds.
(-C-)
 -C-における炭化水素環基は、芳香族炭化水素環基と非芳香族炭化水素環基とを含む。
 芳香族炭化水素環基は、非連結芳香族炭化水素環基と連結芳香族炭化水素環基とを含む。
(-C y -)
The hydrocarbon ring group in -C y - includes an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and a non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group.
The aromatic hydrocarbon ring group includes an unlinked aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and a linked aromatic hydrocarbon ring group.
 非連結芳香族炭化水素環基は、単環もしくは縮合した芳香族炭化水素環の2価基であり、その炭素数は6~20であることが、適切なコアの大きさにより分子配向性が良好となる理由で好ましい。非連結芳香族炭化水素環基の炭素数は6~15がより好ましい。芳香族炭化水素環としては、例えば、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、フェナントレン環、ペリレン環、テトラセン環、ピレン環、ベンズピレン環、クリセン環、トリフェニレン環、アセナフテン環、フルオランテン環、フルオレン環等が挙げられる。 The unlinked aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is a monocyclic or fused aromatic hydrocarbon ring divalent group, and the number of carbon atoms is 6 to 20, and the molecular orientation can be controlled by an appropriate core size. It is preferable because it is good. The number of carbon atoms in the unlinked aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is more preferably 6 to 15. Examples of aromatic hydrocarbon rings include benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, perylene ring, tetracene ring, pyrene ring, benzpyrene ring, chrysene ring, triphenylene ring, acenaphthene ring, fluoranthene ring, fluorene ring, etc. Can be mentioned.
 連結芳香族炭化水素環基は、単環もしくは縮合した芳香族炭化水素環の複数が単結合で結合し、環を構成する原子上に結合手を有する2価基である。単環もしくは縮合環の炭素数は6~20であることが、適切なコアの大きさにより分子配向性が良好となる理由で好ましい。単環もしくは縮合環の炭素数は6~15がより好ましい。連結芳香族炭化水素環基としては、例えば、第1の炭素数6~20の単環もしくは縮合した芳香族炭化水素環と第2の炭素数6~20の単環もしくは縮合した芳香族炭化水素環とが単結合で結合し、第1の炭素数6~20の単環もしくは縮合した芳香族炭化水素環の環を構成する原子上に第1の結合手を有し、第2の炭素数6~20の単環もしくは縮合した芳香族炭化水素環の環を構成する原子上に第2の結合手を有する2価基が挙げられる。連結芳香族炭化水素環基としては、具体的には、ビフェニル-4,4’-ジイル基が挙げられる。 A linked aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is a divalent group in which a plurality of monocyclic or condensed aromatic hydrocarbon rings are bonded by a single bond and has a bond on the atom constituting the ring. It is preferable that the single ring or condensed ring has 6 to 20 carbon atoms because an appropriate core size provides good molecular orientation. The number of carbon atoms in the monocyclic or condensed ring is more preferably 6 to 15. Examples of the linked aromatic hydrocarbon ring group include a first monocyclic or fused aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 20 carbon atoms and a second monocyclic or fused aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. is bonded to the ring by a single bond, has a first bond on an atom constituting the first monocyclic ring or fused aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and has a second bond having a carbon number of 6 to 20. Examples include divalent groups having a second bond on atoms constituting 6 to 20 monocyclic or fused aromatic hydrocarbon rings. A specific example of the linked aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is a biphenyl-4,4'-diyl group.
 芳香族炭化水素環基としては、非連結芳香族炭化水素環基が液晶化合物の間に働く分子間相互作用を最適とすることで分子配向性が良好となる理由で好ましい。
 これらのうち、芳香族炭化水素環基としては、ベンゼン環の2価基、ナフタレン環の2価基が好ましく、ベンゼン環の2価基(フェニレン基)がより好ましい。フェニレン基としては、1,4-フェニレン基が好ましい。-C-がこれらの基であることで液晶分子の直線性が高まり、分子配向性向上の効果が得られる傾向にある。
As the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, a non-linked aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is preferable because it optimizes the intermolecular interaction between the liquid crystal compounds and improves the molecular orientation.
Among these, as the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, a divalent group of a benzene ring and a divalent group of a naphthalene ring are preferable, and a divalent group of a benzene ring (phenylene group) is more preferable. As the phenylene group, a 1,4-phenylene group is preferred. When -C y - is one of these groups, the linearity of the liquid crystal molecules increases, and the effect of improving molecular orientation tends to be obtained.
 非芳香族炭化水素環基は、非連結非芳香族炭化水素環基と連結非芳香族炭化水素環基とを含む。 The non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group includes a non-linked non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and a linked non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group.
 非連結非芳香族炭化水素環基は、単環もしくは縮合した非芳香族炭化水素環の2価基であり、その炭素数は3~20であることが、適切なコアの大きさにより分子配向性が良好となる理由で好ましい。非連結非芳香族炭化水素環基の炭素数は3~15がより好ましい。非芳香族炭化水素環としては、例えば、シクロプロパン環、シクロブタン環、シクロペンタン環、シクロヘキサン環、シクロヘプタン環、シクロオクタン環、シクロヘキセン環、ノルボルナン環、ボルナン環、アダマンタン環、テトラヒドロナフタレン環、ビシクロ[2.2.2]オクタン環等が挙げられる。 The unlinked non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is a monocyclic or fused non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring divalent group, and the number of carbon atoms is 3 to 20, depending on the molecular orientation depending on the appropriate core size. This is preferable because it provides good properties. The number of carbon atoms in the unlinked non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is more preferably 3 to 15. Examples of the non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring include a cyclopropane ring, a cyclobutane ring, a cyclopentane ring, a cyclohexane ring, a cycloheptane ring, a cyclooctane ring, a cyclohexene ring, a norbornane ring, a bornane ring, an adamantane ring, a tetrahydronaphthalene ring, and a bicyclo [2.2.2] Octane ring etc. are mentioned.
 非連結非芳香族炭化水素環基は、非芳香族炭化水素環の環を構成する原子間結合として不飽和結合を有さない脂環式炭化水素環基と、非芳香族炭化水素環の環を構成する原子間結合として不飽和結合を有する不飽和非芳香族炭化水素環基とを含む。非連結非芳香族炭化水素環基としては、生産性の観点から脂環式炭化水素環基が好ましい。 An unlinked non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is an alicyclic hydrocarbon ring group that does not have an unsaturated bond as an interatomic bond constituting the ring of a non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, and a ring of a non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring. and an unsaturated non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having an unsaturated bond as an interatomic bond constituting the unsaturated bond. As the unlinked non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, an alicyclic hydrocarbon ring group is preferable from the viewpoint of productivity.
 連結非芳香族炭化水素環基は、単環もしくは縮合した非芳香族炭化水素環の複数が単結合で結合し、環を構成する原子上に結合手を有する2価基;あるいは、単環の芳香族炭化水素環、縮合した芳香族炭化水素環、単環の非芳香族炭化水素環、及び縮合した非芳香族炭化水素環からなる群より選択される1つ以上の環と、単環もしくは縮合した非芳香族炭化水素環とが単結合で結合し、環を構成する原子上に結合手を有する2価基である。
 単環もしくは縮合環の炭素数は適切なコアの大きさにより分子配向性が良好となる理由で3~20であることが好ましい。
 連結非芳香族炭化水素環基としては例えば、第1の炭素数3~20の単環もしくは縮合した非芳香族炭化水素環と第2の炭素数3~20の単環もしくは縮合した非芳香族炭化水素環とが単結合で結合し、第1の炭素数3~20の単環もしくは縮合した非芳香族炭化水素環の環を構成する原子上に第1の結合手を有し、第2の炭素数3~20の単環もしくは縮合した非芳香族炭化水素環の環を構成する原子上に第2の結合手を有する2価基が挙げられる。さらに、例えば、炭素数3~20の単環もしくは縮合した芳香族炭化水素環と炭素数3~20の単環もしくは縮合した非芳香族炭化水素環とが単結合で結合し、炭素数3~20の単環もしくは縮合した芳香族炭化水素環の環を構成する原子上に第1の結合手を有し、炭素数3~20の単環もしくは縮合した非芳香族炭化水素環の環を構成する原子上に第2の結合手を有する2価基が挙げられる。
 連結非芳香族炭化水素環基としては、具体的には、例えば、ビス(シクロヘキサン)-4,4’-ジイル基、1-シクロヘキシルベンゼン-4,4’-ジイル基が挙げられる。
A linked non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is a divalent group in which a plurality of monocyclic or condensed non-aromatic hydrocarbon rings are bonded by a single bond and has a bond on the atom constituting the ring; One or more rings selected from the group consisting of an aromatic hydrocarbon ring, a fused aromatic hydrocarbon ring, a monocyclic non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, and a fused non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, and a monocyclic or It is a divalent group that is bonded to a fused non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring through a single bond and has a bond on the atom constituting the ring.
The number of carbon atoms in the single ring or condensed ring is preferably 3 to 20 because an appropriate core size improves molecular orientation.
Examples of the connected non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group include a first monocyclic or fused non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 3 to 20 carbon atoms and a second monocyclic or fused non-aromatic ring having 3 to 20 carbon atoms. The hydrocarbon ring is bonded with a single bond, the first bond is on the atom constituting the first monocyclic ring or the fused non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and the second Examples include a divalent group having a second bond on an atom constituting a monocyclic or fused non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 3 to 20 carbon atoms. Furthermore, for example, a monocyclic or fused aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 3 to 20 carbon atoms and a monocyclic or fused non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 3 to 20 carbon atoms are bonded together through a single bond, and The first bond is on the atom constituting 20 monocyclic or fused aromatic hydrocarbon rings, and the ring is a monocyclic or fused non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 3 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples include divalent groups having a second bond on the atom.
Specific examples of the linked non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group include bis(cyclohexane)-4,4'-diyl group and 1-cyclohexylbenzene-4,4'-diyl group.
 非芳香族炭化水素環基としては、液晶化合物の間に働く分子間相互作用を最適とすることで分子配向性が良好となる理由で非連結非芳香族炭化水素環基が好ましい。 As the non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, a non-linked non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is preferable because the molecular orientation is improved by optimizing the intermolecular interaction between the liquid crystal compounds.
 非連結非芳香族炭化水素環基としては、シクロヘキサンの2価基(シクロヘキサンジイル基)が好ましく、シクロヘキサンジイル基としては、シクロヘキサン-1,4-ジイル基が好ましい。-C-がこれらの基であることで液晶分子の直線性が高まり、分子配向性向上の効果が得られる傾向にある。 The unlinked non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is preferably a divalent cyclohexane group (cyclohexanediyl group), and the cyclohexanediyl group is preferably a cyclohexane-1,4-diyl group. When -C y - is one of these groups, the linearity of the liquid crystal molecules increases, and the effect of improving molecular orientation tends to be obtained.
 -C-における複素環基は、芳香族複素環基と非芳香族複素環基とを含む。 The heterocyclic group in -C y - includes an aromatic heterocyclic group and a non-aromatic heterocyclic group.
 芳香族複素環基は、非連結芳香族複素環基と連結芳香族複素環基とを含む。 The aromatic heterocyclic group includes an unlinked aromatic heterocyclic group and a linked aromatic heterocyclic group.
 非連結芳香族複素環基は、単環もしくは縮合した芳香族複素環の2価基であり、その炭素数は4~20であることが、適切なコアの大きさにより分子配向性が良好となる理由で好ましい。非連結芳香族複素環基の炭素数は4~15がより好ましい。
 芳香族複素環としては、例えば、フラン環、ベンゾフラン環、チオフェン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ピロ-ル環、ピラゾ-ル環、イミダゾ-ル環、チアゾール環、イソチアゾール環、オキサジアゾ-ル環、チアジアゾール環、トリアゾール環、インド-ル環、カルバゾ-ル環、ピロロイミダゾ-ル環、ピロロピラゾ-ル環、ピロロピロ-ル環、チエノピロ-ル環、チエノチオフェン環、フロピロ-ル環、フロフラン環、チエノフラン環、チエノチアゾ-ル環、ベンゾイソオキサゾ-ル環、ベンゾイソチアゾ-ル環、ベンゾイミダゾ-ル環、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、ピリダジン環、ピリミジン環、トリアジン環、キノリン環、イソキノリン環、シノリン環、キノキサリン環、フェナントリジン環、キナゾリン環、キナゾリノン環、アズレン環が挙げられる。
The unlinked aromatic heterocyclic group is a monocyclic or fused aromatic heterocyclic divalent group, and the number of carbon atoms is 4 to 20, so that good molecular orientation can be achieved by an appropriate core size. It is preferable for the following reasons. The number of carbon atoms in the unlinked aromatic heterocyclic group is more preferably 4 to 15.
Examples of aromatic heterocycles include furan ring, benzofuran ring, thiophene ring, benzothiophene ring, pyrrole ring, pyrazole ring, imidazole ring, thiazole ring, isothiazole ring, oxadiazole ring, and thiadiazole ring. ring, triazole ring, indole ring, carbazole ring, pyrroloimidazole ring, pyrrolopyrazole ring, pyrrolopyrrole ring, thienopyrrole ring, thienothiophene ring, furopyrrole ring, furofuran ring, thienofuran ring , thienothiazole ring, benzisoxazole ring, benzisothiazole ring, benzimidazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrazine ring, pyridazine ring, pyrimidine ring, triazine ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring, shinoline ring, quinoxaline ring, phenanthridine ring, quinazoline ring, quinazolinone ring, and azulene ring.
 連結芳香族複素環基は、単環もしくは縮合した芳香族複素環の複数が単結合で結合し、環を構成する原子上に結合手を有する2価基である。単環もしくは縮合環の炭素数は4~20であることが、適切なコアの大きさにより分子配向性が良好となる理由で好ましい。連結芳香族複素環基の炭素数は4~15がより好ましい。
 連結芳香族複素環基としては、例えば、第1の炭素数4~20の単環もしくは縮合した芳香族複素環と第2の炭素数4~20の単環もしくは縮合した芳香族複素環とが単結合で結合し、第1の炭素数4~20の単環もしくは縮合した芳香族複素環の環を構成する原子上に第1の結合手を有し、第2の炭素数4~20の単環もしくは縮合した芳香族複素環の環を構成する原子上に第2の結合手を有する2価基が挙げられる。
A linked aromatic heterocyclic group is a divalent group in which a single ring or a plurality of condensed aromatic heterocycles are bonded by a single bond and has a bond on an atom constituting the ring. It is preferable that the single ring or condensed ring has 4 to 20 carbon atoms because an appropriate core size provides good molecular orientation. The number of carbon atoms in the linked aromatic heterocyclic group is more preferably 4 to 15.
As the linked aromatic heterocyclic group, for example, a first monocyclic or fused aromatic heterocyclic ring having 4 to 20 carbon atoms and a second monocyclic or fused aromatic heterocyclic ring having 4 to 20 carbon atoms are used. bonded with a single bond, has a first bond on an atom constituting a first monocyclic ring having 4 to 20 carbon atoms or a fused aromatic heterocyclic ring, and a second bond having 4 to 20 carbon atoms. A divalent group having a second bond on an atom constituting a monocyclic ring or a condensed aromatic heterocycle can be mentioned.
 非芳香族複素環基は、非連結非芳香族複素環基と連結非芳香族複素環基とを含む。 The non-aromatic heterocyclic group includes a non-linked non-aromatic heterocyclic group and a linked non-aromatic heterocyclic group.
 非連結非芳香族複素環基は、単環もしくは縮合した非芳香族複素環の2価基であり、その炭素数は4~20であることが、適切なコアの大きさにより分子配向性が良好となる理由で好ましい。非連結非芳香族複素環基の炭素数は4~15がより好ましい。
 炭素数4~20の単環もしくは縮合した非芳香族複素環の2価基の非芳香族複素環としては、テトラヒドロフラン環、テトラヒドロピラン環、ジオキサン環、テトラヒドロチオフェン環、テトラヒドロチオピラン環、ピロリジン環、ピペリジン環、ジヒドロピリジン環、ピペラジン環、テトラヒドロチアゾール環、テトラヒドロオキサゾール環、オクタヒドロキノリン環、テトラヒドロキノリン環、オクタヒドロキナゾリン環、テトラヒドロキナゾリン環、テトラヒドロイミダゾール環、テトラヒドロベンゾイミダゾール環、キヌクリジン環等が挙げられる。
The unlinked non-aromatic heterocyclic group is a monocyclic or fused non-aromatic heterocyclic divalent group, and the number of carbon atoms is 4 to 20, and the molecular orientation can be controlled by an appropriate core size. It is preferable because it is good. The number of carbon atoms in the unlinked non-aromatic heterocyclic group is more preferably 4 to 15.
Examples of the non-aromatic heterocycle of a divalent group of a monocyclic or condensed non-aromatic heterocycle having 4 to 20 carbon atoms include a tetrahydrofuran ring, a tetrahydropyran ring, a dioxane ring, a tetrahydrothiophene ring, a tetrahydrothiopyran ring, and a pyrrolidine ring. , piperidine ring, dihydropyridine ring, piperazine ring, tetrahydrothiazole ring, tetrahydroxazole ring, octahydroquinoline ring, tetrahydroquinoline ring, octahydroquinazoline ring, tetrahydroquinazoline ring, tetrahydroimidazole ring, tetrahydrobenzimidazole ring, quinuclidine ring, etc. It will be done.
 連結非芳香族複素環基は、単環もしくは縮合した非芳香族複素環の複数が単結合で結合し、環を構成する原子上に結合手を有する2価基である。単環もしくは縮合環の炭素数は4~20であることが、適切なコアの大きさにより分子配向性が良好となる理由で好ましい。連結非芳香族複素環基の炭素数は4~15がより好ましい。
 連結芳香族複素環基としては、例えば、第1の炭素数4~20の単環もしくは縮合した非芳香族複素環と第2の炭素数4~20の単環もしくは縮合した非芳香族複素環とが単結合で結合し、第1の炭素数4~20の単環もしくは縮合した非芳香族複素環の環を構成する原子上に第1の結合手を有し、第2の炭素数4~20の単環もしくは縮合した非芳香族複素環の環を構成する原子上に第2の結合手を有する2価基が挙げられる。
A linked non-aromatic heterocyclic group is a divalent group in which a single ring or a plurality of condensed non-aromatic heterocycles are bonded by a single bond and has a bond on an atom constituting the ring. It is preferable that the single ring or condensed ring has 4 to 20 carbon atoms because an appropriate core size provides good molecular orientation. The number of carbon atoms in the linked non-aromatic heterocyclic group is more preferably 4 to 15.
Examples of the linked aromatic heterocyclic group include a first monocyclic or fused non-aromatic heterocyclic ring having 4 to 20 carbon atoms and a second monocyclic or fused non-aromatic heterocyclic ring having 4 to 20 carbon atoms. are bonded to each other by a single bond, the first bond is on an atom constituting a monocyclic ring having 4 to 20 carbon atoms or a fused non-aromatic heterocyclic ring, and the second bond is bonded to a ring having 4 to 20 carbon atoms. A divalent group having a second bond on an atom constituting a ring of ~20 monocyclic or fused non-aromatic heterocycles can be mentioned.
 -C-における芳香族炭化水素環基、非芳香族炭化水素環基、芳香族複素環基、非芳香族複素環基は、それぞれ、-R、-OH、-O-R、-O-C(=O)-R、-NH、-NH-R、-N(-Rk’)-R、-C(=O)-R、-C(=O)-O-R、-C(=O)-NH、-C(=O)-NH-R、-C(=O)-N(-Rk’)-R、-SH、-S-R、トリフルオロメチル基、スルファモイル基、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、及びハロゲンからなる群より選択される1以上の基で置換されていてもよい。-R及び-Rk’は、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~6の直鎖状もしくは分枝状のアルキル基を表す。 The aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, aromatic heterocyclic group, and non-aromatic heterocyclic group in -C y - are respectively -R k , -OH, -O-R k , - OC(=O)-R k , -NH 2 , -NH-R k , -N(-R k' )-R k , -C(=O)-R k , -C(=O)- OR k , -C(=O)-NH 2 , -C(=O)-NH-R k , -C(=O)-N(-R k' )-R k , -SH, -S -R k , a trifluoromethyl group, a sulfamoyl group, a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a cyano group, a nitro group, and a halogen group, which may be substituted with one or more groups. -R k and -R k' each independently represent a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
 -C-における芳香族炭化水素環基、非芳香族炭化水素環基、芳香族複素環基、非芳香族複素環基は、分子構造の直線性が高く、重合性液晶化合物(4)同士が会合しやすく液晶状態を発現しやすい点から、それぞれ独立に、無置換であるか、メチル基、メトキシ基、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子が置換していることが好ましく、無置換であることがより好ましい。 The aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, aromatic heterocyclic group, and non-aromatic heterocyclic group in -C y - have high linearity in molecular structure, and the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (4) It is preferable that each of them is independently unsubstituted or substituted with a methyl group, a methoxy group, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, or a bromine atom, and is unsubstituted. It is more preferable.
 -C-における芳香族炭化水素環基、非芳香族炭化水素環基、芳香族複素環基、非芳香族複素環基が有する置換基は、同一でも異なっていてもよく、また、芳香族炭化水素環基、非芳香族炭化水素環基、芳香族複素環基、非芳香族複素環基の全部が置換されていてもよく、全部が無置換であってもよく、一部が置換されていて一部が無置換であってもよい。 The substituents of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, aromatic heterocyclic group, and non-aromatic heterocyclic group in -C y - may be the same or different; All of the hydrocarbon ring group, non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, aromatic heterocyclic group, and non-aromatic heterocyclic group may be substituted, all may be unsubstituted, or some may be substituted. may be partially unsubstituted.
 -C-としては、重合性液晶化合物(4)の分子配向性が良好となることから炭化水素環基が好ましく、フェニレン基、シクロヘキサンジイル基がより好ましい。重合性液晶化合物(4)の分子構造の直線性を高くすることができることから、-C-としては、1,4-フェニレン基、シクロヘキサン-1,4-ジイル基がさらに好ましく、1,4-フェニレン基がとりわけ好ましい。 -C y - is preferably a hydrocarbon ring group, more preferably a phenylene group or a cyclohexanediyl group, since the molecular orientation of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (4) is improved. Since the linearity of the molecular structure of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (4) can be increased, -C y - is more preferably a 1,4-phenylene group or a cyclohexane-1,4-diyl group; -phenylene group is particularly preferred.
(-X51-)
 -X51-は、-C(=O)O-、-OC(=O)-、-C(=S)O-、-OC(=S)-、-C(=O)S-、-SC(=O)-、-CHCH-、-CH=CH-、-C(=O)NH-、-NHC(=O)-、-CHO-、-OCH-、-CHS-又は-SCH-を表すが、このうち、重合性液晶化合物(4)の直線性や分子短軸周りの回転運動がしやすい傾向にあることから、-X51-としては、π結合性の小さい、-C(=O)O-、-OC(=O)-、-C(=S)O-、-OC(=S)-、-C(=O)S-、-SC(=O)-、-CHCH-、-CHO-、-OCH-、-CHS-、-SCH-が好ましいものとして挙げられる。これらの中でもより好ましくは、-C(=O)O-、-OC(=O)-、-CHCH-、-CHO-、-OCH-であり、さらに好ましくは、-X51-は、-C(=O)O-又は-OC(=O)-である。別の態様として、-X51-は、-CHCH-、-CHO-、又は-OCH-であることが好ましい。
(-X 51 -)
-X 51 - is -C(=O)O-, -OC(=O)-, -C(=S)O-, -OC(=S)-, -C(=O)S-, - SC(=O)-, -CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH=CH-, -C(=O)NH-, -NHC(=O)-, -CH 2 O-, -OCH 2 -, -CH 2 S- or -SCH 2 -, but among these, -X 51 - is π because of the linearity of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (4) and the tendency for rotational movement around the short axis of the molecule. Low bonding, -C(=O)O-, -OC(=O)-, -C(=S)O-, -OC(=S)-, -C(=O)S-, -SC Preferred examples include (=O)-, -CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 O-, -OCH 2 -, -CH 2 S-, and -SCH 2 -. Among these, -C(=O)O-, -OC(=O)-, -CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 O-, -OCH 2 - are more preferred, and -X 51 - is -C(=O)O- or -OC(=O)-. In another embodiment, -X 51 - is preferably -CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 O-, or -OCH 2 -.
(-X52-)
 -X52-は、単結合、-C(=O)O-、-OC(=O)-、-C(=S)O-、-OC(=S)-、-C(=O)S-、-SC(=O)-、-CHCH-、-CH=CH-、-C(=O)NH-、-NHC(=O)-、-CHO-、-OCH-、-CHS-、又は-SCH-を表す。
 重合性液晶化合物(4)のコアを大きくし、異方性色素膜形成用組成物から形成される異方性色素膜の二色性を大きくする観点から直線性が高い基で-C-と-C≡C-を連結することが好ましい。具体的には、-X52-としては、単結合、又はπ結合性を有する-C(=O)O-、-OC(=O)-、-C(=S)O-、-OC(=S)-、-C(=O)S-、-SC(=O)-、-CH=CH-、-C(=O)NH-、-NHC(=O)-であることが好ましく、より直線性が高いことから単結合であることがさらに好ましい。
(-X 52 -)
-X 52 - is a single bond, -C(=O)O-, -OC(=O)-, -C(=S)O-, -OC(=S)-, -C(=O)S -, -SC(=O)-, -CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH=CH-, -C(=O)NH-, -NHC(=O)-, -CH 2 O-, -OCH 2 - , -CH 2 S-, or -SCH 2 -.
-C y - is a group with high linearity from the viewpoint of enlarging the core of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (4) and increasing the dichroism of the anisotropic dye film formed from the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film. and -C≡C- are preferably connected. Specifically, -X 52 - includes a single bond or -C(=O)O-, -OC(=O)-, -C(=S)O-, -OC( =S)-, -C(=O)S-, -SC(=O)-, -CH=CH-, -C(=O)NH-, -NHC(=O)-, A single bond is more preferable because it has higher linearity.
(-Q及び-Q
 -Q及び-Qにおける重合性基は、光、熱、及び/又は放射線によって重合することが可能な部分構造を有する基であり、重合の機能を担保するために必要な官能基ないし原子団である。該重合性基は、光重合性基であることが異方性色素膜の製造の観点から好ましい。
(-Q 1 and -Q 2 )
The polymerizable groups in -Q 1 and -Q 2 are groups that have a partial structure that can be polymerized by light, heat, and/or radiation, and include functional groups or atoms necessary to ensure the polymerization function. It is a group. The polymerizable group is preferably a photopolymerizable group from the viewpoint of producing an anisotropic dye film.
 重合性基としては、例えば、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基、アクリロイルオキシ基、メタクリロイルオキシ基、アクリロイルアミノ基、メタクリロイルアミノ基、ビニル基、ビニルオキシ基、エチニル基、エチニルオキシ基、1,3-ブタジエニル基、1,3-ブタジエニルオキシ基、オキシラニル基、オキセタニル基、グリシジル基、グリシジルオキシ基、スチリル基、スチリルオキシ基が挙げられる。アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基、アクリロイルオキシ基、メタクリロイルオキシ基、アクリロイルアミノ基、メタクリロイルアミノ基、オキシラニル基、グリシジル基、グリシジルオキシ基が好ましく、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基、アクリロイルオキシ基、メタクリロイルオキシ基、アクリロイルアミノ基、メタクリロイルアミノ基、グリシジル基、グリシジルオキシ基がより好ましく、アクリロイルオキシ基、メタクリロイルオキシ基、グリシジルオキシ基がさらに好ましい。 Examples of the polymerizable group include acryloyl group, methacryloyl group, acryloyloxy group, methacryloyloxy group, acryloylamino group, methacryloylamino group, vinyl group, vinyloxy group, ethynyl group, ethynyloxy group, 1,3-butadienyl group, Examples include 1,3-butadienyloxy group, oxiranyl group, oxetanyl group, glycidyl group, glycidyloxy group, styryl group, and styryloxy group. Acryloyl group, methacryloyl group, acryloyloxy group, methacryloyloxy group, acryloylamino group, methacryloylamino group, oxiranyl group, glycidyl group, glycidyloxy group are preferred, and acryloyl group, methacryloyl group, acryloyloxy group, methacryloyloxy group, acryloylamino group A methacryloyloxy group, a methacryloylamino group, a glycidyl group, and a glycidyloxy group are more preferable, and an acryloyloxy group, a methacryloyloxy group, and a glycidyloxy group are even more preferable.
(-R41-及び-R42-)
 -R41-及び-R42-における鎖状有機基は、前述の芳香族炭化水素環、非芳香族炭化水素環、芳香族複素環、非芳香族複素環等の環状構造を含まない2価の有機基である。
 このような鎖状有機基としては、-(アルキレン基)-、-O-(アルキレン基)-、-S-(アルキレン基)-、-NH-(アルキレン基)-、-N(アルキル基)-(アルキレン基)-、-OC(=O)-(アルキレン基)-、-C(=O)O-(アルキレン基)-が挙げられる。
(-R 41 - and -R 42 -)
The chain organic group in -R 41 - and -R 42 - is a divalent group that does not contain a cyclic structure such as the above-mentioned aromatic hydrocarbon ring, non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, aromatic heterocycle, or non-aromatic heterocycle. is an organic group.
Such chain organic groups include -(alkylene group)-, -O-(alkylene group)-, -S-(alkylene group)-, -NH-(alkylene group)-, -N(alkyl group) -(alkylene group)-, -OC(=O)-(alkylene group)-, and -C(=O)O-(alkylene group)-.
 これらの鎖状有機基におけるアルキレン基としては、炭素数1~25の直鎖状もしくは分枝状のアルキレン基が挙げられる。アルキレン基の炭素-炭素結合は、一部が不飽和結合になっていてもよい。アルキレン基に含まれる一つ又はそれ以上のメチレン基は、-O-、-S-、-NH-、-N(R)-、-C(=O)-、-C(=O)-O-、-C(=O)-NH-、-CHF-、-CF-、-CHCl-、-CCl-によって置き換えられた(displace)構造とされていてもよい。Rは、炭素数1~6の直鎖状又は分枝状のアルキル基を表す。 Examples of the alkylene group in these chain organic groups include linear or branched alkylene groups having 1 to 25 carbon atoms. A portion of the carbon-carbon bonds of the alkylene group may be unsaturated bonds. One or more methylene groups contained in the alkylene group are -O-, -S-, -NH-, -N(R m )-, -C(=O)-, -C(=O)- The structure may be replaced by O-, -C(=O)-NH-, -CHF-, -CF 2 -, -CHCl-, or -CCl 2 -. R m represents a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
 これらの鎖状有機基におけるアルキレン基としては、分子直線性が高いことから、アルキレン基の炭素の一部が不飽和結合になっていてもよく、また、アルキレン基に含まれる一つ又はそれ以上のメチレン基が上述の基によって置き換えられた(displace)構造とされていてもよい、炭素数1~25の直鎖状のアルキレン基であることが好ましい。 Since the alkylene group in these chain organic groups has high molecular linearity, some of the carbon atoms of the alkylene group may be unsaturated bonds, and one or more carbon atoms contained in the alkylene group may be It is preferable that the methylene group is a linear alkylene group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms, which may have a structure in which the methylene group is replaced by the above-mentioned group.
 鎖状有機基における主鎖(鎖状有機基におけるもっとも長い鎖状部分を意味する。)の原子の数は、3~25が好ましく、5~20がより好ましく、6~20がさらに好ましい。 The number of atoms in the main chain (meaning the longest chain part in the chain organic group) of the chain organic group is preferably 3 to 25, more preferably 5 to 20, even more preferably 6 to 20.
 鎖状有機基としては、-(CH-CH-、-O-(CH-CH-、-(O)r1-(CHCHO)r2-(CHr3-、-(O)r1-(CHr2-(CHCHO)r3-が好ましい。これらの式中のrは、1~24の整数であり、2~24の整数が好ましく、4~19の整数がより好ましく、5~19の整数がさらに好ましい。また、これらの式中のr1、r2、r3は、それぞれ独立に、整数を表し、鎖状有機基における主鎖(鎖状有機基におけるもっとも長い鎖状部分を意味する。)の原子の数が、好ましくは3~25、より好ましくは5~20、さらに好ましくは6~20となるように適宜調整される。 Examples of chain organic groups include -(CH 2 ) r -CH 2 -, -O-(CH 2 ) r -CH 2 -, -(O) r1 -(CH 2 CH 2 O) r2 -(CH 2 ) r3 -, -(O) r1 -(CH 2 ) r2 -(CH 2 CH 2 O) r3 - are preferred. r in these formulas is an integer of 1 to 24, preferably an integer of 2 to 24, more preferably an integer of 4 to 19, even more preferably an integer of 5 to 19. In addition, r1, r2, and r3 in these formulas each independently represent an integer, and the number of atoms in the main chain (meaning the longest chain part in the chain organic group) of the chain organic group is , preferably 3 to 25, more preferably 5 to 20, even more preferably 6 to 20.
 -R41-及び-R42-は、それぞれ独立に、-(アルキレン基)-、-O-(アルキレン基)-であることが好ましく、-(アルキレン基)-、-O-(アルキレン基)-であることがより好ましい。ある態様として、-R41-及び-R42-における鎖状有機基としては、-(アルキレン基)-であり、別の態様として、-O-(アルキレン基)-である。 -R 41 - and -R 42 - are each independently preferably -(alkylene group)-, -O-(alkylene group)-, -(alkylene group)-, -O-(alkylene group) - is more preferable. In one embodiment, the chain organic group in -R 41 - and -R 42 - is -(alkylene group)-, and in another embodiment, it is -O-(alkylene group)-.
 前記式(4B)、式(4E)のように、-X51-と-R41-又は-X51-と-R42-が結合している場合;前記式(4B)において-A43-が単結合であるか或いは、前記式(4E)において-A41-が単結合であって、-R41-もしくは-R42-が、-Y-又は-Y-と結合している場合;には、-X51-、-Y-もしくは-Y-と直接結合する-R41-又は-R42-は、-(アルキレン基)-であることが好ましい。 When -X 51 - and -R 41 - or -X 51 - and -R 42 - are bonded as in the above formula (4B) and formula (4E); in the above formula (4B), -A 43 - is a single bond, or in the formula (4E), -A 41 - is a single bond, and -R 41 - or -R 42 - is bonded to -Y 1 - or -Y 2 - In case;, -R 41 - or -R 42 - directly bonded to -X 51 -, -Y 1 - or -Y 1 - is preferably -(alkylene group) -.
 上記以外で、-X51-、-Y-もしくは-Y-と直接結合しない-R41-又は-R42-は、-O-(アルキレン基)-であることが好ましい。 Other than the above, -R 41 - or -R 42 - which does not directly bond to -X 51 -, -Y 1 - or -Y 2 - is preferably -O- (alkylene group)-.
(-A41-、-A42-、及び-A43-における2価有機基)
 -A41-、-A42-、及び-A43-における2価有機基は、下記式(6)で表される基であることが好ましい。
(Divalent organic group in -A 41 -, -A 42 -, and -A 43 -)
The divalent organic group in -A 41 -, -A 42 -, and -A 43 - is preferably a group represented by the following formula (6).
  -Q-  …(6)
(式(6)中、Qは、炭化水素環基又は複素環基を表す。)
-Q 3 -...(6)
(In formula (6), Q3 represents a hydrocarbon ring group or a heterocyclic group.)
 -Q-における炭化水素環基は、芳香族炭化水素環基と非芳香族炭化水素環基とを含む。
 芳香族炭化水素環基は、非連結芳香族炭化水素環基と連結芳香族炭化水素環基とを含む。
The hydrocarbon ring group represented by -Q 3 - includes an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and a non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group.
The aromatic hydrocarbon ring group includes an unlinked aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and a linked aromatic hydrocarbon ring group.
 非連結芳香族炭化水素環基は、単環もしくは縮合した芳香族炭化水素環の2価基であり、その炭素数は6~20であることが適切なコアの大きさにより分子配向性が良好となる理由で好ましい。非連結芳香族炭化水素環基の炭素数は6~15がより好ましい。芳香族炭化水素環としては、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、フェナントレン環、ペリレン環、テトラセン環、ピレン環、ベンズピレン環、クリセン環、トリフェニレン環、アセナフテン環、フルオランテン環、フルオレン環等が挙げられる。 The unlinked aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is a divalent group of a monocyclic or condensed aromatic hydrocarbon ring, and the number of carbon atoms is preferably 6 to 20.The core size provides good molecular orientation. This is preferable for the following reasons. The number of carbon atoms in the unlinked aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is more preferably 6 to 15. Examples of aromatic hydrocarbon rings include benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, perylene ring, tetracene ring, pyrene ring, benzpyrene ring, chrysene ring, triphenylene ring, acenaphthene ring, fluoranthene ring, fluorene ring, etc. .
 連結芳香族炭化水素環基は、単環もしくは縮合した芳香族炭化水素環の複数が単結合で結合し、環を構成する原子上に結合手を有する2価基である。単環もしくは縮合環の炭素数は6~20であることが、適切なコアの大きさにより配向性が良好となる理由で好ましい。連結芳香族炭化水素環基の炭素数は6~15がより好ましい。連結芳香族炭化水素環基としては、例えば、第1の炭素数6~20の単環もしくは縮合した芳香族炭化水素環と第2の炭素数6~20の単環もしくは縮合した芳香族炭化水素環とが単結合で結合し、第1の炭素数6~20の単環もしくは縮合した芳香族炭化水素環の環を構成する原子上に第1の結合手を有し、第2の炭素数6~20の単環もしくは縮合した芳香族炭化水素環の環を構成する原子上に第2の結合手を有する2価基が挙げられる。連結芳香族炭化水素環基としては、具体的には、ビフェニル-4,4’-ジイル基が挙げられる。 A linked aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is a divalent group in which a plurality of monocyclic or condensed aromatic hydrocarbon rings are bonded by a single bond and has a bond on the atom constituting the ring. It is preferable that the single ring or condensed ring has 6 to 20 carbon atoms because an appropriate core size provides good orientation. The number of carbon atoms in the linked aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is more preferably 6 to 15. Examples of the linked aromatic hydrocarbon ring group include a first monocyclic or fused aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 20 carbon atoms and a second monocyclic or fused aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. is bonded to the ring by a single bond, has a first bond on an atom constituting the first monocyclic ring or fused aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and has a second bond having a carbon number of 6 to 20. Examples include divalent groups having a second bond on atoms constituting 6 to 20 monocyclic or fused aromatic hydrocarbon rings. A specific example of the linked aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is a biphenyl-4,4'-diyl group.
 芳香族炭化水素環基としては、非連結芳香族炭化水素環基が液晶化合物の間に働く分子間相互作用を最適とすることで分子配向性が良好となる理由で好ましい。
 これらのうち、芳香族炭化水素環基としては、ベンゼン環の2価基、ナフタレン環の2価基が好ましく、ベンゼン環の2価基(フェニレン基)がより好ましい。フェニレン基としては、1,4-フェニレン基が好ましい。-Q-がこれらの基であることで液晶分子の直線性が高まり、分子配向性向上の効果が得られる傾向にある。
As the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, a non-linked aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is preferable because it optimizes the intermolecular interaction between the liquid crystal compounds and improves the molecular orientation.
Among these, as the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, a divalent group of a benzene ring and a divalent group of a naphthalene ring are preferable, and a divalent group of a benzene ring (phenylene group) is more preferable. As the phenylene group, a 1,4-phenylene group is preferred. When -Q 3 - is one of these groups, the linearity of the liquid crystal molecules increases, and the effect of improving molecular orientation tends to be obtained.
 非芳香族炭化水素環基は、非連結非芳香族炭化水素環基と連結非芳香族炭化水素環基とを含む。 The non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group includes a non-linked non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and a linked non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group.
 非連結非芳香族炭化水素環基は、単環もしくは縮合した非芳香族炭化水素環の2価基であり、その炭素数は3~20であることが、適切なコアの大きさにより分子配向性が良好となる理由で好ましい。非連結非芳香族炭化水素環基の炭素数は3~15がより好ましい。非芳香族炭化水素環としては、シクロプロパン環、シクロブタン環、シクロペンタン環、シクロヘキサン環、シクロヘプタン環、シクロオクタン環、シクロヘキセン環、ノルボルナン環、ボルナン環、アダマンタン環、テトラヒドロナフタレン環、ビシクロ[2.2.2]オクタン環等が挙げられる。 The unlinked non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is a monocyclic or fused non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring divalent group, and the number of carbon atoms is 3 to 20, depending on the molecular orientation depending on the appropriate core size. This is preferable because it provides good properties. The number of carbon atoms in the unlinked non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is more preferably 3 to 15. Examples of non-aromatic hydrocarbon rings include cyclopropane ring, cyclobutane ring, cyclopentane ring, cyclohexane ring, cycloheptane ring, cyclooctane ring, cyclohexene ring, norbornane ring, bornane ring, adamantane ring, tetrahydronaphthalene ring, bicyclo [2 .2.2] octane ring, etc.
 非連結非芳香族炭化水素環基は、非芳香族炭化水素環の環を構成する原子間結合として不飽和結合を有さない脂環式炭化水素環基と、非芳香族炭化水素環の環を構成する原子間結合として不飽和結合を有する不飽和非芳香族炭化水素環基とを含む。非連結非芳香族炭化水素環基としては、生産性の観点から脂環式炭化水素環基が好ましい。 An unlinked non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is an alicyclic hydrocarbon ring group that does not have an unsaturated bond as an interatomic bond constituting the ring of a non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, and a ring of a non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring. and an unsaturated non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having an unsaturated bond as an interatomic bond constituting the unsaturated bond. As the unlinked non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, an alicyclic hydrocarbon ring group is preferable from the viewpoint of productivity.
 連結非芳香族炭化水素環基は、単環もしくは縮合した非芳香族炭化水素環の複数が単結合で結合し、環を構成する原子上に結合手を有する2価基;あるいは、単環の芳香族炭化水素環、縮合した芳香族炭化水素環、単環の非芳香族炭化水素環、及び縮合した非芳香族炭化水素環からなる群より選択される1つ以上の環と、単環もしくは縮合した非芳香族炭化水素環とが単結合で結合し、環を構成する原子上に結合手を有する2価基である。
 単環もしくは縮合環の炭素数は適切なコアの大きさにより分子配向性が良好となる理由で3~20であることが好ましい。
 連結非芳香族炭化水素環基としては例えば、第1の炭素数3~20の単環もしくは縮合した非芳香族炭化水素環と第2の炭素数3~20の単環もしくは縮合した非芳香族炭化水素環とが単結合で結合し、第1の炭素数3~20の単環もしくは縮合した非芳香族炭化水素環の環を構成する原子上に第1の結合手を有し、第2の炭素数3~20の単環もしくは縮合した非芳香族炭化水素環の環を構成する原子上に第2の結合手を有する2価基が挙げられる。さらに、例えば、炭素数3~20の単環もしくは縮合した芳香族炭化水素環と炭素数3~20の単環もしくは縮合した非芳香族炭化水素環とが単結合で結合し、炭素数3~20の単環もしくは縮合した芳香族炭化水素環の環を構成する原子上に第1の結合手を有し、炭素数3~20の単環もしくは縮合した非芳香族炭化水素環の環を構成する原子上に第2の結合手を有する2価基が挙げられる。
 連結非芳香族炭化水素環基としては、具体的には、ビス(シクロヘキサン)-4,4’-ジイル基、1-シクロヘキシルベンゼン-4,4’-ジイル基が挙げられる。
A linked non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is a divalent group in which a plurality of monocyclic or condensed non-aromatic hydrocarbon rings are bonded by a single bond and has a bond on the atom constituting the ring; One or more rings selected from the group consisting of an aromatic hydrocarbon ring, a fused aromatic hydrocarbon ring, a monocyclic non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, and a fused non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, and a monocyclic or It is a divalent group that is bonded to a fused non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring through a single bond and has a bond on the atom constituting the ring.
The number of carbon atoms in the single ring or condensed ring is preferably 3 to 20 because an appropriate core size improves molecular orientation.
Examples of the connected non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group include a first monocyclic or fused non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 3 to 20 carbon atoms and a second monocyclic or fused non-aromatic ring having 3 to 20 carbon atoms. The hydrocarbon ring is bonded with a single bond, the first bond is on the atom constituting the first monocyclic ring or the fused non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and the second Examples include a divalent group having a second bond on an atom constituting a monocyclic or fused non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 3 to 20 carbon atoms. Furthermore, for example, a monocyclic or fused aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 3 to 20 carbon atoms and a monocyclic or fused non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 3 to 20 carbon atoms are bonded together through a single bond, and The first bond is on the atom constituting 20 monocyclic or fused aromatic hydrocarbon rings, and the ring is a monocyclic or fused non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 3 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples include divalent groups having a second bond on the atom.
Specific examples of the linked non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group include bis(cyclohexane)-4,4'-diyl group and 1-cyclohexylbenzene-4,4'-diyl group.
 非芳香族炭化水素環基としては、液晶化合物の間に働く分子間相互作用を最適とすることで分子配向性が良好となる理由で非連結非芳香族炭化水素環基が好ましい。 As the non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, a non-linked non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is preferable because the molecular orientation is improved by optimizing the intermolecular interaction between the liquid crystal compounds.
 非連結非芳香族炭化水素環基としては、シクロヘキサンの2価基(シクロヘキサンジイル基)が好ましく、シクロヘキサンジイル基としては、シクロヘキサン-1,4-ジイル基が好ましい。 The unlinked non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is preferably a divalent cyclohexane group (cyclohexanediyl group), and the cyclohexanediyl group is preferably a cyclohexane-1,4-diyl group.
 -Q-における複素環基は、芳香族複素環基と非芳香族複素環基とを含む。 The heterocyclic group represented by -Q 3 - includes an aromatic heterocyclic group and a non-aromatic heterocyclic group.
 芳香族複素環基は、非連結芳香族複素環基と連結芳香族複素環基とを含む。 The aromatic heterocyclic group includes an unlinked aromatic heterocyclic group and a linked aromatic heterocyclic group.
 非連結芳香族複素環基は、単環もしくは縮合した芳香族複素環の2価基であり、その炭素数は4~20であることが、適切なコアの大きさにより分子配向性が良好となる理由で好ましい。非連結芳香族複素環基の炭素数は4~15がより好ましい。
 芳香族複素環としては、例えば、フラン環、ベンゾフラン環、チオフェン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ピロール環、ピラゾール環、イミダゾール環、チアゾール環、オキサジアゾール環、インドール環、カルバゾール環、ピロロイミダゾール環、ピロロピラゾール環、ピロロピロール環、チエノピロール環、チエノチオフェン環、フロピロール環、フロフラン環、チエノフラン環、チエノチアゾール環、ベンゾイソオキサゾール環、ベンゾイソチアゾール環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、ピリダジン環、ピリミジン環、トリアジン環、キノリン環、イソキノリン環、シノリン環、キノキサリン環、フェナントリジン環、キナゾリン環、キナゾリノン環、アズレン環が挙げられる。
The unlinked aromatic heterocyclic group is a monocyclic or fused aromatic heterocyclic divalent group, and the number of carbon atoms is 4 to 20, so that good molecular orientation can be achieved by an appropriate core size. It is preferable for the following reasons. The number of carbon atoms in the unlinked aromatic heterocyclic group is more preferably 4 to 15.
Examples of aromatic heterocycles include furan ring, benzofuran ring, thiophene ring, benzothiophene ring, pyrrole ring, pyrazole ring, imidazole ring, thiazole ring, oxadiazole ring, indole ring, carbazole ring, pyrroloimidazole ring, and pyrrolo ring. Pyrazole ring, pyrrolopyrrole ring, thienopyrrole ring, thienothiophene ring, furopyrrole ring, furofuran ring, thienofuran ring, thienothiazole ring, benzisoxazole ring, benzisothiazole ring, benzimidazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrazine ring, pyridazine ring, Examples include a pyrimidine ring, a triazine ring, a quinoline ring, an isoquinoline ring, a shinoline ring, a quinoxaline ring, a phenanthridine ring, a quinazoline ring, a quinazolinone ring, and an azulene ring.
 連結芳香族複素環基は、単環もしくは縮合した芳香族複素環の複数が単結合で結合し、環を構成する原子上に結合手を有する2価基である。単環もしくは縮合環の炭素数は4~20であることが、適切なコアの大きさにより分子配向性が良好となる理由で好ましい。連結芳香族複素環基の炭素数は4~15がより好ましい。
 連結芳香族複素環基としては、例えば、第1の炭素数4~20の単環もしくは縮合した芳香族複素環と第2の炭素数4~20の単環もしくは縮合した芳香族複素環とが単結合で結合し、第1の炭素数4~20の単環もしくは縮合した芳香族複素環の環を構成する原子上に第1の結合手を有し、第2の炭素数4~20の単環もしくは縮合した芳香族複素環の環を構成する原子上に第2の結合手を有する2価基が挙げられる。
A linked aromatic heterocyclic group is a divalent group in which a single ring or a plurality of condensed aromatic heterocycles are bonded by a single bond and has a bond on an atom constituting the ring. It is preferable that the single ring or condensed ring has 4 to 20 carbon atoms because an appropriate core size provides good molecular orientation. The number of carbon atoms in the linked aromatic heterocyclic group is more preferably 4 to 15.
As the linked aromatic heterocyclic group, for example, a first monocyclic or fused aromatic heterocyclic ring having 4 to 20 carbon atoms and a second monocyclic or fused aromatic heterocyclic ring having 4 to 20 carbon atoms are used. bonded with a single bond, has a first bond on an atom constituting a first monocyclic ring having 4 to 20 carbon atoms or a fused aromatic heterocyclic ring, and a second bond having 4 to 20 carbon atoms. A divalent group having a second bond on an atom constituting a monocyclic ring or a condensed aromatic heterocycle can be mentioned.
 非芳香族複素環基は、非連結非芳香族複素環基と連結非芳香族複素環基とを含む。 The non-aromatic heterocyclic group includes a non-linked non-aromatic heterocyclic group and a linked non-aromatic heterocyclic group.
 非連結非芳香族複素環基は、単環もしくは縮合した非芳香族複素環の2価基であり、その炭素数は4~20であることが、適切なコアの大きさにより分子配向性が良好となる理由で好ましい。非連結非芳香族複素環基の炭素数は4~15がより好ましい。
 炭素数4~20の単環もしくは縮合した非芳香族複素環の2価基の非芳香族複素環としては、例えば、テトラヒドロフラン環、テトラヒドロピラン環、ジオキサン環、テトラヒドロチオフェン環、テトラヒドロチオピラン環、ピロリジン環、ピペリジン環、ジヒドロピリジン環、ピペラジン環、テトラヒドロチアゾール環、テトラヒドロオキサゾール環、オクタヒドロキノリン環、テトラヒドロキノリン環、オクタヒドロキナゾリン環、テトラヒドロキナゾリン環、テトラヒドロイミダゾール環、テトラヒドロベンゾイミダゾール環、キヌクリジン環が挙げられる。
The unlinked non-aromatic heterocyclic group is a monocyclic or fused non-aromatic heterocyclic divalent group, and the number of carbon atoms is 4 to 20, and the molecular orientation can be controlled by an appropriate core size. It is preferable because it is good. The number of carbon atoms in the unlinked non-aromatic heterocyclic group is more preferably 4 to 15.
Examples of the non-aromatic heterocycle of a divalent group of a monocyclic or condensed non-aromatic heterocycle having 4 to 20 carbon atoms include a tetrahydrofuran ring, a tetrahydropyran ring, a dioxane ring, a tetrahydrothiophene ring, a tetrahydrothiopyran ring, Pyrrolidine ring, piperidine ring, dihydropyridine ring, piperazine ring, tetrahydrothiazole ring, tetrahydroxazole ring, octahydroquinoline ring, tetrahydroquinoline ring, octahydroquinazoline ring, tetrahydroquinazoline ring, tetrahydroimidazole ring, tetrahydrobenzimidazole ring, quinuclidine ring Can be mentioned.
 連結非芳香族複素環基は、単環もしくは縮合した非芳香族複素環の複数が単結合で結合し、環を構成する原子上に結合手を有する2価基である。単環もしくは縮合環の炭素数は4~20であることが、適切なコアの大きさにより分子配向性が良好となる理由で好ましい。連結非芳香族複素環基の炭素数は4~15がより好ましい。
 連結芳香族複素環基としては、例えば、第1の炭素数4~20の単環もしくは縮合した非芳香族複素環と第2の炭素数4~20の単環もしくは縮合した非芳香族複素環とが単結合で結合し、第1の炭素数4~20の単環もしくは縮合した非芳香族複素環の環を構成する原子上に第1の結合手を有し、第2の炭素数4~20の単環もしくは縮合した非芳香族複素環の環を構成する原子上に第2の結合手を有する2価基が挙げられる。
A linked non-aromatic heterocyclic group is a divalent group in which a single ring or a plurality of condensed non-aromatic heterocycles are bonded by a single bond and has a bond on an atom constituting the ring. It is preferable that the single ring or condensed ring has 4 to 20 carbon atoms because an appropriate core size provides good molecular orientation. The number of carbon atoms in the linked non-aromatic heterocyclic group is more preferably 4 to 15.
Examples of the linked aromatic heterocyclic group include a first monocyclic or fused non-aromatic heterocyclic ring having 4 to 20 carbon atoms and a second monocyclic or fused non-aromatic heterocyclic ring having 4 to 20 carbon atoms. are bonded to each other by a single bond, the first bond is on an atom constituting a monocyclic ring or a condensed non-aromatic heterocyclic ring having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, and the second bond is 4 to 20 carbon atoms. A divalent group having a second bond on an atom constituting a ring of ~20 monocyclic or fused non-aromatic heterocycles can be mentioned.
 -Q-における芳香族炭化水素環基、非芳香族炭化水素環基、芳香族複素環基、非芳香族複素環基は、それぞれ、-R、-OH、-O-R、-O-C(=O)-R、-NH、-NH-R、-N(-Rn’)-R、-C(=O)-R、-C(=O)-O-R、-C(=O)-NH、-C(=O)-NH-R、-C(=O)-N(-Rn’)-R、-SH、-S-R、トリフルオロメチル基、スルファモイル基、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、及びハロゲンからなる群より選択される1以上の基で置換されていてもよい。-R及び-Rn’は、それぞれ独立に、炭素数1~6の直鎖状もしくは分枝状のアルキル基を表す。 The aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, aromatic heterocyclic group, and non-aromatic heterocyclic group in -Q 3 - are respectively -R n , -OH, -O-R n , - OC(=O)-R n , -NH 2 , -NH-R n , -N(-R n' )-R n , -C(=O)-R n , -C(=O)- O-R n , -C(=O)-NH 2 , -C(=O)-NH-R n , -C(=O)-N(-R n' )-R n , -SH, -S -R n may be substituted with one or more groups selected from the group consisting of a trifluoromethyl group, a sulfamoyl group, a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a cyano group, a nitro group, and a halogen. -R n and -R n' each independently represent a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
 -Q-における芳香族炭化水素環基、非芳香族炭化水素環基、芳香族複素環基、非芳香族複素環基は、分子構造の直線性が高く、重合性液晶化合物(4)同士が会合しやすく液晶状態を発現しやすい点から、それぞれ独立に、無置換であるか、メチル基、メトキシ基、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子が置換していることが好ましく、無置換であることがより好ましい。 The aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, aromatic heterocyclic group, and non-aromatic heterocyclic group in -Q 3 - have high linearity in molecular structure, and the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (4) It is preferable that each of them is independently unsubstituted or substituted with a methyl group, a methoxy group, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, or a bromine atom, and is unsubstituted. It is more preferable.
 -Q-における芳香族炭化水素環基、非芳香族炭化水素環基、芳香族複素環基、非芳香族複素環基が有する置換基は、同一でも異なっていてもよく、また、芳香族炭化水素環基、非芳香族炭化水素環基、芳香族複素環基、非芳香族複素環基の全部が置換されていてもよく、全部が無置換であってもよく、一部が置換されていて一部が無置換であってもよい。
 -A41-、-A42-及び-A43-における2価有機基が有する置換基は、同一でも異なっていてもよく、-A41-、-A42-及び-A43-における2価有機基の全部が置換されていてもよく、全部が無置換であってもよく、一部が置換されていて一部が無置換であってもよい。
The substituents possessed by the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, aromatic heterocyclic group, and non-aromatic heterocyclic group in -Q 3 - may be the same or different; All of the hydrocarbon ring group, non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, aromatic heterocyclic group, and non-aromatic heterocyclic group may be substituted, all may be unsubstituted, or some may be substituted. may be partially unsubstituted.
-A 41 -, -A 42 - and -A 43 - may have the same or different substituents, and -A 41 -, -A 42 - and -A 43 - have divalent organic groups. All of the organic groups may be substituted, all of them may be unsubstituted, or some of them may be substituted and some of them may be unsubstituted.
 -Q-としては、炭化水素環基が好ましく、フェニレン基、シクロヘキサンジイル基がより好ましい。重合性液晶化合物(4)の分子構造の直線性を高くすることができることから、-Q-としては、1,4-フェニレン基、シクロヘキサン-1,4-ジイル基がさらに好ましい。 -Q 3 - is preferably a hydrocarbon ring group, more preferably a phenylene group or a cyclohexanediyl group. -Q 3 - is more preferably a 1,4-phenylene group or a cyclohexane-1,4-diyl group, since they can improve the linearity of the molecular structure of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (4).
 -A41-、-A42-及び-A43-の2価有機基としては、-Q-が炭化水素環基であること、すなわち、2価有機基として炭化水素環基であることが好ましい。2価有機基としては、フェニレン基、シクロヘキサンジイル基がより好ましく、重合性液晶化合物(4)の分子構造の直線性を高くすることができることから、1,4-フェニレン基、シクロヘキサン-1,4-ジイル基がさらに好ましい。 -A 41 -, -A 42 - and -A 43 - are divalent organic groups, -Q 3 - is a hydrocarbon ring group, that is, the divalent organic group is a hydrocarbon ring group. preferable. As the divalent organic group, phenylene group and cyclohexanediyl group are more preferable, and since they can improve the linearity of the molecular structure of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (4), 1,4-phenylene group and cyclohexane-1,4 -diyl group is more preferred.
 重合性液晶化合物(4)としては、-A41-、-A42-及び-A43-のうち、一つが、式(5)で表される部分構造であり、それ以外の二つが、それぞれ独立に、2価有機基であることが好ましく、-A41-、-A42-及び-A43-のうち、式(5)で表される部分構造の-C-が炭化水素環基であることがより好ましく、2価有機基が炭化水素環基であることが特に好ましい。さらに、該炭化水素環基が、1,4-フェニレン基又はシクロヘキサン-1,4-ジイル基であることが好ましい。また、-A41-及び-A43-の一方が、シクロヘキサン-1,4-ジイル基であることが好ましい。
 また、-A41-及び-A43-のうち、一つが、式(5)で表される部分構造であり、それ以外の一つ及び-A42-が2価有機基であることがより好ましい。この場合、-A41-及び-A43-のうち、2価有機基である一方は、シクロヘキサン-1,4-ジイル基であることが好ましく、-A42-が1,4-フェニレン基であることが特に好ましい。
In the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (4), one of -A 41 -, -A 42 - and -A 43 - is a partial structure represented by formula (5), and the other two are each a partial structure represented by formula (5). Independently, it is preferably a divalent organic group, and among -A 41 -, -A 42 - and -A 43 -, -C y - in the partial structure represented by formula (5) is a hydrocarbon ring group. It is more preferable that the divalent organic group is a hydrocarbon ring group. Furthermore, the hydrocarbon ring group is preferably a 1,4-phenylene group or a cyclohexane-1,4-diyl group. Further, it is preferable that one of -A 41 - and -A 43 - is a cyclohexane-1,4-diyl group.
Furthermore, it is preferable that one of -A 41 - and -A 43 - is a partial structure represented by formula (5), and the other one and -A 42 - are divalent organic groups. preferable. In this case, one of -A 41 - and -A 43 -, which is a divalent organic group, is preferably a cyclohexane-1,4-diyl group, and -A 42 - is a 1,4-phenylene group. It is particularly preferable that there be.
(-Y-及び-Y-)
 -Y-及び-Y-は、それぞれ独立に、単結合、-C(=O)O-、-OC(=O)-、-C(=S)O-、-OC(=S)-、-C(=O)S-、-SC(=O)-、-CHCH-、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-C(=O)NH-、-NHC(=O)-、-CHO-、-OCH-、-CHS-、又は-SCH-を表す。重合性液晶化合物(4)の直線性や分子短軸周りの回転運動がしやすい傾向にあることから、-Y-及び-Y-としては、それぞれ独立に、π結合性の小さい、単結合、-C(=O)O-、-OC(=O)-、-C(=S)O-、-OC(=S)-、-C(=O)S-、-SC(=O)-、-CHCH-、-CH=CH-、-C(=O)NH-、-NHC(=O)-、-CHO-、-OCH-、-CHS-、又は-SCH-が好ましく、単結合、-C(=O)O-、-OC(=O)-、-CHCH-、-CHO-、-OCH-がより好ましい。
(-Y 1 - and -Y 2 -)
-Y 1 - and -Y 2 - each independently represent a single bond, -C(=O)O-, -OC(=O)-, -C(=S)O-, -OC(=S) -, -C(=O)S-, -SC(=O)-, -CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH=CH-, -C≡C-, -C(=O)NH-, -NHC( =O)-, -CH 2 O-, -OCH 2 -, -CH 2 S-, or -SCH 2 -. Because of the linearity of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (4) and the tendency for rotational movement around the short axis of the molecule, -Y 1 - and -Y 2 - are each independently selected from monomers with small π bonding properties. Bond, -C(=O)O-, -OC(=O)-, -C(=S)O-, -OC(=S)-, -C(=O)S-, -SC(=O )-, -CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH=CH-, -C(=O)NH-, -NHC(=O)-, -CH 2 O-, -OCH 2 -, -CH 2 S-, or -SCH 2 - is preferred, and a single bond, -C(=O)O-, -OC(=O)-, -CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 O-, and -OCH 2 - are more preferred.
 前記式(4A)、式(4C)、式(4D)、式(4F)のように、-X51-と-Y-又は-X51-と-Y-が結合している場合には、-X51-と結合する-Y-又は-X51-と結合する-Y-は単結合であることが好ましい。-X51-と-Y-及び-Y-の他方は、-C(=O)O-又は-OC(=O)-であることが好ましい。
 前記式(4B)、式(4E)のように、-X51-が-Y-及び-Y-のいずれとも結合していない場合には、-X51-は、-CHCH-、-CHO-、又は-OCH-であることが好ましく、-Y-及び-Y-はいずれも、-C(=O)O-又は-OC(=O)-であることが好ましい。
When -X 51 - and -Y 1 - or -X 51 - and -Y 2 - are bonded as in the above formula (4A), formula (4C), formula (4D), and formula (4F), It is preferable that -Y 1 - bonded to -X 51 - or -Y 2 - bonded to -X 51 - be a single bond. The other of -X 51 - and -Y 1 - and -Y 2 - is preferably -C(=O)O- or -OC(=O)-.
As in formula (4B) and formula (4E), when -X 51 - is not bonded to either -Y 1 - or -Y 2 -, -X 51 - is -CH 2 CH 2 -, -CH 2 O-, or -OCH 2 - is preferable, and -Y 1 - and -Y 2 - are both -C(=O)O- or -OC(=O)- It is preferable.
(k)
 kは1又は2である。ある態様としては、kは1であることが好ましい。別の態様としては、kは2であることが好ましい。
 kが2である場合、それぞれの-Y-は互いに同一でも異なっていてもよく、それぞれの-A43-は互いに同一でも異なっていてもよい。
(k)
k is 1 or 2. In one embodiment, k is preferably 1. In another embodiment, k is preferably 2.
When k is 2, each -Y 2 - may be the same or different from each other, and each -A 43 - may be the same or different from each other.
(好適構造)
 重合性液晶化合物(4)としては、前記式(4A)、(4B)、(4E)又は(4F)で表される化合物であることが液晶化合物の間に働く分子間相互作用を最適とし、かつ適切なコアの大きさとなり分子配向性が良好となる理由で好ましい。
(preferred structure)
The polymerizable liquid crystal compound (4) is a compound represented by the above formula (4A), (4B), (4E) or (4F), which optimizes the intermolecular interaction between the liquid crystal compounds, It is preferable because it has an appropriate core size and good molecular orientation.
(重合性液晶化合物の具体例)
 本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物に含まれる重合性液晶化合物として、具体的には、以下に記載の重合性液晶化合物が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。以下の例示式中、-C13はn-ヘキシル基、-C11はn-ペンチル基を意味する。
(Specific example of polymerizable liquid crystal compound)
Specific examples of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention include, but are not limited to, the following polymerizable liquid crystal compounds. In the following exemplary formula, -C 6 H 13 means n-hexyl group, and -C 5 H 11 means n-pentyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
(液晶化合物の含有量)
 本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物に含有される液晶化合物は、重合性液晶化合物(4)からなることが好ましい。本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物には、重合性液晶化合物の1種のみが単独で含まれていてもよく、2種以上が任意の組み合わせ及び比率で含まれていてもよい。
(Content of liquid crystal compound)
The liquid crystal compound contained in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention preferably consists of a polymerizable liquid crystal compound (4). The composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention may contain only one type of polymerizable liquid crystal compound, or may contain two or more types in any combination and ratio.
 本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物における液晶化合物の含有量(2種以上の液晶化合物を併用する場合は、それぞれの含有量の総和)は、異方性色素膜形成用組成物の固形分(100質量部)に対して、35質量部以上が好ましく、50質量部以上がより好ましく、55質量部以上がさらに好ましく、99質量部以下が好ましく、98質量部以下がより好ましい。異方性色素膜形成用組成物の液晶化合物の含有量が上記下限以上上限以下であれば液晶分子の配向性が高くなる傾向にある。 The content of the liquid crystal compound in the composition for forming an anisotropic pigment film of the present invention (when two or more liquid crystal compounds are used together, the sum of their respective contents) is the content of the liquid crystal compound in the composition for forming an anisotropic pigment film of the present invention. Based on the solid content (100 parts by mass), the amount is preferably 35 parts by mass or more, more preferably 50 parts by mass or more, even more preferably 55 parts by mass or more, preferably 99 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 98 parts by mass or less. If the content of the liquid crystal compound in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film is greater than or equal to the above lower limit and less than or equal to the upper limit, the orientation of liquid crystal molecules tends to be high.
 本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物は、重合性液晶化合物(4)以外の他の重合性または非重合性の液晶化合物の1種または2種以上を含むものであってもよいが、重合性液晶化合物(4)を用いることによる本発明の効果をより一層有効に得る観点から、本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物に含まれる液晶化合物の総量100質量%中の重合性液晶化合物(4)の割合は、5質量%以上であることが好ましく、10質量%以上であることがより好ましく、特に15~100質量%であることが好ましい。 The composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention may contain one or more polymerizable or non-polymerizable liquid crystal compounds other than the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (4). , from the viewpoint of more effectively obtaining the effects of the present invention by using the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (4), polymerization in 100% by mass of the total amount of liquid crystal compounds contained in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention. The proportion of the liquid crystal compound (4) is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 15 to 100% by mass.
 また、本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物は、重合性液晶化合物を、その異方性色素膜形成用組成物中の質量濃度が、本発明の化合物の濃度に対して、後述の質量濃度となるように含有することが好ましい。 In addition, the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention contains a polymerizable liquid crystal compound whose mass concentration in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film is as described below with respect to the concentration of the compound of the present invention. It is preferable to contain it so as to have a mass concentration.
(等方相出現温度)
 本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物に含有される重合性液晶化合物は、プロセスの観点から、その等方相出現温度が、160℃以下であることが好ましく、140℃以下がより好ましく、115℃以下がさらに好ましく、110℃以下がよりさらに好ましく、105℃以下が特に好ましい。
 ここで等方相出現温度とは、液晶から液体への相転移温度及び液体から液晶への相転移温度を意味する。本発明においては、これらの相転移温度の少なくとも一方が上記上限以下であることが好ましく、これらの相転移温度の両方が上記上限以下であることがより好ましい。
(Isotropic phase appearance temperature)
From the viewpoint of the process, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention preferably has an isotropic phase appearance temperature of 160°C or lower, more preferably 140°C or lower. , more preferably 115°C or less, even more preferably 110°C or less, particularly preferably 105°C or less.
Here, the isotropic phase appearance temperature means the phase transition temperature from liquid crystal to liquid and the phase transition temperature from liquid to liquid crystal. In the present invention, it is preferable that at least one of these phase transition temperatures is below the above upper limit, and it is more preferable that both of these phase transition temperatures are below the above upper limit.
(重合性液晶化合物の製造方法)
 本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物に含有される重合性液晶化合物は、アルキル化反応、エステル化反応、アミド化反応、エーテル化反応、イプソ置換反応、金属触媒を用いたカップリング反応等の公知の化学反応を組み合わせることにより製造することができる。
 例えば、本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物に含有される重合性液晶化合物は、後掲の実施例に記載の方法や、「液晶便覧」(丸善株式会社、平成12年10月30日発行)の449~468ページに記載の方法にしたがって合成することができる。
(Method for producing polymerizable liquid crystal compound)
The polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention can undergo an alkylation reaction, an esterification reaction, an amidation reaction, an etherification reaction, an ipsosubstitution reaction, a coupling reaction using a metal catalyst. It can be produced by combining known chemical reactions such as.
For example, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention can be prepared by the method described in the Examples below, or by the method described in "Liquid Crystal Handbook" (Maruzen Co., Ltd., October 30, 2000). It can be synthesized according to the method described on pages 449 to 468 of Japanese publication).
(重合性液晶化合物と本発明の化合物との関係)
 異方性色素膜形成用組成物を用いて形成される異方性色素膜の配向性を向上させやすいとの観点で、異方性色素膜形成用組成物においては、重合性液晶化合物の分子長と色素の分子長との差が小さいほうが液晶分子と色素分子の分子間相互作用が強く、色素分子が液晶分子同士の会合を阻害し難いため好ましい。
(Relationship between polymerizable liquid crystal compound and compound of the present invention)
From the viewpoint of easily improving the orientation of the anisotropic dye film formed using the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film, molecules of a polymerizable liquid crystal compound are used in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film. The smaller the difference between the length and the molecular length of the dye, the stronger the intermolecular interaction between the liquid crystal molecules and the dye molecules, and the dye molecules are less likely to inhibit the association between the liquid crystal molecules, which is preferable.
 したがって、本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物においては、異方性色素膜形成用組成物に含まれる重合性液晶化合物が有する環構造の数(rn1)と、異方性色素膜形成用組成物に含まれる本発明の化合物が有する環構造の数(rn2)との比(rn1/rn2)が、0.7~1.5であることが好ましい。
 なお、2つ以上の環が縮合する縮合環は、環構造としては1つとして数える。
Therefore, in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention, the number of ring structures (r n1 ) possessed by the polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film, The ratio (r n1 /r n2 ) to the number of ring structures (r n2 ) possessed by the compound of the present invention contained in the forming composition is preferably 0.7 to 1.5.
Note that a condensed ring in which two or more rings are condensed is counted as one ring structure.
 ここで、本発明の化合物、例えば化合物(1)が有する環構造の数(rn2)とは、式(1)において-A11-、-A12-、-A13-及び-A14-の総和であり、rn2は4である。
 式(1)の-Xがピロリジニル基やピペリジニル基のような環状の官能基であっても、-Xに含まれる環構造は本発明の化合物が有する環構造の数(rn2)には含めない。
 また、本発明の化合物、例えば化合物(2)が有する環構造の数(rn2)とは、式(2)においては、-A-、-A-、及び-A-の総和であり、具体的には、nが1の場合、rn2は3;nが2の場合、rn2は4;nが3の場合、rn2は5である。
 式(2)の-Xがピロリジニル基やピペリジニル基のような環状の官能基であっても、-Xに含まれる環構造は本発明の化合物が有する環構造の数(rn2)には含めない。
Here, the number of ring structures (r n2 ) possessed by the compound of the present invention, for example, compound (1), means -A 11 -, -A 12 -, -A 13 - and -A 14 - in formula (1). , and r n2 is 4.
Even if -X 1 in formula (1) is a cyclic functional group such as a pyrrolidinyl group or piperidinyl group, the ring structure contained in -X 1 is determined by the number of ring structures (r n2 ) possessed by the compound of the present invention. are not included.
Furthermore, the number of ring structures (r n2 ) possessed by the compound of the present invention, for example, compound (2), is the sum of -A 1 -, -A 2 -, and -A 3 - in formula (2). Specifically, when n is 1, r n2 is 3; when n is 2, r n2 is 4; when n is 3, r n2 is 5.
Even if -X in formula (2) is a cyclic functional group such as a pyrrolidinyl group or piperidinyl group, the ring structure contained in -X is not included in the number of ring structures (r n2 ) possessed by the compound of the present invention. do not have.
 より具体的には、rn2が3である場合、rn1は3又は4であり;rn2が4である場合、rn1は3、4、5又は6であり;rn2が5である場合、rn1は4、5、6、又は7であれば、異方性色素膜形成用組成物に含まれる重合性液晶化合物が有する環構造の数(rn1)と、異方性色素膜形成用組成物に含まれる本発明の化合物が有する環構造の数(rn2)との比(rn1/rn2)が0.7~1.5となるため好ましい。 More specifically, if r n2 is 3, r n1 is 3 or 4; if r n2 is 4, r n1 is 3, 4, 5, or 6; r n2 is 5. If r n1 is 4, 5, 6, or 7, the number of ring structures (r n1 ) of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the composition for forming an anisotropic pigment film and the anisotropic pigment film This is preferable because the ratio (r n1 /r n2 ) to the number of ring structures (r n2 ) possessed by the compound of the present invention contained in the forming composition is 0.7 to 1.5.
 異方性色素膜形成用組成物に含まれる重合性液晶化合物が有する環構造の数(rn1)には、重合性液晶化合物における重合性基に含まれる環構造(例えば、オキシラン環やオキセタン環など。)は含めない。 The number of ring structures (r n1 ) possessed by the polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film includes ring structures contained in the polymerizable groups in the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (for example, oxirane rings and oxetane rings). etc.) are not included.
 本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物は、重合性液晶化合物の質量濃度が本発明の化合物の質量濃度の1倍以上となるように含むことが好ましい。重合性液晶化合物の質量濃度が本発明の化合物の質量濃度の1倍以上であれば高い二色比が得られる傾向があり、異方性色素膜の機械強度を向上できる観点から好ましい。本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物の重合性液晶化合物の質量濃度は、本発明の化合物の質量濃度の1.5倍以上であることがより好ましく、2倍以上であることがさらに好ましく、3倍以上であることが特に好ましく、7倍以上であることがより特に好ましい。一方で、重合性液晶化合物が本発明の化合物に対して多過ぎると異方性色素膜としての吸光度が小さくなる傾向であることから、本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物中の重合性液晶化合物の質量濃度は、本発明の化合物の質量濃度の1000倍以下であることが好ましく、700倍以下であることがより好ましく、500倍以下であることがさらに好ましい。 It is preferable that the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention contains the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in such a manner that the mass concentration of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is at least 1 times the mass concentration of the compound of the present invention. If the mass concentration of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is one or more times the mass concentration of the compound of the present invention, a high dichroic ratio tends to be obtained, which is preferable from the viewpoint of improving the mechanical strength of the anisotropic dye film. The mass concentration of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention is more preferably 1.5 times or more, and more preferably 2 times or more, the mass concentration of the compound of the present invention. It is preferably 3 times or more, particularly preferably 7 times or more, and even more preferably 7 times or more. On the other hand, if the amount of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is too large relative to the compound of the present invention, the absorbance as an anisotropic dye film tends to decrease. The mass concentration of the liquid crystal compound is preferably 1000 times or less, more preferably 700 times or less, and even more preferably 500 times or less than the mass concentration of the compound of the present invention.
<重合開始剤>
 本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物は、必要に応じて、重合開始剤を含んでもよい。
 重合開始剤は、重合性液晶化合物の重合反応を開始し得る化合物である。重合開始剤としては、光の作用により活性ラジカルを発生する光重合開始剤が好ましい。
<Polymerization initiator>
The composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention may contain a polymerization initiator, if necessary.
A polymerization initiator is a compound that can initiate a polymerization reaction of a polymerizable liquid crystal compound. As the polymerization initiator, a photopolymerization initiator that generates active radicals by the action of light is preferred.
 使用しうる重合開始剤としては、例えば、チタノセン誘導体類;ビイミダゾール誘導体類;ハロメチル化オキサジアゾール誘導体類;ハロメチル-s-トリアジン誘導体類;アルキルフェノン誘導体類;オキシムエステル系誘導体類;ベンゾイン類;ベンゾフェノン誘導体類;アシルホスフィンオキサイド誘導体類;ヨードニウム塩類;スルホニウム塩類;アントラキノン誘導体類;アセトフェノン誘導体類;チオキサントン誘導体類;安息香酸エステル誘導体類;アクリジン誘導体類;フェナジン誘導体類;アンスロン誘導体類が挙げられる。
 これらの光重合開始剤の中では、アルキルフェノン誘導体類、オキシムエステル系誘導体類、ビイミダゾ-ル誘導体類、アセトフェノン誘導体類、及びチオキサントン誘導体類がより好ましい。
Examples of polymerization initiators that can be used include titanocene derivatives; biimidazole derivatives; halomethylated oxadiazole derivatives; halomethyl-s-triazine derivatives; alkylphenone derivatives; oxime ester derivatives; benzoins; Examples include benzophenone derivatives; acylphosphine oxide derivatives; iodonium salts; sulfonium salts; anthraquinone derivatives; acetophenone derivatives; thioxanthone derivatives; benzoic acid ester derivatives; acridine derivatives; phenazine derivatives; and anthrone derivatives.
Among these photopolymerization initiators, alkylphenone derivatives, oxime ester derivatives, biimidazole derivatives, acetophenone derivatives, and thioxanthone derivatives are more preferred.
 具体的には、チタノセン誘導体類としては、例えば、ジシクロペンタジエニルチタニウムジクロライド、ジシクロペンタジエニルチタニウムビスフェニル、ジシクロペンタジエニルチタニウムビス(2,3,4,5,6-ペンタフルオロフェニ-1-イル)、ジシクロペンタジエニルチタニウムビス(2,3,5,6-テトラフルオロフェニ-1-イル)、ジシクロペンタジエニルチタニウムビス(2,4,6-トリフルオロフェニ-1-イル)、ジシクロペンタジエニルチタニウムジ(2,6-ジフルオロフェニ-1-イル)、ジシクロペンタジエニルチタニウムジ(2,4-ジフルオロフェニ-1-イル)、ジ(メチルシクロペンタジエニル)チタニウムビス(2,3,4,5,6-ペンタフルオロフェニ-1-イル)、ジ(メチルシクロペンタジエニル)チタニウムビス(2,6-ジフルオロフェニ-1-イル)、ジシクロペンタジエニルチタニウム〔2,6-ジ-フルオロ-3-(ピロ-1-イル)-フェニ-1-イル〕が挙げられる。 Specifically, examples of titanocene derivatives include dicyclopentadienyl titanium dichloride, dicyclopentadienyl titanium bisphenyl, dicyclopentadienyl titanium bis(2,3,4,5,6-pentafluoro phenyl-1-yl), dicyclopentadienyl titanium bis(2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenyl-1-yl), dicyclopentadienyl titanium bis(2,4,6-trifluorophenyl) 1-yl), dicyclopentadienyl titanium di(2,6-difluorophenyl-1-yl), dicyclopentadienyl titanium di(2,4-difluorophenyl-1-yl), di(methylcyclopenta dienyl) titanium bis(2,3,4,5,6-pentafluorophenyl-1-yl), di(methylcyclopentadienyl) titanium bis(2,6-difluorophenyl-1-yl), dicyclo Pentadienyl titanium [2,6-di-fluoro-3-(pyrro-1-yl)-pheny-1-yl] is mentioned.
 ビイミダゾール誘導体類としては、例えば、2-(2’-クロロフェニル)-4,5-ジフェニルイミダゾール2量体、2-(2’-クロロフェニル)-4,5-ビス(3’-メトキシフェニル)イミダゾール2量体、2-(2’-フルオロフェニル)-4,5-ジフェニルイミダゾール2量体、2-(2’-メトキシフェニル)-4,5-ジフェニルイミダゾール2量体、(4’-メトキシフェニル)-4,5-ジフェニルイミダゾール2量体が挙げられる。 Examples of biimidazole derivatives include 2-(2'-chlorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2-(2'-chlorophenyl)-4,5-bis(3'-methoxyphenyl)imidazole dimer, 2-(2'-fluorophenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, 2-(2'-methoxyphenyl)-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer, (4'-methoxyphenyl) )-4,5-diphenylimidazole dimer.
 ハロメチル化オキサジアゾール誘導体類としては、例えば、2-トリクロロメチル-5-(2’-ベンゾフリル)-1,3,4-オキサジアゾール、2-トリクロロメチル-5-〔β-(2’-ベンゾフリル)ビニル〕-1,3,4-オキサジアゾール、2-トリクロロメチル-5-〔β-(2’-(6’’-ベンゾフリル)ビニル)〕-1,3,4-オキサジアゾール、2-トリクロロメチル-5-フリル-1,3,4-オキサジアゾールが挙げられる。 Examples of halomethylated oxadiazole derivatives include 2-trichloromethyl-5-(2'-benzofuryl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5-[β-(2'- benzofuryl)vinyl]-1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5-[β-(2'-(6''-benzofuryl)vinyl)]-1,3,4-oxadiazole, Examples include 2-trichloromethyl-5-furyl-1,3,4-oxadiazole.
 ハロメチル-s-トリアジン誘導体類としては、例えば、2-(4-メトキシフェニル)-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-(4-メトキシナフチル)-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-(4-エトキシナフチル)-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-(4-エトキシカルボニルナフチル)-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジンが挙げられる。 Examples of halomethyl-s-triazine derivatives include 2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(4-methoxynaphthyl)-4,6-bis( trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(4-ethoxynaphthyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(4-ethoxycarbonylnaphthyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl) -s-triazine is mentioned.
 アルキルフェノン誘導体類としては、例えば、ジエトキシアセトフェノン、2-メチル-1-〔4-(メチルチオ)フェニル〕-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-ブタノン-1、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)ブタン-1-オン、4-ジメチルアミノエチルベンゾエ-ト、4-ジメチルアミノイソアミルベンゾエ-ト、4-ジエチルアミノアセトフェノン、4-ジメチルアミノプロピオフェノン、2-エチルヘキシル-1,4-ジメチルアミノベンゾエ-ト、2,5-ビス(4-ジエチルアミノベンザル)シクロヘキサノン、7-ジエチルアミノ-3-(4-ジエチルアミノベンゾイル)クマリン、4-(ジエチルアミノ)カルコンが挙げられる。 Examples of alkylphenone derivatives include diethoxyacetophenone, 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholinopropan-1-one, 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-( 4-morpholinophenyl)-butanone-1, 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)butan-1-one, 4-dimethylaminoethylbenzoate, 4-dimethylaminoisoamyl Benzoate, 4-diethylaminoacetophenone, 4-dimethylaminopropiophenone, 2-ethylhexyl-1,4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 2,5-bis(4-diethylaminobenzal)cyclohexanone, 7-diethylamino -3-(4-diethylaminobenzoyl)coumarin and 4-(diethylamino)chalcone.
 オキシムエステル系誘導体類としては、例えば、2-(ベンゾイルオキシイミノ)-1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル]-1-オクタノン、O-アセチル-1-[6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9-エチル-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]エタノンオキシム、特開2000-80068号公報、特開2006-36750号公報、国際公開第2009/131189号等に記載されているオキシムエステル誘導体が挙げられる。 Examples of oxime ester derivatives include 2-(benzoyloxyimino)-1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-1-octanone, O-acetyl-1-[6-(2-methylbenzoyl)-9 -ethyl-9H-carbazol-3-yl]ethanone oxime, oxime ester derivatives described in JP-A No. 2000-80068, JP-A No. 2006-36750, International Publication No. 2009/131189, etc. .
 ベンゾイン類としては、例えば、ベンゾイン、ベンゾインメチルエーテル、ベンゾインフェニルエーテル、ベンゾインイソブチルエーテル、ベンゾインイソプロピルエーテルが挙げられる。 Examples of benzoins include benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin phenyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, and benzoin isopropyl ether.
 ベンゾフェノン誘導体類としては、例えば、ベンゾフェノン、ミヒラーズケトン、2-メチルベンゾフェノン、3-メチルベンゾフェノン、4-メチルベンゾフェノン、2-クロロベンゾフェノン、4-ブロモベンゾフェノン、2-カルボキシベンゾフェノン、o-ベンゾイル安息香酸メチル、4-フェニルベンゾフェノン、4-ベンゾイル-4’-メチルジフェニルサルファイド、3,3’,4,4’-テトラ(tert-ブチルパ-オキシカルボニル)ベンゾフェノン、及び2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾフェノンが挙げられる。 Examples of benzophenone derivatives include benzophenone, Michler's ketone, 2-methylbenzophenone, 3-methylbenzophenone, 4-methylbenzophenone, 2-chlorobenzophenone, 4-bromobenzophenone, 2-carboxybenzophenone, methyl o-benzoylbenzoate, 4 -phenylbenzophenone, 4-benzoyl-4'-methyldiphenyl sulfide, 3,3',4,4'-tetra(tert-butylperoxycarbonyl)benzophenone, and 2,4,6-trimethylbenzophenone.
 アシルホスフィンオキサイド誘導体類としては、例えば、2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイルジフェニルホスフィンオキサイド、ビス-(2,6-ジメトキシベンゾイル)-2,4,4-トリメチルペンチルホスフィンオキサイド及びビス(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル)フェニルホスフィンオキサイド等が挙げられる。 Examples of acylphosphine oxide derivatives include 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide, bis-(2,6-dimethoxybenzoyl)-2,4,4-trimethylpentylphosphine oxide, and bis(2,4, Examples include 6-trimethylbenzoyl) phenylphosphine oxide.
 ヨ-ドニウム塩類としては、例えば、ジフェニルヨードニウム・テトラキス(ペンタフルオロフェニル)ボレート、ジフェニルヨードニウム・ヘキサフルオロホスフェ-ト、ジフェニルヨードニウム・ヘキサフルオロアンチモネート、ジ(4-ノニルフェニル)ヨードニウム・ヘキサフルオロホスフェートが挙げられる。 Examples of iodonium salts include diphenyliodonium tetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate, diphenyliodonium hexafluorophosphate, diphenyliodonium hexafluoroantimonate, and di(4-nonylphenyl)iodonium hexafluorophosphate. can be mentioned.
 スルホニウム塩類としては、例えば、トリフェニルスルホニウム・ヘキサフルオロホスフェート、トリフェニルスルホニウム・ヘキサフルオロアンチモネート、トリフェニルスルホニウム・テトラキス(ペンタフルオロフェニル)ボレート、ジフェニル〔4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル〕スルホニウム・ヘキサフルオロホスフェート、4,4’-ビス〔ジフェニルスルホニオ〕ジフェニルスルフィド・ビスヘキサフルオロホスフェート、4,4’-ビス〔ジ(β-ヒドロキシエトキシ)フェニルスルホニオ〕ジフェニルスルフィド・ビスヘキサフルオロアンチモネート、4,4’-ビス〔ジ(β-ヒドロキシエトキシ)フェニルスルホニオ〕ジフェニルスルフィド・ビスヘキサフルオロホスフェート、7-〔ジ(p-トルイル)スルホニオ〕-2-イソプロピルチオキサントン・ヘキサフルオロアンチモネート、7-〔ジ(p-トルイル)スルホニオ〕-2-イソプロピルチオキサントン・テトラキス(ペンタフルオロフェニル)ボレート、4-フェニルカルボニル-4’-ジフェニルスルホニオ-ジフェニルスルフィド・ヘキサフルオロホスフェート、4-(p-tert-ブチルフェニルカルボニル)-4’-ジフェニルスルホニオ-ジフェニルスルフィド・ヘキサフルオロアンチモネート、4-(p-tert-ブチルフェニルカルボニル)-4’-ジ(p-トルイル)スルホニオ-ジフェニルスルフィド・テトラキス(ペンタフルオロフェニル)ボレートが挙げられる。 Examples of the sulfonium salts include triphenylsulfonium hexafluorophosphate, triphenylsulfonium hexafluoroantimonate, triphenylsulfonium tetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate, and diphenyl[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]sulfonium hexafluorophosphate. , 4,4'-bis[diphenylsulfonio]diphenylsulfide bishexafluorophosphate, 4,4'-bis[di(β-hydroxyethoxy)phenylsulfonio]diphenylsulfide bishexafluoroantimonate, 4,4 '-Bis[di(β-hydroxyethoxy)phenylsulfonio]diphenylsulfide bishexafluorophosphate, 7-[di(p-tolyl)sulfonio]-2-isopropylthioxanthone hexafluoroantimonate, 7-[di( p-tolyl)sulfonio]-2-isopropylthioxanthone tetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate, 4-phenylcarbonyl-4'-diphenylsulfonio-diphenylsulfide hexafluorophosphate, 4-(p-tert-butylphenylcarbonyl) -4'-diphenylsulfonio-diphenylsulfide hexafluoroantimonate, 4-(p-tert-butylphenylcarbonyl)-4'-di(p-tolyl)sulfonio-diphenylsulfide tetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate Can be mentioned.
 アントラキノン誘導体類としては、例えば、2-メチルアントラキノン、2-エチルアントラキノン、2-t-ブチルアントラキノン、1-クロロアントラキノンが挙げられる。 Examples of anthraquinone derivatives include 2-methylanthraquinone, 2-ethylanthraquinone, 2-t-butylanthraquinone, and 1-chloroanthraquinone.
 アセトフェノン誘導体類としては、例えば、2,2-ジメトキシ-2-フェニルアセトフェノン、2,2-ジエトキシアセトフェノン、1-ヒドロキシシクロへキシルフェニルケトン、α-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルフェニルプロパノン、1-ヒドロキシ-1-メチルエチル-(p-イソプロピルフェニル)ケトン、1-ヒドロキシ-1-(p-ドデシルフェニル)ケトン、2-メチル-(4’-メチルチオフェニル)-2-モルホリノ-1-プロパノン、1,1,1-トリクロロメチル-(p-ブチルフェニル)ケトン等が挙げられる。 Examples of acetophenone derivatives include 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone, 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone, 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenylketone, α-hydroxy-2-methylphenylpropanone, 1-hydroxy -1-methylethyl-(p-isopropylphenyl)ketone, 1-hydroxy-1-(p-dodecylphenyl)ketone, 2-methyl-(4'-methylthiophenyl)-2-morpholino-1-propanone, 1, Examples include 1,1-trichloromethyl-(p-butylphenyl)ketone.
 チオキサントン誘導体類としては、例えば、チオキサントン、2-エチルチオキサントン、2-イソプロピルチオキサントン、2-クロロチオキサントン、2,4-ジメチルチオキサントン、2,4-ジエチルチオキサントン、2,4-ジイソプロピルチオキサントンが挙げられる。 Examples of thioxanthone derivatives include thioxanthone, 2-ethylthioxanthone, 2-isopropylthioxanthone, 2-chlorothioxanthone, 2,4-dimethylthioxanthone, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone, and 2,4-diisopropylthioxanthone.
 安息香酸エステル誘導体類としては、例えば、p-ジメチルアミノ安息香酸エチル、p-ジエチルアミノ安息香酸エチルが挙げられる。 Examples of benzoic acid ester derivatives include ethyl p-dimethylaminobenzoate and ethyl p-diethylaminobenzoate.
 アクリジン誘導体類としては、例えば、9-フェニルアクリジン、9-(p-メトキシフェニル)アクリジンが挙げられる。 Examples of acridine derivatives include 9-phenylacridine and 9-(p-methoxyphenyl)acridine.
 フェナジン誘導体類としては、例えば、9,10-ジメチルベンズフェナジンが挙げられる。 Examples of phenazine derivatives include 9,10-dimethylbenzphenazine.
 アンスロン誘導体類としては、例えば、ベンズアンスロンが挙げられる。 Examples of anthrone derivatives include benzanthrone.
 重合開始剤は、1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。 One type of polymerization initiator may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.
 重合開始剤として、市販品を用いることもできる。
 市販品としては、例えば、IRGACURE(登録商標。以下同様。) 250、IRGACURE 651、IRGACURE 184、DAROCURE 1173、IRGACURE 2959、IRGACURE 127、IRGACURE 907、IRGACURE 369、IRGACURE 379EG、LUCIRIN TPO、IRGACURE 819、IRGACURE 784、OXE-01、OXE-02(いずれも、BASF社製);セイクオール(登録商標)BZ、Z、及びBEE(精工化学株式会社製);カヤキュアー(kayacure)(登録商標)BP100、及びUVI-6992(ダウ・ケミカル株式会社製);アデカオプトマーSP-152、及びSP-170(株式会社ADEKA製);TAZ-A、及びTAZ-PP(日本シイベルヘグナー株式会社製);並びに、TAZ-104(株式会社三和ケミカル製);TRONLYTR-PBG-304、TRONLYTR-PBG-309、TRONLYTR-PBG-305、TRONLYTR-PBG-314(常州強力電子新材料有限公司社(CHANGZHOU TRONLY NEW ELECTRONIC MATERIALS CO.,LTD)製)が挙げられる。
A commercially available product can also be used as the polymerization initiator.
Commercially available products include, for example, IRGACURE (registered trademark) 250, IRGACURE 651, IRGACURE 184, DAROCURE 1173, IRGACURE 2959, IRGACURE 127, IRGACURE 907, IRGACURE 369, IRGACURE 379EG, LUCIRIN TPO, IRGACURE 819, IRGACURE 784 , OXE-01, OXE-02 (all manufactured by BASF); Sequal (registered trademark) BZ, Z, and BEE (manufactured by Seiko Chemical Co., Ltd.); kayacure (registered trademark) BP100, and UVI-6992 (manufactured by Dow Chemical Co., Ltd.); ADEKA Optomer SP-152, and SP-170 (manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.); TAZ-A, and TAZ-PP (manufactured by Nippon Siberhegner Co., Ltd.); TRONLYTR-PBG-304, TRONLYTR-PBG-309, TRONLYTR-PBG-305, TRONLYTR-PBG-314 (CHANGZHOU TRONLY NEW ELECTRONIC) MATERIALS CO.,LTD) (manufactured by).
 本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物が重合開始剤を含む場合、本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物における重合開始剤の含有量は、重合性液晶化合物の配向を乱し難いという観点から、重合性液晶化合物100質量部に対して、好ましくは0.1~30質量部であり、より好ましくは0.5~10質量部であり、さらに好ましくは0.5~8質量部である。 When the composition for forming an anisotropic pigment film of the present invention contains a polymerization initiator, the content of the polymerization initiator in the composition for forming an anisotropic pigment film of the present invention does not disturb the orientation of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. From the viewpoint of difficulty, the amount is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by weight, more preferably 0.5 to 10 parts by weight, and even more preferably 0.5 to 8 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. Department.
 また、必要に応じて重合開始剤に重合加速剤を併用してもよい。用いられる重合加速剤としては、例えば、N,N-ジメチルアミノ安息香酸エチルエステル等のN,N-ジアルキルアミノ安息香酸アルキルエステル類;2-メルカプトベンゾチアゾール、2-メルカプトベンゾオキサゾール、2-メルカプトベンゾイミダゾール等の複素環を有するメルカプト化合物;脂肪族多官能メルカプト化合物等のメルカプト化合物類が挙げられる。
 重合加速剤は、1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。
Moreover, a polymerization accelerator may be used in combination with the polymerization initiator, if necessary. Examples of the polymerization accelerator used include N,N-dialkylaminobenzoic acid alkyl esters such as N,N-dimethylaminobenzoic acid ethyl ester; 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-mercaptobenzoxazole, and 2-mercaptobenzoic acid. Examples include mercapto compounds having a heterocycle such as imidazole; and mercapto compounds such as aliphatic polyfunctional mercapto compounds.
One type of polymerization accelerator may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.
 また、必要に応じて感応感度を高める目的で、増感色素を併用してもよい。増感色素は、露光光源の波長に応じて、適切なものが用いられるが、例えば、特開平4-221958号公報、特開平4-219756号公報等に記載のキサンテン系色素;特開平3-239703号公報、特開平5-289335号公報等に記載の複素環を有するクマリン系色素;特開平3-239703号公報、特開平5-289335号公報等に記載の3-ケトクマリン系色素;特開平6-19240号公報等に記載のピロメテン系色素;特開昭47-2528号公報、特開昭54-155292号公報、特公昭45-37377号公報、特開昭48-84183号公報、特開昭52-112681号公報、特開昭58-15503号公報、特開昭60-88005号公報、特開昭59-56403号公報、特開平2-69号公報、特開昭57-168088号公報、特開平5-107761号公報、特開平5-210240号公報、特開平4-288818号公報等に記載のジアルキルアミノベンゼン骨格を有する色素が挙げられる。
 増感色素は、1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。
Furthermore, a sensitizing dye may be used in combination for the purpose of increasing the sensitivity, if necessary. Appropriate sensitizing dyes are used depending on the wavelength of the exposure light source, such as xanthene dyes described in JP-A-4-221958 and JP-A-4-219756; Coumarin dyes having a heterocycle as described in JP-A-239703, JP-A-5-289335, etc.; 3-ketocoumarin-based dyes as described in JP-A-3-239703, JP-A-5-289335, etc.; Pyrromethene dyes described in JP-A-47-2528, JP-A-54-155292, JP-A-45-37377, JP-A-48-84183, JP-A-48-84183; 112681/1981, 15503/1983, 88005/1980, 56403/1983, 69/1991, 168088/1987 , JP-A-5-107761, JP-A-5-210240, JP-A-4-288818, and the like.
The sensitizing dyes may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
<溶剤>
 本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物は、必要に応じて、溶剤を含有してもよい。
 本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物に使用しうる溶剤としては、重合性液晶化合物中に色素又はその他の添加剤を十分に分散又は溶解させ得るものであれば特に限定されない。
 溶剤としては、例えば、メタノール、エタノール、エチレングリコール、イソプロピルアルコール、プロピレングリコール、エチレングリコールメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル等のアルコール溶剤;酢酸エチル、酢酸ブチル、エチレングリコールメチルエーテルアセテート、γ-ブチロラクトン、プロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセテート、乳酸エチル等のエステル溶剤;アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、シクロペンタノン、シクロヘキサノン、2-ヘプタノン、メチルイソブチルケトン等のケトン溶剤;ペンタン、ヘキサン、ヘプタン等の脂肪族炭化水素溶剤;トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素溶剤;アセトニトリル等のニトリル溶剤;テトラヒドロフラン、ジメトキシエタン、エチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールジエチルエーテル等のエーテル溶剤;ペルフルオロベンゼン、ペルフルオロトルエン、ペルフルオロデカリン、ペルフルオロメチルシクロヘキサン、ヘキサフルオロ-2-プロパノール等のフッ素含有溶剤;及び、クロロホルム、ジクロロメタン、クロロベンゼン、ジクロロベンゼン等の塩素含有溶剤;が挙げられる。
 これら溶剤は、一種類のみを用いてもよく、二種類以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
<Solvent>
The composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention may contain a solvent, if necessary.
The solvent that can be used in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it can sufficiently disperse or dissolve the dye or other additives in the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
Examples of the solvent include alcohol solvents such as methanol, ethanol, ethylene glycol, isopropyl alcohol, propylene glycol, ethylene glycol methyl ether, ethylene glycol butyl ether, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether; ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethylene glycol methyl ether acetate, and γ. - Ester solvents such as butyrolactone, propylene glycol methyl ether acetate, ethyl lactate; ketone solvents such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, methyl isobutyl ketone; aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as pentane, hexane, heptane, etc. ; Aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and xylene; Nitrile solvents such as acetonitrile; Ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran, dimethoxyethane, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and ethylene glycol diethyl ether; Perfluorobenzene, perfluorotoluene, perfluorodecalin, perfluoromethylcyclohexane, hexa Examples include fluorine-containing solvents such as fluoro-2-propanol; and chlorine-containing solvents such as chloroform, dichloromethane, chlorobenzene, and dichlorobenzene.
These solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 溶剤は、重合性液晶化合物及び色素を溶解し得る溶剤であることが好ましく、重合性液晶化合物及び色素が完全に溶解する溶剤であることがさらに好ましい。溶剤は、重合性液晶化合物の重合反応に不活性な溶剤であることが好ましい。溶剤は、後述する本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物を塗布する観点から、沸点が50~200℃の範囲である溶剤が好ましい。 The solvent is preferably a solvent that can dissolve the polymerizable liquid crystal compound and the dye, and more preferably a solvent that can completely dissolve the polymerizable liquid crystal compound and the dye. The solvent is preferably a solvent inert to the polymerization reaction of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. The solvent is preferably a solvent having a boiling point in the range of 50 to 200° C. from the viewpoint of coating the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention, which will be described later.
 本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物が溶剤を含む場合において、異方性色素膜形成用組成物において溶剤が占める含有割合は、本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物の総量(100質量%)に対して、50質量%以上98質量%以下が好ましい。換言すると、本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物における固形分は、2質量%以上50質量%以下が好ましい。
 異方性色素膜形成用組成物における固形分含有量が前記上限値以下であれば、異方性色素膜形成用組成物の粘度が高くなりすぎず、得られる偏光膜の厚みが均一になり、偏光膜にムラが生じにくくなる傾向がある。また、前記下限値以上であれば、適切な厚みの偏光膜を得ることが容易となる傾向がある。
 かかる固形分含有量は、製造しようとする偏光膜の厚さを考慮して定めることができる。
When the composition for forming an anisotropic pigment film of the present invention contains a solvent, the content ratio of the solvent in the composition for forming an anisotropic pigment film of the present invention is the total amount of the composition for forming an anisotropic pigment film of the present invention. (100% by mass), preferably 50% by mass or more and 98% by mass or less. In other words, the solid content in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention is preferably 2% by mass or more and 50% by mass or less.
If the solid content in the composition for forming an anisotropic pigment film is below the above-mentioned upper limit, the viscosity of the composition for forming an anisotropic pigment film will not become too high, and the thickness of the polarizing film obtained will be uniform. , the polarizing film tends to be less likely to have unevenness. Moreover, if it is more than the said lower limit, it tends to become easy to obtain a polarizing film with an appropriate thickness.
Such solid content can be determined in consideration of the thickness of the polarizing film to be manufactured.
 本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物の粘度は、後述の塗布方法により、厚みムラのない均一な膜を作製することができれば、特に限定されない。大面積での厚み均一性、塗布速度などの生産性、光学特性の面内均一性を得る観点からは、本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物の粘度は、0.1mPa・s以上が好ましく、500mPa・s以下が好ましく、100mPa・s以下がより好ましく、50mPa・s以下がさらに好ましい。 The viscosity of the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as a uniform film without uneven thickness can be produced by the coating method described below. From the viewpoint of achieving thickness uniformity over a large area, productivity such as coating speed, and in-plane uniformity of optical properties, the viscosity of the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention is 0.1 mPa·s or more. is preferable, 500 mPa·s or less is preferable, 100 mPa·s or less is more preferable, and even more preferably 50 mPa·s or less.
<その他の添加剤>
 本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物は、さらに必要に応じて、色素及び重合性液晶化合物以外の成分として、前述の重合開始剤等の他に、重合禁止剤、重合助剤、重合性非液晶化合物、界面活性剤、レベリング剤、カップリング剤、pH調整剤、分散剤、酸化防止剤、有機・無機フィラー、有機・無機ナノシート、有機・無機ナノファイバー、金属酸化物等のその他の添加剤を含有してもよい。これらの添加剤を含有することにより、本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物の塗布性や安定性等を向上させたり、本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物から形成される異方性色素膜の安定性を向上させたりし得る場合がある。
<Other additives>
The composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention may further include, as necessary, components other than the dye and the polymerizable liquid crystal compound, such as a polymerization inhibitor, a polymerization aid, and a polymerization initiator in addition to the above-mentioned polymerization initiator. Non-liquid crystal compounds, surfactants, leveling agents, coupling agents, pH adjusters, dispersants, antioxidants, organic/inorganic fillers, organic/inorganic nanosheets, organic/inorganic nanofibers, metal oxides, etc. It may also contain additives. By containing these additives, the coating properties, stability, etc. of the composition for forming an anisotropic pigment film of the present invention can be improved, and the composition for forming an anisotropic pigment film of the present invention can be formed from the composition for forming an anisotropic pigment film. In some cases, the stability of the anisotropic dye film can be improved.
<異方性色素膜形成用組成物の製造方法>
 本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物を製造する方法は特に限定されない。例えば、色素、重合性液晶化合物、必要に応じて溶剤、その他の添加剤等を混合し、0~80℃で撹拌、振盪して色素を溶解する。難溶性の場合は、ホモジナイザー、ビーズミル分散機等を用いてもよい。
<Method for producing composition for forming anisotropic pigment film>
The method for producing the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention is not particularly limited. For example, a dye, a polymerizable liquid crystal compound, and if necessary a solvent and other additives are mixed, and the mixture is stirred and shaken at 0 to 80° C. to dissolve the dye. If it is poorly soluble, a homogenizer, bead mill disperser, etc. may be used.
 本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物を製造する方法として、組成物中の異物等を除去する目的で、濾過工程を有していてもよい。 The method for producing the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention may include a filtration step for the purpose of removing foreign substances in the composition.
 本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物は、異方性色素膜形成用組成物から溶剤の除いた組成物が、任意の温度で液晶であってもなくてもよいが、任意の温度で液晶性を示すことが好ましい。本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物から溶剤を除いた組成物は、下記に記載の塗工プロセスの観点からその等方相出現温度が、160℃未満であることが好ましく、140℃未満がより好ましく、115℃未満がさらに好ましく、110℃未満がよりさらに好ましく、105℃未満が特に好ましい。 In the composition for forming an anisotropic pigment film of the present invention, the composition obtained by removing the solvent from the composition for forming an anisotropic pigment film may or may not be a liquid crystal at any temperature; It is preferable that the material exhibits liquid crystallinity. The composition obtained by removing the solvent from the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention preferably has an isotropic phase appearance temperature of less than 160°C, preferably 140°C, from the viewpoint of the coating process described below. It is more preferably less than 115°C, even more preferably less than 110°C, and particularly preferably less than 105°C.
[異方性色素膜]
 本発明の異方性色素膜は、本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物を用いて形成される。したがって、本発明の異方性色素膜は、色素と、重合性液晶化合物及び重合性液晶化合物に基づく構成単位を有する重合物の一方又は両方とを含み、色素は、本発明の化合物を含む。
[Anisotropic pigment film]
The anisotropic dye film of the present invention is formed using the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention. Therefore, the anisotropic dye film of the present invention includes a dye and one or both of a polymerizable liquid crystal compound and a polymer having a structural unit based on the polymerizable liquid crystal compound, and the dye includes the compound of the present invention.
 本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物を用いて形成される本発明の異方性色素膜は、好ましくは重合性液晶化合物及び重合性液晶化合物に基づく構成単位を有する重合物の合計質量濃度が、本発明の化合物の質量濃度の1倍以上、より好ましくは1.5倍以上、さらに好ましくは2倍以上、特に好ましくは3倍以上、また、好ましくは1000倍以下、より好ましくは700倍以下、さらに好ましくは500倍以下となるように含むものである。 The anisotropic dye film of the present invention formed using the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention preferably has a total mass of a polymerizable liquid crystal compound and a polymer having structural units based on the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. The concentration is 1 times or more, more preferably 1.5 times or more, even more preferably 2 times or more, particularly preferably 3 times or more, and preferably 1000 times or less, more preferably 700 times or more, the mass concentration of the compound of the present invention. It is contained in an amount not more than 500 times, more preferably not more than 500 times.
 本発明の異方性色素膜は、その他の成分として、必要に応じて非重合性液晶化合物、重合開始剤、重合禁止剤、重合助剤、重合性非液晶化合物、非重合性非液晶化合物、界面活性剤、レベリング剤、カップリング剤、pH調整剤、分散剤、酸化防止剤、有機・無機フィラー、有機・無機ナノシート、有機・無機ナノファイバー、金属酸化物等を含んでもよい。 The anisotropic dye film of the present invention may optionally contain a non-polymerizable liquid crystal compound, a polymerization initiator, a polymerization inhibitor, a polymerization aid, a polymerizable non-liquid crystal compound, a non-polymerizable non-liquid crystal compound, It may also contain surfactants, leveling agents, coupling agents, pH adjusters, dispersants, antioxidants, organic/inorganic fillers, organic/inorganic nanosheets, organic/inorganic nanofibers, metal oxides, and the like.
 本発明の異方性色素膜は、光吸収の異方性を利用して、直線偏光、円偏光、楕円偏光等を得る偏光膜として機能しうる他、膜形成プロセスと基板や有機化合物(色素や透明材料)を含有する組成物の選択により、屈折異方性や伝導異方性等の各種異方性色素膜として機能化が可能である。 The anisotropic dye film of the present invention can function as a polarizing film that obtains linearly polarized light, circularly polarized light, elliptically polarized light, etc. by utilizing the anisotropy of light absorption. By selecting a composition containing (or transparent material), it is possible to functionalize it as a dye film with various anisotropies such as refractive anisotropy and conduction anisotropy.
 本発明の異方性色素膜を液晶ディスプレイ用や、OLED用反射防止膜の偏光素子として使う場合は、異方性色素膜の配向特性は二色比を用いて表すことができる。異方性色素膜の二色比は8以上あれば偏光素子として機能するが、15以上が好ましく、20以上がより好ましく、25以上がさらに好ましく、30以上が特に好ましく、40以上がとりわけ好ましい。二色比は高いほど好ましい。二色比が前記下限値以上であることで、後述する光学素子、特に偏光素子として有用である。さらに、波長350nm~800nmの広い領域で偏光性能を発現させる観点からは、波長450nmにおける二色比も8以上あれば偏光素子として機能するが、この二色比も12以上が好ましく、15以上がより好ましく、20以上がさらに好ましい。 When the anisotropic dye film of the present invention is used as a polarizing element for a liquid crystal display or an antireflection film for an OLED, the orientation characteristics of the anisotropic dye film can be expressed using a dichroic ratio. If the dichroic ratio of the anisotropic dye film is 8 or more, it functions as a polarizing element, but it is preferably 15 or more, more preferably 20 or more, even more preferably 25 or more, particularly preferably 30 or more, and particularly preferably 40 or more. The higher the dichroic ratio, the better. When the dichroic ratio is equal to or higher than the lower limit, it is useful as an optical element, particularly a polarizing element, which will be described later. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of exhibiting polarizing performance in a wide range of wavelengths from 350 nm to 800 nm, if the dichroic ratio at a wavelength of 450 nm is 8 or more, it will function as a polarizing element, but this dichroic ratio is also preferably 12 or more, and 15 or more. More preferably, 20 or more is even more preferable.
 OLED用反射防止膜の偏光素子として用いる場合、位相差膜等の周辺材料の性能が低くても、偏光素子の性能が高ければ、反射防止膜としての特性は向上する。そのため、偏光素子の性能が高ければ、層構成を簡素化させやすく、薄膜構成でも十分な機能を発現しやすくなり、折る、曲げる、を含む変形させて使用する用途にも好適に使用できる。また、コストも低く抑えることが可能となる。 When used as a polarizing element in an anti-reflection film for OLED, even if the performance of peripheral materials such as a retardation film is low, if the performance of the polarizing element is high, the properties as an anti-reflection film will improve. Therefore, if the performance of the polarizing element is high, it will be easier to simplify the layer structure, it will be easier to exhibit sufficient functionality even with a thin film structure, and it will be suitable for use in applications where it is deformed, including folding and bending. Furthermore, costs can also be kept low.
 本発明で言う二色比(D)は、色素が一様に配向している場合、以下の式で表される。
 D=Az/Ay
 ここで、Azは異方性色素膜に入射した光の偏光方向が異方性色素の配向方向に平行な場合に観測される吸光度である。Ayは異方性色素膜に入射した光の偏光方向が垂直な場合に観測される吸光度である。
The dichroic ratio (D) referred to in the present invention is expressed by the following formula when the dye is uniformly oriented.
D=Az/Ay
Here, Az is the absorbance observed when the polarization direction of light incident on the anisotropic dye film is parallel to the orientation direction of the anisotropic dye. Ay is the absorbance observed when the polarization direction of the light incident on the anisotropic dye film is perpendicular.
 それぞれの吸光度(Az、Ay)は同じ波長のものを用いれば特に制限はなく、目的によっていずれの波長を選択してもよい。異方性色素膜の配向の度合を表す場合は、異方性色素膜の350nm~800nmの特定波長域に視感度で補正した値や、可視域の極大吸収波長における値を用いることが好ましい。 There is no particular restriction on the respective absorbances (Az, Ay) as long as they have the same wavelength, and any wavelength may be selected depending on the purpose. When expressing the degree of orientation of the anisotropic dye film, it is preferable to use a value corrected by visibility in a specific wavelength range of 350 nm to 800 nm of the anisotropic dye film, or a value at the maximum absorption wavelength in the visible range.
 また、本発明の異方性色素膜の透過率は、使用する目的の波長において、好ましくは25%以上であり、35%以上がさらに好ましく、40%以上が特に好ましい。本発明の異方性色素膜を可視光波長域全体において異方性を有する色素膜として用いる場合には、異方性色素膜の可視光波長域における透過率は、好ましくは25%以上であり、35%以上がさらに好ましく、40%以上が特に好ましい。本発明の異方性色素膜の透過率は用途に応じた上限であればよい。例えば、偏光度を高くする場合には、透過率は50%以下であることが好ましい。透過率が上記範囲であることで、後述する光学素子として有用であり、特にカラー表示に用いる液晶ディスプレイ用や、異方性色素膜と位相差膜とを組み合わせた反射防止膜用の光学素子として有用である。 Furthermore, the transmittance of the anisotropic dye film of the present invention is preferably 25% or more, more preferably 35% or more, and particularly preferably 40% or more at the intended wavelength of use. When the anisotropic dye film of the present invention is used as a dye film having anisotropy in the entire visible light wavelength range, the transmittance of the anisotropic dye film in the visible light wavelength range is preferably 25% or more. , more preferably 35% or more, particularly preferably 40% or more. The transmittance of the anisotropic dye film of the present invention may be at an upper limit depending on the application. For example, when increasing the degree of polarization, the transmittance is preferably 50% or less. Since the transmittance is within the above range, it is useful as an optical element, which will be described later, and especially as an optical element for liquid crystal displays used for color display, and for antireflection films that combine an anisotropic dye film and a retardation film. Useful.
 異方性色素膜の膜厚は、乾燥膜厚として、好ましくは10nm以上、より好ましくは100nm以上、さらに好ましくは500nm以上であり、好ましくは30μm以下、より好ましくは10μm以下、さらに好ましくは5μm以下、とりわけ好ましくは3μm以下である。異方性色素膜の膜厚が上記範囲にあることで、膜内で色素の均一な配向及び均一な膜厚を得られる傾向にある。 The dry film thickness of the anisotropic dye film is preferably 10 nm or more, more preferably 100 nm or more, even more preferably 500 nm or more, and preferably 30 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or less, and still more preferably 5 μm or less. , particularly preferably 3 μm or less. When the thickness of the anisotropic dye film is within the above range, uniform orientation of the dye and uniform film thickness tend to be obtained within the film.
[異方性色素膜の製造方法]
 本発明の異方性色素膜は、本発明の異方性色素膜形成用組成物を用いて、湿式成膜法により作製することが好ましい。
 本発明で言う湿式成膜法とは、異方性色素膜形成用組成物を基板上に何らかの手法により塗布、配向させる方法である。そのため、異方性色素膜形成用組成物は流動性を持てばよく、溶剤を含んでいても、含んでいなくてもよい。塗布する際の粘度や膜均一性の観点から、溶剤を含んでいることがより好ましい。
[Method for producing anisotropic dye film]
The anisotropic dye film of the present invention is preferably produced by a wet film forming method using the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film of the present invention.
The wet film forming method referred to in the present invention is a method of applying and orienting an anisotropic dye film-forming composition onto a substrate by some method. Therefore, the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film only needs to have fluidity and may or may not contain a solvent. From the viewpoint of viscosity and film uniformity during coating, it is more preferable that a solvent is included.
 異方性色素膜中の液晶や色素の配向は、塗布過程で剪断などにより配向してもよいし、溶剤が乾燥する過程で配向してもよい。また、塗布、乾燥後に加熱し、液晶や色素等を再配向させるプロセスを経て、液晶や色素等を基板上で配向、積層させてもよい。湿式成膜法では、異方性色素膜形成用組成物を基板上に付与すると、すでに異方性色素膜形成用組成物中で、又は溶剤が乾燥する過程で、又は溶剤が完全に除去された後で、色素や液晶化合物が自己会合(液晶状態等の分子会合状態)を取ることにより微小面積での配向が起こる。この状態に外場を与えることにより、マクロな領域で一定方向に配向させ、所望の性能を有する異方性色素膜を得ることができる。この点で、ポリビニルアルコール(PVA)フィルム等を、色素を含む溶液で染色して延伸し、延伸工程だけで色素を配向させることを原理とする方法とは異なる。ここで外場とは、あらかじめ基板上に施された配向処理層の影響、せん断力、磁場、電場、熱等が挙げられ、これらを単独で用いてもよく、複数組み合わせて用いてもよい。必要があれば、加熱工程を経てもよい。 The liquid crystals and dyes in the anisotropic dye film may be oriented by shearing during the coating process, or may be oriented during the drying process of the solvent. Alternatively, the liquid crystal, dye, etc. may be aligned and laminated on the substrate through a process of heating after coating and drying to realign the liquid crystal, dye, etc. In the wet film forming method, when the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film is applied onto the substrate, the composition is already in the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film, or in the process of drying the solvent, or the solvent is completely removed. After that, the dye or liquid crystal compound self-associates (in a state of molecular association such as a liquid crystal state), thereby causing alignment in a minute area. By applying an external field to this state, it is possible to align the dye in a certain direction in a macroscopic region and obtain an anisotropic dye film having desired performance. In this respect, it differs from a method based on the principle of dyeing a polyvinyl alcohol (PVA) film or the like with a solution containing a dye and stretching it, and orienting the dye only in the stretching process. Here, the external field includes the influence of an alignment layer applied in advance on the substrate, shear force, magnetic field, electric field, heat, etc., and these may be used alone or in combination. If necessary, a heating step may be performed.
 異方性色素膜形成用組成物を基板上に付与し成膜する過程、外場を与えて配向させる過程、溶剤を乾燥させる過程は、逐次行ってもよいし、同時に行ってもよい。 The process of applying the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film on a substrate to form a film, the process of applying an external field to orient it, and the process of drying the solvent may be performed sequentially or simultaneously.
 湿式成膜法における異方性色素膜形成用組成物の基板上へ付与する方法としては、例えば、塗布法、ディップコート法、LB膜形成法、公知の印刷法等が挙げられる。また、このようにして得た異方性色素膜を別の基板に転写する方法もある。 Examples of the method for applying the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film onto the substrate in the wet film forming method include a coating method, a dip coating method, an LB film forming method, and a known printing method. There is also a method of transferring the anisotropic dye film thus obtained to another substrate.
 これらのなかでも、塗布法を用いて異方性色素膜形成用組成物を基板上に付与することが好ましい。
 異方性色素膜の配向方向は塗布方向と異なっていてもよい。本発明において異方性色素膜の配向方向とは、例えば、偏光膜であれば、偏光の透過軸(偏光軸)又は吸収軸のことであり、位相差膜であれば、進相軸又は遅相軸のことである。
Among these, it is preferable to apply the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film onto the substrate using a coating method.
The orientation direction of the anisotropic dye film may be different from the coating direction. In the present invention, the orientation direction of an anisotropic dye film refers to the transmission axis (polarization axis) or absorption axis of polarized light in the case of a polarizing film, and the fast axis or slow axis in the case of a retardation film. It refers to the phase axis.
 異方性色素膜形成用組成物を塗布し、異方性色素膜を得る方法としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、原崎勇次著「コーティング工学」(株式会社朝倉書店、1971年3月20日発行)の253~277ページに記載の方法、市村國宏監修「分子協調材料の創製と応用」(株式会社シーエムシー出版、1998年3月3日発行)の118~149ページに記載の方法、段差構造を有する基板(予め配向処理を施してもよい)上にスロットダイコート法、スピンコート法、スプレーコート法、バーコート法、ロールコート法、ブレードコート法、カーテンコート法、ファウンテン法、ディップ法等で塗布する方法が挙げられる。なかでも、スロットダイコート法やバーコート法を採用すると、均一性の高い異方性色素膜が得られるため好適である。 The method of applying an anisotropic pigment film-forming composition to obtain an anisotropic pigment film is not particularly limited, but for example, the method described in "Coating Engineering" by Yuji Harasaki (Asakura Shoten Co., Ltd., March 20, 1971) The method described on pages 253-277 of ``Creation and Application of Molecular Cooperative Materials'' (CMC Publishing Co., Ltd., published March 3, 1998) supervised by Kunihiro Ichimura, Slot die coating method, spin coating method, spray coating method, bar coating method, roll coating method, blade coating method, curtain coating method, fountain method, dip method on a substrate having a step structure (orientation treatment may be performed in advance) An example of this method is to apply it using a method such as Among these, it is preferable to employ the slot die coating method or the bar coating method because a highly uniform anisotropic dye film can be obtained.
 スロットダイコート法に用いるダイコーターは、一般的に塗布液を吐出する塗布機、いわゆるスリットダイを備えている。スリットダイは、例えば、特開平2-164480号公報、特開平6-154687号公報、特開平9-131559号公報、「分散・塗布・乾燥の基礎と応用」(2014年、株式会社テクノシステ、ISBN9784924728707 C 305)、「ディスプレイ・光学部材における湿式コーティング技術」(2007年、情報機構、ISBN9784901677752)、「エレクトロニクス分野における精密塗布・乾燥技術」(2007年、技術情報協会、ISBN9784861041389)に開示されている。これら公知のスリットダイは、フィルムやテープなどの可撓性を有した部材やガラス基板のような硬い部材であっても塗布が実施できる。 The die coater used in the slot die coating method is generally equipped with a coating machine that discharges a coating liquid, a so-called slit die. Slit dies are described, for example, in JP-A-2-164480, JP-A-6-154687, JP-A-9-131559, "Basics and Applications of Dispersion, Coating, and Drying" (2014, Technosyste Co., Ltd., ISBN 9784924728707 C 305), "Wet coating technology for displays and optical components" (2007, Information Technology Corporation, ISBN 9784901677752), and "Precision coating and drying technology in the electronics field" (2007, Technical Information Association, ISBN 9784861041389). . These known slit dies can coat even flexible members such as films and tapes, and hard members such as glass substrates.
 本発明の異方性色素膜形成に使用される基板として、例えば、ガラスや、トリアセテート、アクリル、ポリエステル、ポリイミド、ポリエーテルイミド、ポリエーテルエーテルケトン、ポリカーボネート、シクロオレフィンポリマー、ポリオレフィン、ポリ塩化ビニル、トリアセチルセルロース又はウレタン系のフィルムが挙げられる。 Examples of the substrate used for forming the anisotropic dye film of the present invention include glass, triacetate, acrylic, polyester, polyimide, polyetherimide, polyetheretherketone, polycarbonate, cycloolefin polymer, polyolefin, polyvinyl chloride, Examples include triacetylcellulose or urethane-based films.
 基板表面には、色素の配向方向を制御するために、「液晶便覧」(丸善株式会社、平成12年10月30日発行)の226~239ページ等に記載の公知の方法(ラビング法、配向膜表面上にグルーブ(微細な溝構造)を形成する方法、偏光紫外光・偏光レーザーを用いる方法(光配向法)、LB膜形成による配向方法、無機物の斜め蒸着による配向方法等)により、配向処理(配向膜)を施していてもよい。特に、ラビング法、光配向法による配向処理を好ましく挙げることができる。ラビング法に用いる材料としては、例えば、ポリビニルアルコール(PVA)、ポリイミド(PI)、エポキシ樹脂、アクリル樹脂が挙げられる。光配向法に用いる材料としては、例えば、ポリシンナメート系、ポリアミック酸・ポリイミド系、アゾベンゼン系が挙げられる。配向処理層を設けた場合、配向処理層の配向処理の影響と、塗布時に異方性色素膜形成用組成物にかかるせん断力によって、液晶化合物や色素が配向すると考えられる。 In order to control the orientation direction of the dye, the surface of the substrate is coated with a known method (rubbing method, orientation Orientation can be achieved by methods such as forming grooves (fine groove structures) on the film surface, using polarized ultraviolet light/polarized laser (photoalignment method), orientation method using LB film formation, orientation method using oblique vapor deposition of inorganic materials, etc. A treatment (alignment film) may be applied. Particularly preferred are alignment treatments using a rubbing method and a photoalignment method. Examples of materials used in the rubbing method include polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), polyimide (PI), epoxy resin, and acrylic resin. Examples of materials used in the photo-alignment method include polycinnamate-based materials, polyamic acid/polyimide-based materials, and azobenzene-based materials. When an alignment layer is provided, it is thought that the liquid crystal compound and the dye are oriented due to the influence of the alignment treatment of the alignment layer and the shear force applied to the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film during coating.
 異方性色素膜形成用組成物を塗布する際の、異方性色素膜形成用組成物の供給方法、供給間隔は特に限定されない。塗布液の供給操作が繁雑になったり、塗布液の開始時と停止時に塗布膜厚の変動を生じたりする場合があるため、異方性色素膜の膜厚が薄い時には、連続的に異方性色素膜形成用組成物を供給しながら塗布することが望ましい。 When applying the composition for forming an anisotropic pigment film, the method and interval for supplying the composition for forming an anisotropic pigment film are not particularly limited. If the anisotropic dye film is thin, the anisotropic dye film may be continuously anisotropic. It is desirable to apply the pigmented film-forming composition while supplying it.
 異方性色素膜形成用組成物を塗布する速度は、好ましくは0.001m/分以上であり、より好ましくは0.01m/分以上であり、さらに好ましくは0.1m/分以上であり、よりさらに好ましくは1.0m/分以上であり、特に好ましくは5.0m/分以上である。また、好ましくは400m/分以下であり、より好ましくは200m/分以下であり、さらに好ましくは100m/分以下であり、よりさらに好ましくは50m/分以下である。塗布速度が上記範囲であることで、異方性色素膜の異方性が得られ、均一に塗布できる傾向にある。 The speed at which the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film is applied is preferably 0.001 m/min or more, more preferably 0.01 m/min or more, and still more preferably 0.1 m/min or more, Even more preferably it is 1.0 m/min or more, particularly preferably 5.0 m/min or more. Further, the speed is preferably 400 m/min or less, more preferably 200 m/min or less, even more preferably 100 m/min or less, even more preferably 50 m/min or less. When the coating speed is within the above range, the anisotropic dye film tends to have anisotropy and can be coated uniformly.
 異方性色素膜形成用組成物の塗布温度は、好ましくは0℃以上100℃以下、より好ましくは80℃以下、さらに好ましくは60℃以下である。
 異方性色素膜形成用組成物の塗布時の湿度は、好ましくは10%RH以上であり、好ましくは80%RH以下である。
The coating temperature of the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film is preferably 0°C or higher and 100°C or lower, more preferably 80°C or lower, and still more preferably 60°C or lower.
The humidity during application of the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film is preferably 10% RH or more, and preferably 80% RH or less.
 異方性色素膜には、不溶化処理を行ってもよい。不溶化とは、異方性色素膜中の化合物の溶解性を低下させることにより、化合物の異方性色素膜からの溶出を制御し、膜の安定性を高める処理を意味する。
 具体的には、膜の重合やオーバーコートなどが、後工程の容易さ、異方性色素膜の耐久性等の点から好ましい。
The anisotropic dye film may be subjected to insolubilization treatment. Insolubilization refers to a treatment that controls the elution of a compound from an anisotropic dye film and increases the stability of the film by reducing the solubility of the compound in the anisotropic dye film.
Specifically, film polymerization, overcoating, etc. are preferable from the viewpoints of ease of post-processing, durability of the anisotropic dye film, and the like.
 膜の重合を行う場合、液晶化合物と色素が配向した膜に対して、光、熱、及び/又は放射線を用いて重合を行う。 When polymerizing a film, the film in which the liquid crystal compound and the dye are oriented is polymerized using light, heat, and/or radiation.
 光又は放射線を用いて重合を行う場合、波長が190~450nmの範囲にある活性エネルギー線を照射することが好ましい。
 波長190~450nmの活性エネルギー線の光源は、特に限定されるものではないが、例えば、キセノンランプ、ハロゲンランプ、タングステンランプ、高圧水銀灯、超高圧水銀灯、メタルハライドランプ、中圧水銀灯、低圧水銀灯、カーボンアーク、蛍光ランプ等のランプ光源;アルゴンイオンレーザー、YAGレーザー、エキシマレーザー、窒素レーザー、ヘリウムカドミニウムレーザー、半導体レーザー等のレーザー光源が挙げられる。特定の波長の光を照射して使用する場合には、光学フィルターを利用することもできる。活性エネルギー線の露光量は、10~10,000J/mが好ましい。
When polymerization is carried out using light or radiation, it is preferable to irradiate with active energy rays having a wavelength in the range of 190 to 450 nm.
The light source of active energy rays with a wavelength of 190 to 450 nm is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, a xenon lamp, a halogen lamp, a tungsten lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, an ultra-high-pressure mercury lamp, a metal halide lamp, a medium-pressure mercury lamp, a low-pressure mercury lamp, and a carbon lamp. Examples include lamp light sources such as arc and fluorescent lamps; laser light sources such as argon ion lasers, YAG lasers, excimer lasers, nitrogen lasers, helium cadmium lasers, and semiconductor lasers. When using irradiation with light of a specific wavelength, an optical filter can also be used. The exposure amount of active energy rays is preferably 10 to 10,000 J/m 2 .
 熱を用いて重合を行う場合は、50~200℃の範囲で行うことが好ましく、60~150℃の範囲で行うことがさらに好ましい。
 光、熱、及び/又は放射線を用いて重合を行ってもよいが、光重合を用いる、又は、光重合と熱重合を併用するのが膜形成プロセスの時間が短く、装置も簡易であることから好ましい。
When polymerization is carried out using heat, it is preferably carried out at a temperature in the range of 50 to 200°C, more preferably in the range of 60 to 150°C.
Although polymerization may be carried out using light, heat, and/or radiation, it is preferable to use photopolymerization or a combination of photopolymerization and thermal polymerization because the film forming process takes less time and the equipment is simpler. preferred.
[光学素子]
 本発明の光学素子は、本発明の異方性色素膜を含む。
[Optical element]
The optical element of the present invention includes the anisotropic dye film of the present invention.
 本発明における光学素子は、光吸収の異方性を利用して、直線偏光、円偏光、楕円偏光等を得る偏光素子、位相差素子、屈折異方性や伝導異方性等の機能を有する素子を表す。これらの機能は、異方性色素膜形成プロセスと、基板や有機化合物(色素や透明材料)を含有する組成物の選択により、適宜調整することができる。 The optical element in the present invention has functions such as a polarizing element, a retardation element, and a refractive anisotropy and conduction anisotropy that obtain linearly polarized light, circularly polarized light, elliptically polarized light, etc. by utilizing the anisotropy of light absorption. Represents an element. These functions can be adjusted as appropriate by the anisotropic dye film forming process and the selection of the composition containing the substrate and organic compound (dye and transparent material).
 本発明の光学素子は、偏光素子として用いることが好ましい。
 本発明の光学素子は、基板上に塗布等により異方性色素膜を形成することで偏光素子を得ることができるという点から、フレキシブルディスプレイ等の用途にも好適に使用することができる。
The optical element of the present invention is preferably used as a polarizing element.
The optical element of the present invention can be suitably used for applications such as flexible displays, since a polarizing element can be obtained by forming an anisotropic dye film on a substrate by coating or the like.
 光学素子は、異方性色素膜の機能を維持、向上させるために、他の層が設けられていてもよい。他の層としては、例えば、耐光性、耐熱性、耐水性等の耐久性を向上させるために用いる、特定の波長を遮断する機能を有する層や特定の物質を遮断する機能を有する層(酸素遮断フィルム、水蒸気遮断フィルムなどのバリアフィルム等);色域を変更したり、光学特性を向上させたりするために用いる、波長カットフィルターや特定の波長を吸収する材料を含有する層;が挙げられる。 The optical element may be provided with other layers in order to maintain and improve the function of the anisotropic dye film. Other layers include, for example, layers that have the function of blocking specific wavelengths and layers that have the function of blocking specific substances (oxygen (barrier films such as barrier films, water vapor blocking films, etc.); wavelength cut filters used to change the color gamut or improve optical properties; and layers containing materials that absorb specific wavelengths. .
[偏光素子]
 本発明の異方性色素膜を用いて偏光素子(以下、「本発明の偏光素子」と称す場合がある。)を製造することができる。
 本発明の偏光素子は、本発明の異方性色素膜を有するものであれば他の如何なる膜(層)を有するものであってもよい。例えば、基板上に配向膜を設け、配向膜の表面に、本発明の異方性色素膜を形成することにより製造することができる。
[Polarizing element]
A polarizing element (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "polarizing element of the present invention") can be manufactured using the anisotropic dye film of the present invention.
The polarizing element of the present invention may have any other film (layer) as long as it has the anisotropic dye film of the present invention. For example, it can be manufactured by providing an alignment film on a substrate and forming the anisotropic dye film of the present invention on the surface of the alignment film.
 偏光素子は異方性色素膜だけに限らず、偏光性能を向上させる、機械的強度を向上させる等の機能を有するオーバーコート層;粘着層又は反射防止層;配向膜;位相差フィルムとしての機能、輝度向上フィルムとしての機能、反射又は反射防止フィルムとしての機能、半透過反射フィルムとしての機能、拡散フィルムとしての機能などの光学機能を有する層;等、と組み合わせて使用してもよい。具体的には、前述の様々な機能を有する層を塗布や貼合等により積層形成し、積層体として使用してもよい。 Polarizing elements are not limited to anisotropic dye films, but also function as overcoat layers that improve polarization performance and mechanical strength; adhesive layers or antireflection layers; alignment films; and retardation films. , a layer having an optical function such as a function as a brightness-enhancing film, a function as a reflection or anti-reflection film, a function as a transflective film, a function as a diffusion film; etc. Specifically, layers having the various functions described above may be laminated by coating, laminating, etc., and used as a laminate.
 これらの層は、製造プロセス、特性及び機能に合わせ適宜設けることができ、その積層の位置、順番等は特に限定されない。例えば、各層を形成する位置は、異方性色素膜の上であってもよく、異方性色素膜を設けた基板の反対面であってもよい。また、各層を形成する順番は、異方性色素膜を形成する前でも形成した後でもよい。 These layers can be provided as appropriate depending on the manufacturing process, characteristics, and functions, and the position, order, etc. of stacking them are not particularly limited. For example, each layer may be formed on the anisotropic dye film or on the opposite side of the substrate provided with the anisotropic dye film. Further, the order in which each layer is formed may be before or after forming the anisotropic dye film.
 これら光学機能を有する層は、以下の様な方法により形成することができる。 These layers having optical functions can be formed by the following method.
 位相差フィルムとしての機能を有する層は、位相差フィルムを、偏光素子を構成する他の層に塗布や貼合等を行うことにより形成することができる。位相差フィルムは、例えば、特開平2-59703号公報、特開平4-230704号公報等に記載の延伸処理を施したり、特開平7-230007号公報等に記載された処理を施したりすることにより形成することができる。 A layer having a function as a retardation film can be formed by applying or bonding the retardation film to other layers constituting the polarizing element. The retardation film may be subjected to the stretching treatment described in, for example, JP-A-2-59703, JP-A-4-230704, etc., or the treatment described in JP-A-7-230007, etc. It can be formed by
 輝度向上フィルムとしての機能を有する層は、輝度向上フィルムを、偏光素子を構成する他の層に塗布や貼合等を行うことにより形成することができる。輝度向上フィルムは、例えば、特開2002-169025号公報及び特開2003-29030号公報に記載されるような方法で微細孔を形成することにより、又は、選択反射の中心波長が異なる2層以上のコレステリック液晶層を重畳することにより形成することができる。 A layer having a function as a brightness-enhancing film can be formed by applying or bonding the brightness-enhancing film to other layers constituting the polarizing element. The brightness enhancement film can be produced by forming micropores by the method described in JP-A-2002-169025 and JP-A-2003-29030, or by forming two or more layers with different center wavelengths of selective reflection. It can be formed by overlapping cholesteric liquid crystal layers.
 反射フィルム又は半透過反射フィルムとしての機能を有する層は、例えば、蒸着やスパッタリングなどで得られた金属薄膜を、偏光素子を構成する他の層に塗布や貼合等を行うことにより形成することができる。
 拡散フィルムとしての機能を有する層は、例えば、偏光素子を構成する他の層に微粒子を含む樹脂溶液をコーティングすることにより形成することができる。
A layer having a function as a reflective film or a semi-transparent reflective film can be formed by, for example, applying or bonding a metal thin film obtained by vapor deposition or sputtering to other layers constituting the polarizing element. I can do it.
A layer having a function as a diffusion film can be formed, for example, by coating another layer constituting the polarizing element with a resin solution containing fine particles.
 位相差フィルムや光学補償フィルムとしての機能を有する層は、ディスコティック液晶性化合物、ネマティック液晶性化合物、スメクチック液晶性化合物、コレステリック液晶性化合物等の液晶性化合物を、偏光素子を構成する他の層に塗布して配向させることにより形成することができる。その際に、基板上に配向膜を設け、配向膜の表面に、位相差フィルムや光学補償フィルムを形成してもよい。 The layer that functions as a retardation film or an optical compensation film contains a liquid crystal compound such as a discotic liquid crystal compound, a nematic liquid crystal compound, a smectic liquid crystal compound, or a cholesteric liquid crystal compound, in addition to other layers constituting the polarizing element. It can be formed by coating and orienting it. At that time, an alignment film may be provided on the substrate, and a retardation film or an optical compensation film may be formed on the surface of the alignment film.
 本発明の異方性色素膜を、液晶素子(LCD)や有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子(OLED)等の各種の表示素子に異方性色素膜等として用いる場合には、これらの表示素子を構成する電極基板等の表面に直接、本発明の異方性色素膜を形成してもよいし、本発明の異方性色素膜を形成した基板を、これら表示素子の構成部材として用いてもよい。 When the anisotropic dye film of the present invention is used as an anisotropic dye film in various display devices such as liquid crystal devices (LCDs) and organic electroluminescent devices (OLEDs), the electrodes constituting these display devices The anisotropic dye film of the present invention may be directly formed on the surface of a substrate or the like, or the substrate on which the anisotropic dye film of the present invention is formed may be used as a component of these display elements.
 以下に実施例により本発明をさらに具体的に説明する。本発明はその要旨を超えない限り、以下の実施例に限定されるものではない。
 以下の記載において、「部」は「質量部」を意味する。
The present invention will be explained in more detail below with reference to Examples. The present invention is not limited to the following examples unless it exceeds the gist thereof.
In the following description, "parts" means "parts by mass."
[液晶相の同定方法]
 得られた異方性色素膜形成用組成物の液晶性は、示差走査熱量測定(セイコーインスツルメンツ社「DSC220CU」)、X線構造解析(株式会社リガク「NANO-Viewer」)、ホットステージ(株式会社東陽テクニカ「HCS302-LN190」)が付属する偏光顕微鏡(株式会社ニコンインステック「ECLIPSE LV100N POL」)にて観察し、「液晶便覧」(丸善株式会社、平成12年10月30日発行)の9~50ページ、117~176ページ等に記載の方法にしたがって、液晶であることの同定を行った。
[Method for identifying liquid crystal phase]
The liquid crystallinity of the obtained composition for forming an anisotropic dye film was determined by differential scanning calorimetry (Seiko Instruments "DSC220CU"), X-ray structural analysis (Rigaku Co., Ltd. "NANO-Viewer"), and hot stage (Rigaku Co., Ltd. "NANO-Viewer"). 9 of the "Liquid Crystal Handbook" (Maruzen Co., Ltd., published October 30, 2000). It was identified as a liquid crystal according to the method described on pages 117 to 176 and pages 117 to 176.
[異方性色素膜の吸収軸/偏光軸方向の偏光に対する透過率の測定及び二色比]
 得られた異方性色素膜の吸収軸/偏光軸方向の偏光に対する透過率は、グラントムソン偏光子を備える分光光度計(大塚電子(株)製、製品名「RETS-100」)を用いて測定した。
 異方性色素膜に直線偏光の測定光を入射し、異方性色素膜の吸収軸方向の偏光に対する透過率及び異方性色素膜の偏光軸方向の偏光に対する透過率を測定し、次式により二色比(D)を算出した。
 また、吸収軸方向の偏光に対する吸収が極大となる波長を、異方性色素膜の極大吸収波長とした。
  D=Az/Ay
 (式中、
 Ay=-log(Ty)であり;
 Az=-log(Tz)であり;
 Tzは、異方性色素膜の吸収軸方向の偏光に対する透過率であり;
 Tyは、異方性色素膜の偏光軸方向の偏光に対する透過率である。)
[Measurement of transmittance and dichroic ratio for polarized light in absorption axis/polarization axis direction of anisotropic dye film]
The transmittance of the obtained anisotropic dye film for polarized light in the absorption axis/polarization axis direction was measured using a spectrophotometer equipped with a Glan-Thompson polarizer (manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd., product name "RETS-100"). It was measured.
Linearly polarized measurement light is incident on the anisotropic dye film, and the transmittance for polarized light in the direction of the absorption axis of the anisotropic dye film and the transmittance for light polarized in the direction of the polarization axis of the anisotropic dye film are measured, and the transmittance is calculated using the following formula. The dichroic ratio (D) was calculated.
Further, the wavelength at which the absorption of polarized light in the absorption axis direction is maximum was defined as the maximum absorption wavelength of the anisotropic dye film.
D=Az/Ay
(In the formula,
Ay=-log(Ty);
Az=-log(Tz);
Tz is the transmittance of the anisotropic dye film to polarized light in the absorption axis direction;
Ty is the transmittance of the anisotropic dye film to polarized light in the direction of the polarization axis. )
 具体的には、基材としてガラス上にポリイミドの配向膜(LX1400、日立化成デュポンマイクロシステムズ社製)が形成されたサンドイッチセル(セルギャップ:8.0μm又は10.0μm、成膜済みのポリイミドにあらかじめ布でラビング処理を施したもの)に、異方性色素膜形成用組成物を等方相で注入し、10℃/minで80℃まで冷却することにより異方性色素膜を得、さらに10℃/minで40℃まで冷却しながら、各温度で二色比を測定した。その中で、最大の二色比を示した温度での波長450nmにおける二色比を、その異方性色素膜の波長450nmにおける二色比と決定した。 Specifically, a sandwich cell (cell gap: 8.0 μm or 10.0 μm) in which a polyimide alignment film (LX1400, manufactured by Hitachi Chemical DuPont Microsystems, Inc.) was formed on glass as a substrate (cell gap: 8.0 μm or 10.0 μm), A composition for forming an anisotropic pigment film is injected in an isotropic phase into a material (previously rubbed with a cloth), and an anisotropic pigment film is obtained by cooling to 80 °C at a rate of 10 °C/min. The dichroic ratio was measured at each temperature while cooling to 40°C at a rate of 10°C/min. Among them, the dichroic ratio at a wavelength of 450 nm at the temperature showing the maximum dichroic ratio was determined as the dichroic ratio at a wavelength of 450 nm of the anisotropic dye film.
 上記測定した異方性色素膜の二色比としては、波長450nmでの値が12以上であれば、実用上充分であり好ましく、15以上がより好ましく、20以上がさらに好ましい。 The dichroic ratio of the anisotropic dye film measured above is preferably 12 or more at a wavelength of 450 nm, which is sufficient for practical use, more preferably 15 or more, and even more preferably 20 or more.
[重合性液晶化合物の合成]
<重合性液晶化合物(I-1)>
 下記構造式で表わされる重合性液晶化合物(I-1)を特開2020-042305号公報の記載に従い合成した。下記式中、C1122はメチレン鎖が直鎖状に11個結合していることを意味する。
[Synthesis of polymerizable liquid crystal compound]
<Polymerizable liquid crystal compound (I-1)>
A polymerizable liquid crystal compound (I-1) represented by the following structural formula was synthesized according to the description in JP-A-2020-042305. In the following formula, C 11 H 22 means that 11 methylene chains are linearly bonded.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 重合性液晶化合物(I-1)について、等方相出現温度(液晶から液体への相転移温度及び液体から液晶への相転移温度)を示差走査熱量測定により求めた。示差走査熱量測定には、重合性液晶化合物(I-1)100質量部に対して、重合禁止剤として4-メトキシフェノールを0.2質量部添加したものを用いた。
 重合性液晶化合物(I-1)の液晶から液体への相転移温度は111.0℃、液体から液晶への相転移温度は109.4℃であった。
 この温度が等方相出現温度であることは、偏光顕微鏡観察及びX線構造解析により確認した。
Regarding the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (I-1), the isotropic phase appearance temperature (liquid crystal to liquid phase transition temperature and liquid to liquid crystal phase transition temperature) was determined by differential scanning calorimetry. For differential scanning calorimetry, 0.2 parts by mass of 4-methoxyphenol was added as a polymerization inhibitor to 100 parts by mass of polymerizable liquid crystal compound (I-1).
The phase transition temperature from liquid crystal to liquid crystal of polymerizable liquid crystal compound (I-1) was 111.0°C, and the phase transition temperature from liquid crystal to liquid crystal was 109.4°C.
It was confirmed by polarizing microscope observation and X-ray structure analysis that this temperature was the isotropic phase appearance temperature.
[色素の合成]
<色素(II-1)>
 下記に記載の合成法に従い、色素(II-1)を合成した。
[Dye synthesis]
<Dye (II-1)>
Dye (II-1) was synthesized according to the synthesis method described below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
(II-1-a)の合成:
 3,5,5-トリエチル-1-ヘキサノール(76.8g,532mmol)、47%臭化水素(HBr)水溶液(100.8g,586mmol)、濃硫酸(16.6g,185mmol)を混合し、120℃で5時間撹拌した。25℃まで冷却した後、ヘキサン(1200mL)へ添加し、精製水(2400mL×3回)で洗浄した。有機層を濃縮した後、シリカゲルクロマトグラフィー(ヘキサン)で精製し、(II-1-a)を71.0g得た。
Synthesis of (II-1-a):
3,5,5-triethyl-1-hexanol (76.8 g, 532 mmol), 47% aqueous hydrogen bromide (HBr) solution (100.8 g, 586 mmol), and concentrated sulfuric acid (16.6 g, 185 mmol) were mixed, and 120 Stirred at ℃ for 5 hours. After cooling to 25°C, it was added to hexane (1200 mL) and washed with purified water (2400 mL x 3). After concentrating the organic layer, it was purified by silica gel chromatography (hexane) to obtain 71.0 g of (II-1-a).
(II-1-b)の合成:
 窒素気流下、4-ニトロフェノール(65.0g,467mmol)、(II-1-a)(116.2g,560mmol)、ジメチルホルムアミド(520mL)、炭酸カリウム(129.1g,934mmol)を混合し、90℃で6時間撹拌した。ここへ精製水(1000mL)を添加し、酢酸エチル/ヘキサン=1/4混合液で抽出し、油層を濃縮した。シリカゲルクロマトグラフィー(酢酸エチル/ヘキサン)で精製し、(II-1-b)を113.5g得た。
Synthesis of (II-1-b):
Under a nitrogen stream, 4-nitrophenol (65.0 g, 467 mmol), (II-1-a) (116.2 g, 560 mmol), dimethylformamide (520 mL), and potassium carbonate (129.1 g, 934 mmol) were mixed, The mixture was stirred at 90°C for 6 hours. Purified water (1000 mL) was added thereto, extracted with a 1/4 mixture of ethyl acetate/hexane, and the oil layer was concentrated. It was purified by silica gel chromatography (ethyl acetate/hexane) to obtain 113.5 g of (II-1-b).
(II-1-c)の合成:
 アルゴン気流下、(II-1-b)(113.5g,427.7mmol)、酢酸エチル(1100mL)を混合した後、パラジウム炭素(5%Pd/C,含水量55質量%,11.4g)を添加し、水素雰囲気下25℃で60時間撹拌した。容器内をアルゴン置換した後、触媒を濾別した。触媒をジクロロメタンで抽出し、有機層を合わせて濃縮した後、シリカゲルクロマトグラフィー(ジクロロメタン)で精製し、(II-1-c)を99.5g得た。
Synthesis of (II-1-c):
Under an argon stream, (II-1-b) (113.5 g, 427.7 mmol) and ethyl acetate (1100 mL) were mixed, followed by palladium on carbon (5% Pd/C, water content 55% by mass, 11.4 g). was added and stirred at 25° C. for 60 hours under a hydrogen atmosphere. After purging the inside of the container with argon, the catalyst was filtered off. The catalyst was extracted with dichloromethane, the organic layers were combined, concentrated, and purified by silica gel chromatography (dichloromethane) to obtain 99.5 g of (II-1-c).
(II-1-d)の合成:
 窒素気流下室温にて、(II-1-c)(43.3g,0.184mol)、酢酸(1.3L)を加え、撹拌溶解し、1-ニトロソ-4-ニトロベンゼン(28.0g,1.0eq.)を分割投入した。4時間撹拌後、1-ニトロソ-4-ニトロベンゼン(8.4g,0.3eq.)を追加添加し、室温にて一夜撹拌継続した。ジクロロメタン(3.9L)、精製水(1.3L)を注ぎ、暫く撹拌後油水分離した。水層をジクロロメタン(1.3L)で抽出した後、元の有機層と合わせ、精製水(1.3L)、飽和重曹水(1.3L)、飽和食塩水(500mL)で順次洗浄後、無水硫酸マグネシウム乾燥、濾過、濾液を濃縮し赤茶色固体を得た。この粗体をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(ヘキサン/ジクロロメタン=3/1)で精製し、(II-1-d)を52.08g得た。
Synthesis of (II-1-d):
At room temperature under a nitrogen stream, (II-1-c) (43.3 g, 0.184 mol) and acetic acid (1.3 L) were added, stirred and dissolved, and 1-nitroso-4-nitrobenzene (28.0 g, 1 .0eq.) was added in portions. After stirring for 4 hours, 1-nitroso-4-nitrobenzene (8.4 g, 0.3 eq.) was further added, and stirring was continued at room temperature overnight. Dichloromethane (3.9 L) and purified water (1.3 L) were poured into the mixture, and after stirring for a while, the oil and water were separated. After extracting the aqueous layer with dichloromethane (1.3 L), it was combined with the original organic layer, washed sequentially with purified water (1.3 L), saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (1.3 L), and saturated brine (500 mL), then anhydrous. Drying with magnesium sulfate, filtration, and concentration of the filtrate gave a reddish brown solid. This crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane/dichloromethane = 3/1) to obtain 52.08 g of (II-1-d).
(II-1-e)の合成:
 (II-1-d)(52.0g,0.141mol)とエタノール(520mL)、精製水(52mL)と硫化ナトリウム五水和物(NaS・5HO)(47.4g,2.0equiv.)を加え外温80℃で6時間撹拌した。室温まで放冷後、反応液を精製水(500mL)に注ぎ暫く撹拌後、吸引濾取し、精製水(250mL)でリンスした。得られた固体をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(ジクロロメタン)で精製し、(II-1-e)を34.40g得た。
Synthesis of (II-1-e):
(II-1-d) (52.0 g, 0.141 mol), ethanol (520 mL), purified water (52 mL), and sodium sulfide pentahydrate (Na 2 S.5H 2 O) (47.4 g, 2. 0 equiv.) was added and stirred at an external temperature of 80°C for 6 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction solution was poured into purified water (500 mL), stirred for a while, collected by suction filtration, and rinsed with purified water (250 mL). The obtained solid was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane) to obtain 34.40 g of (II-1-e).
(II-1-f)の合成:
 窒素気流下室温にて、(II-1-e)(34.4g,0.101mol)、酢酸(1.0L)を加え、撹拌溶解し、1-ニトロソ-4-ニトロベンゼン(20.0g,1.3eq.)を分割投入し、室温にて一夜撹拌継続した。反応液を精製水に注ぎ、暫く室温撹拌した後、吸引濾取し、精製水でリンスした。この固体をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(クロロホルム)で精製し、(II-1-f)を38.6g得た。
Synthesis of (II-1-f):
At room temperature under a nitrogen stream, (II-1-e) (34.4 g, 0.101 mol) and acetic acid (1.0 L) were added, stirred and dissolved, and 1-nitroso-4-nitrobenzene (20.0 g, 1 .3 eq.) was added in portions, and stirring was continued at room temperature overnight. The reaction solution was poured into purified water and stirred at room temperature for a while, then collected by suction filtration and rinsed with purified water. This solid was purified by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform) to obtain 38.6 g of (II-1-f).
(II-1-g)の合成:
 窒素雰囲気下室温にて、(II-1-f)(38.6g,81.5mmol)とエタノール(386mL)、精製水(39mL)とNaS・5HO(27.4g,2.0equiv.)を加え外温80℃で6時間撹拌した。室温まで放冷後、反応液を精製水(400mL)に注ぎ暫く撹拌後、吸引濾取し、精製水(200mL)でリンスした。得られた固体をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(ヘキサン/ジクロロメタン=1/1)で精製し、(II-1-g)を30.20g得た。
Synthesis of (II-1-g):
At room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere, (II-1-f) (38.6 g, 81.5 mmol), ethanol (386 mL), purified water (39 mL) and Na 2 S 5H 2 O (27.4 g, 2.0 equiv) ) was added and stirred at an external temperature of 80°C for 6 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction solution was poured into purified water (400 mL), stirred for a while, collected by suction filtration, and rinsed with purified water (200 mL). The obtained solid was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane/dichloromethane = 1/1) to obtain 30.20 g of (II-1-g).
(II-1-h)の合成:
 N-エチルアニリン(2.71g,22.3mmol)、1,1,1-トリフルオロ-3-ヨードプロパン(9.98g,2.0eq.)、アセトニトリル(15mL)、炭酸カリウム(6.45g,2.3eq.)を仕込み、窒素雰囲気下90℃にて24時間加熱撹拌した。室温へ冷却後、精製水(50mL)を加え、酢酸エチル/ヘキサン(=10/40mL)で抽出した。有機層を濃縮した後、シリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン=1/9)で精製し、(II-1-h)を865mg得た。
Synthesis of (II-1-h):
N-ethylaniline (2.71 g, 22.3 mmol), 1,1,1-trifluoro-3-iodopropane (9.98 g, 2.0 eq.), acetonitrile (15 mL), potassium carbonate (6.45 g, 2.3 eq.) was charged, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 90° C. for 24 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. After cooling to room temperature, purified water (50 mL) was added and extracted with ethyl acetate/hexane (=10/40 mL). After concentrating the organic layer, it was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane/hexane = 1/9) to obtain 865 mg of (II-1-h).
色素(II-1)の合成:
 反応器に、窒素雰囲気下室温にて、(II-1-g)(750mg,1.69mmol)を酢酸(20mL)とプロピオン酸(10mL)に溶解させた後、内温0℃に冷却した。ニトロシル硫酸/硫酸溶液(40質量%,698mg,1.3eq.)を滴下し、内温0~2℃にて1時間撹拌した。
 別の反応器に、窒素雰囲気下室温にて、(II-1-h)(515mg,1.5eq.)をメタノール(6mL)、テトロヒドロフラン(THF)(6mL)に溶解させた後、酢酸ナトリウム(361mg,2.6eq.)を加え、内温0℃に冷却した。
 ここに先の(II-1-g)溶液を内温0~3℃以内で20分間掛けて添加し、内温0℃で2時間、室温へ戻しながら5時間撹拌継続した。精製水(20mL)を滴下し沈殿を吸引濾取し、精製水(30mL)で掛け洗いし、赤色湿固体(1.02g)を得た。この粗体をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン=1/3)にて分離精製し、色素(II-1)を404mg得た。
Synthesis of dye (II-1):
(II-1-g) (750 mg, 1.69 mmol) was dissolved in acetic acid (20 mL) and propionic acid (10 mL) in a reactor at room temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere, and then cooled to an internal temperature of 0°C. A nitrosyl sulfuric acid/sulfuric acid solution (40% by mass, 698 mg, 1.3 eq.) was added dropwise, and the mixture was stirred at an internal temperature of 0 to 2°C for 1 hour.
In another reactor, (II-1-h) (515 mg, 1.5 eq.) was dissolved in methanol (6 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (THF) (6 mL) at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere, and then acetic acid was added. Sodium (361 mg, 2.6 eq.) was added, and the mixture was cooled to an internal temperature of 0°C.
The above solution (II-1-g) was added thereto over 20 minutes at an internal temperature of 0 to 3°C, and stirring was continued for 2 hours at an internal temperature of 0°C and for 5 hours while returning to room temperature. Purified water (20 mL) was added dropwise, and the precipitate was collected by suction filtration and washed with purified water (30 mL) to obtain a red wet solid (1.02 g). This crude product was separated and purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane/hexane = 1/3) to obtain 404 mg of dye (II-1).
 色素(II-1)の10ppmクロロホルム溶液での極大吸収波長(λmax2)は482nmであった。
 また、核磁気共鳴(NMR)スペクトル測定による構造確認を行った。結果を以下に示す。
 H-NMR(CDCl,400MHz)δ0.92(s,9H),δ1.02(d,3H,J=6.8Hz),δ1.14-1.33(m,5H),δ1.65-1.87(m,3H),δ2.48(m,2H),δ3.51(q,2H,J=6.8Hz),δ3.69(t,2H,J=8.0Hz),δ4.08(t,2H,J=6.8Hz),δ6.76(d,2H,J=9.2Hz),δ7.03(d,2H,J=9.2Hz),δ7.92-8.10(m,12H)
The maximum absorption wavelength (λmax2) of dye (II-1) in a 10 ppm chloroform solution was 482 nm.
In addition, the structure was confirmed by nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectrum measurement. The results are shown below.
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , 400MHz) δ0.92 (s, 9H), δ1.02 (d, 3H, J=6.8Hz), δ1.14-1.33 (m, 5H), δ1.65 -1.87 (m, 3H), δ2.48 (m, 2H), δ3.51 (q, 2H, J = 6.8Hz), δ3.69 (t, 2H, J = 8.0Hz), δ4 .08 (t, 2H, J = 6.8Hz), δ6.76 (d, 2H, J = 9.2Hz), δ7.03 (d, 2H, J = 9.2Hz), δ7.92-8. 10 (m, 12H)
 色素(II-1)のシクロペンタノンに対する溶解度を測定した。
 シクロペンタノン103mgに色素(II-1)3mgを加え、80℃で5分間撹拌した。その後、1時間室温で静置し、得られた混合液をシリンジフィルタ-(ADVANTEC社製、DISMIC 03JP050AN 39102251、口径0.5μm)を備えたシリンジを用いて濾過することで色素(II-1)のシクロペンタノン飽和溶液を得た。この溶液をテトラヒドロフラン746mgにて希釈し、濃度を液体クロマトグラフ(HPLC)(日立ハイテクノロジ-ズ製L-2300シリ-ズ)を用いて決定した。色素(II-1)をテトラヒドロフランに0.1質量%溶解した溶液を作製し、吸収波長254nmにて検量線を作成した。この検量線を用いて、シクロペンタノン飽和溶液の濃度を測定した。結果を表1に示す。
The solubility of dye (II-1) in cyclopentanone was measured.
3 mg of dye (II-1) was added to 103 mg of cyclopentanone, and the mixture was stirred at 80°C for 5 minutes. Thereafter, the dye (II-1) was left to stand at room temperature for 1 hour, and the resulting mixture was filtered using a syringe equipped with a syringe filter (manufactured by ADVANTEC, DISMIC 03JP050AN 39102251, diameter 0.5 μm). A saturated solution of cyclopentanone was obtained. This solution was diluted with 746 mg of tetrahydrofuran, and the concentration was determined using a liquid chromatograph (HPLC) (L-2300 series manufactured by Hitachi High Technologies). A solution of 0.1% by mass of dye (II-1) in tetrahydrofuran was prepared, and a calibration curve was prepared at an absorption wavelength of 254 nm. Using this calibration curve, the concentration of the cyclopentanone saturated solution was measured. The results are shown in Table 1.
<色素(II-2)>
 下記に記載の合成法に従い、色素(II-2)を合成した。
<Dye (II-2)>
Dye (II-2) was synthesized according to the synthesis method described below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
(II-2-a)の合成:
 窒素気流下室温にて、モレキュラーシーブ4A(2.0g)、トリポタシウムホスファイト(1.17g,0.1equiv.)、18-クラウン6-エーテル(2.90g,0.2equiv.)、THF(330mL)を加え、N-エチルアニリン(6.65g,50.8mmol)、トリフルオロ酢酸(28.8g,4.6equiv.)、フェニルシラン(23.7g,4.0equiv.)を加え、外温80℃、加熱還流下6時間撹拌した。放冷後、精製水(200mL)を加え、固体を濾別した。濾液をジクロロメタン(100mLx2)で抽出し、減圧濃縮することで、淡黄色オイル状粗体(44.0g)を得た。これをシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン=20/1)で精製し、(II-2-a)を5.85g得た。
Synthesis of (II-2-a):
At room temperature under a nitrogen stream, molecular sieve 4A (2.0 g), tripotasium phosphite (1.17 g, 0.1 equiv.), 18-crown 6-ether (2.90 g, 0.2 equiv.), THF ( 330 mL), N-ethylaniline (6.65 g, 50.8 mmol), trifluoroacetic acid (28.8 g, 4.6 equiv.), and phenylsilane (23.7 g, 4.0 equiv.) were added. The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 6 hours under heating and reflux. After cooling, purified water (200 mL) was added, and the solid was filtered off. The filtrate was extracted with dichloromethane (100 mL x 2) and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude pale yellow oil (44.0 g). This was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane/hexane = 20/1) to obtain 5.85 g of (II-2-a).
色素(II-2)の合成:
 窒素雰囲気下室温にて、(II-1-g)(750mg,1.69mmol)を酢酸(20mL)とプロピオン酸(10mL)に溶解させた後、内温0℃に冷却した。ニトロシル硫酸/硫酸溶液(40質量%,698mg,1.3eq.)を内温0~3℃以内で滴下し、内温0~2℃にて1時間撹拌した。
 別の反応器に、窒素雰囲気下室温にて、(II-2-a)(482mg,1.5eq.)をメタノール(6mL)、THF(6mL)に溶解させた後、酢酸ナトリウム(361mg,2.6eq.)を加え、内温0℃に冷却した。
 ここに先の(II-1-g)溶液を内温0~5℃以内で20分間掛けて添加し、内温0~5℃で2時間、室温へ戻しながら6時間撹拌した。精製水(20mL)を滴下し沈殿を吸引濾取し、得た固体をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン=1/3)にて分離精製し、色素(II-2)を249mg得た。
Synthesis of dye (II-2):
(II-1-g) (750 mg, 1.69 mmol) was dissolved in acetic acid (20 mL) and propionic acid (10 mL) at room temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere, and then cooled to an internal temperature of 0°C. A nitrosyl sulfuric acid/sulfuric acid solution (40% by mass, 698 mg, 1.3 eq.) was added dropwise at an internal temperature of 0 to 3°C, and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour at an internal temperature of 0 to 2°C.
In another reactor, (II-2-a) (482 mg, 1.5 eq.) was dissolved in methanol (6 mL) and THF (6 mL) at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere, and then sodium acetate (361 mg, 2 .6 eq.) was added, and the mixture was cooled to an internal temperature of 0°C.
The above solution (II-1-g) was added thereto over 20 minutes at an internal temperature of 0 to 5°C, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours at an internal temperature of 0 to 5°C and for 6 hours while returning to room temperature. Purified water (20 mL) was added dropwise and the precipitate was collected by suction filtration, and the obtained solid was separated and purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane/hexane = 1/3) to obtain 249 mg of dye (II-2).
 色素(II-2)の10ppmクロロホルム溶液での極大吸収波長(λmax2)は446nmであった。
 また、NMRスペクトル測定による構造確認を行った。結果を以下に示す。
 H-NMR(CDCl,400MHz)δ0.92(s,9H),δ1.02(d,3H,J=6.8Hz),δ1.14-1.34(m,5H),δ1.65-1.87(m,3H),δ3.62(q,2H,J=6.8Hz),δ3.98(q,2H,J=8.8Hz),δ4.09(t,2H,J=6.8Hz),δ6.90(d,2H,J=9.2Hz),δ7.03(d,2H,J=9.2Hz),δ7.92-8.10(m,12H)
The maximum absorption wavelength (λmax2) of dye (II-2) in a 10 ppm chloroform solution was 446 nm.
In addition, the structure was confirmed by NMR spectrum measurement. The results are shown below.
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , 400MHz) δ0.92 (s, 9H), δ1.02 (d, 3H, J=6.8Hz), δ1.14-1.34 (m, 5H), δ1.65 -1.87 (m, 3H), δ3.62 (q, 2H, J = 6.8Hz), δ3.98 (q, 2H, J = 8.8Hz), δ4.09 (t, 2H, J = 6.8Hz), δ6.90 (d, 2H, J = 9.2Hz), δ7.03 (d, 2H, J = 9.2Hz), δ7.92-8.10 (m, 12H)
 色素(II-2)についても色素(II-1)と同様にシクロペンタノン飽和溶液の濃度を測定した。結果を表1に示す。 For dye (II-2), the concentration of the cyclopentanone saturated solution was measured in the same manner as for dye (II-1). The results are shown in Table 1.
<色素(II-3)>
 下記に記載の合成法に従い、色素(II-3)を合成した。
<Dye (II-3)>
Dye (II-3) was synthesized according to the synthesis method described below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
(II-3-a)の合成:
 窒素気流下室温にて、モレキュラーシーブ4A(2.0g)、トリポタシウムホスファイト(1.08g,0.1equiv.)、18-クラウン6-エーテル(2.68g,0.2equiv.)、THF(300mL)を加え、N-エチルアニリン(6.16g,50.8mmol)、ジフルオロ酢酸(11.2g,2.3equiv.)、フェニルシラン(22.0g,4.0equiv.)を加え、外温80℃、加熱還流下6時間撹拌した。放冷後、精製水(200mL)を加え、固体を濾別した。濾液をジクロロメタン(100mLx2)で抽出し、減圧濃縮することで、淡黄色オイル状粗体(40.0g)を得た。これをシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン=20/1)で精製し、(II-3-a)を5.73g得た。
Synthesis of (II-3-a):
At room temperature under a nitrogen stream, molecular sieve 4A (2.0 g), tripotasium phosphite (1.08 g, 0.1 equiv.), 18-crown 6-ether (2.68 g, 0.2 equiv.), THF ( 300 mL), N-ethylaniline (6.16 g, 50.8 mmol), difluoroacetic acid (11.2 g, 2.3 equiv.), and phenylsilane (22.0 g, 4.0 equiv.) were added, and the temperature was raised to 80 ml. The mixture was stirred for 6 hours under heating at reflux. After cooling, purified water (200 mL) was added, and the solid was filtered off. The filtrate was extracted with dichloromethane (100 mL x 2) and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude pale yellow oil (40.0 g). This was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane/hexane = 20/1) to obtain 5.73 g of (II-3-a).
色素(II-3)の合成:
 窒素雰囲気下室温にて、(II-1-g)(750mg,1.69mmol)を酢酸(20mL)とプロピオン酸(10mL)に溶解させた後、内温0℃に冷却した。ニトロシル硫酸/硫酸溶液(40質量%,698mg,1.3eq.)を内温0~3℃以内で滴下し、内温0~2℃にて1時間撹拌した。
 別の反応器に、窒素雰囲気下室温にて、(II-3-a)(470mg,1.5eq.)をメタノール(6mL)、THF(6mL)に溶解させた後、酢酸ナトリウム(361mg,2.6eq.)を加え、内温0℃に冷却した。
 ここに先の(II-1-g)溶液を内温0~5℃以内で22分間掛けて添加し、内温0~5℃で1時間40分間、室温へ戻しながら6時間撹拌継続した。精製水(20mL)を滴下し沈殿を吸引濾取し、赤色湿固体(1.04g)を得た。この粗体をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン=1/3)にて精製し、色素(II-3)を299mg得た。
Synthesis of dye (II-3):
(II-1-g) (750 mg, 1.69 mmol) was dissolved in acetic acid (20 mL) and propionic acid (10 mL) at room temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere, and then cooled to an internal temperature of 0°C. A nitrosyl sulfuric acid/sulfuric acid solution (40% by mass, 698 mg, 1.3 eq.) was added dropwise at an internal temperature of 0 to 3°C, and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour at an internal temperature of 0 to 2°C.
In another reactor, (II-3-a) (470 mg, 1.5 eq.) was dissolved in methanol (6 mL) and THF (6 mL) at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere, and then sodium acetate (361 mg, 2 .6 eq.) was added, and the mixture was cooled to an internal temperature of 0°C.
The above solution (II-1-g) was added thereto over 22 minutes at an internal temperature of 0 to 5°C, and stirring was continued for 1 hour and 40 minutes at an internal temperature of 0 to 5°C for 6 hours while returning to room temperature. Purified water (20 mL) was added dropwise and the precipitate was collected by suction filtration to obtain a red wet solid (1.04 g). This crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane/hexane = 1/3) to obtain 299 mg of dye (II-3).
 色素(II-3)の10ppmクロロホルム溶液での極大吸収波長(λmax2)は465nmであった。
 また、NMRスペクトル測定による構造確認を行った。結果を以下に示す。
 H-NMR(CDCl,400MHz)δ0.92(s,9H),δ1.02(d,3H,J=6.8Hz),δ1.16-1.34(m,5H),δ1.65-1.87(m,3H),δ3.62(q,2H,J=6.8Hz),δ3.98(q,2H,J=8.8Hz),δ4.09(t,2H,J=6.8Hz),δ6.90(d,2H,J=9.2Hz),δ7.03(d,2H,J=9.2Hz),δ7.92-8.10(m,12H)
The maximum absorption wavelength (λmax2) of dye (II-3) in a 10 ppm chloroform solution was 465 nm.
In addition, the structure was confirmed by NMR spectrum measurement. The results are shown below.
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , 400MHz) δ0.92 (s, 9H), δ1.02 (d, 3H, J=6.8Hz), δ1.16-1.34 (m, 5H), δ1.65 -1.87 (m, 3H), δ3.62 (q, 2H, J = 6.8Hz), δ3.98 (q, 2H, J = 8.8Hz), δ4.09 (t, 2H, J = 6.8Hz), δ6.90 (d, 2H, J = 9.2Hz), δ7.03 (d, 2H, J = 9.2Hz), δ7.92-8.10 (m, 12H)
 色素(II-3)についても色素(II-1)と同様にシクロペンタノン飽和溶液の濃度を測定した。結果を表1に示す。 The concentration of the cyclopentanone saturated solution for dye (II-3) was also measured in the same manner as for dye (II-1). The results are shown in Table 1.
<色素(II-4)>
 下記に記載の合成法に従い、色素(II-4)を合成した。
<Dye (II-4)>
Dye (II-4) was synthesized according to the synthesis method described below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
(II-4-a)の合成:
 反応容器に、アニリン(670mg,7.19mmol)、1-フルオロ-2-ヨードエタン(2.50g,2.0eq.)、ジメチルホルムアミド(DMF)(25mL)、炭酸カリウム(3.98g,4.0eq.)を仕込み、窒素雰囲気下85℃にて17時間加熱撹拌した。室温へ冷却後、精製水(50mL)でクエンチし、酢酸エチル/ヘキサン(=10/40mL)で抽出した。有機層を精製水(25mL×3回)、飽和食塩水(10mL)で順次洗浄後、濾過、濾液を濃縮し、黄色油状粗体(1.31g)を得た。この粗体をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン=1/9)にて分離精製し、(II-4-a)を202mg得た。
Synthesis of (II-4-a):
In a reaction vessel, aniline (670 mg, 7.19 mmol), 1-fluoro-2-iodoethane (2.50 g, 2.0 eq.), dimethylformamide (DMF) (25 mL), potassium carbonate (3.98 g, 4.0 eq. ) and heated and stirred at 85° C. for 17 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. After cooling to room temperature, it was quenched with purified water (50 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate/hexane (=10/40 mL). The organic layer was washed successively with purified water (25 mL x 3) and saturated brine (10 mL), filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated to obtain a crude yellow oil (1.31 g). This crude product was separated and purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane/hexane = 1/9) to obtain 202 mg of (II-4-a).
色素(II-4)の合成:
 窒素雰囲気下室温にて、(II-1-g)(3.0g,6.76mmol)を酢酸(80mL)とプロピオン酸(40mL)に溶解させた後、内温0℃に冷却した。ニトロシル硫酸/硫酸溶液(40質量%,2.8g,1.3eq.)を内温0~3℃以内で滴下し、内温0~2℃にて1時間撹拌した。
 別の反応器に、窒素雰囲気下室温にて、(II-4-a)(1.87g,1.5eq.)をメタノール(24mL)、THF(24mL)に溶解させた後、酢酸ナトリウム(1.44g,2.6eq.)を加え、内温0℃に冷却した。
 ここに先の(II-1-g)溶液を内温0~5℃以内で30分間掛けて添加し、内温0~5℃で2時間、室温へ戻しながら6時間撹拌した。精製水(80mL)を滴下し沈殿を吸引濾取し、赤色湿固体(2.74g)を得た。この粗体をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(ジクロロメタン/ヘキサン=1/3及び、トルエン)にてカラム精製し、色素(II-4)(856mg)を得た。
Synthesis of dye (II-4):
(II-1-g) (3.0 g, 6.76 mmol) was dissolved in acetic acid (80 mL) and propionic acid (40 mL) at room temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere, and then cooled to an internal temperature of 0°C. A nitrosyl sulfuric acid/sulfuric acid solution (40% by mass, 2.8 g, 1.3 eq.) was added dropwise at an internal temperature of 0 to 3°C, and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour at an internal temperature of 0 to 2°C.
In another reactor, (II-4-a) (1.87 g, 1.5 eq.) was dissolved in methanol (24 mL) and THF (24 mL) at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere, and then sodium acetate (1 .44 g, 2.6 eq.) was added thereto, and the mixture was cooled to an internal temperature of 0°C.
The above solution (II-1-g) was added thereto over 30 minutes at an internal temperature of 0 to 5°C, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours at an internal temperature of 0 to 5°C and for 6 hours while returning to room temperature. Purified water (80 mL) was added dropwise and the precipitate was collected by suction filtration to obtain a red wet solid (2.74 g). This crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane/hexane = 1/3 and toluene) to obtain dye (II-4) (856 mg).
 色素(II-4)の10ppmクロロホルム溶液での極大吸収波長(λmax2)は465nmであった。
 また、NMRスペクトル測定による構造確認を行った。結果を以下に示す。
 H-NMR(CDCl,400MHz)δ1.00(t,3H,J=7.8Hz),δ1.47-1.56(m,4H),δ1.76-1.83(m,2H),δ2.67(s,1H,J=13.6Hz,6.0Hz),δ1.29-1.30(m,1H),δ1.65-1.87(m,3H),δ3.83(t,2H,J=5.6Hz),δ3.89(t,2H,J=5.6Hz),δ4.37(t,2H,J=5.2Hz),δ4.62(t,2H,J=6.2Hz),δ4.74(t,2H,J=6.2Hz),δ6.79(d,2H,J=9.2Hz),δ7.02(d,2H,J=9.2Hz),δ7.92-8.09(m,8H),δ8.20(d,2H,J=8.5Hz)
The maximum absorption wavelength (λmax2) of dye (II-4) in a 10 ppm chloroform solution was 465 nm.
In addition, the structure was confirmed by NMR spectrum measurement. The results are shown below.
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , 400MHz) δ1.00 (t, 3H, J=7.8Hz), δ1.47-1.56 (m, 4H), δ1.76-1.83 (m, 2H) , δ2.67 (s, 1H, J=13.6Hz, 6.0Hz), δ1.29-1.30 (m, 1H), δ1.65-1.87 (m, 3H), δ3.83( t, 2H, J = 5.6Hz), δ 3.89 (t, 2H, J = 5.6Hz), δ 4.37 (t, 2H, J = 5.2Hz), δ 4.62 (t, 2H, J = 6.2Hz), δ4.74 (t, 2H, J = 6.2Hz), δ6.79 (d, 2H, J = 9.2Hz), δ7.02 (d, 2H, J = 9.2Hz) , δ7.92-8.09 (m, 8H), δ8.20 (d, 2H, J=8.5Hz)
 色素(II-4)についても色素(II-1)と同様にシクロペンタノン飽和溶液の濃度を測定した。結果を表1に示す。 The concentration of the cyclopentanone saturated solution for dye (II-4) was also measured in the same manner as for dye (II-1). The results are shown in Table 1.
<色素(II-5)>
 下記に記載の合成法に従い、色素(II-5)を合成した。
<Dye (II-5)>
Dye (II-5) was synthesized according to the synthesis method described below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
(II-5-a)の合成:
 窒素雰囲気下室温にて、4-[(4-アミノフェニル)ジアゼニル]安息香酸(500mg,2.07mmol)を酢酸(15mL)とN-メチル-2-ピロリドン(NMP)(5mL)に溶解させた後、内温0℃に冷却した。ニトロシル硫酸/硫酸溶液(40質量%,850mg,1.3eq.)を内温0~3℃以内で滴下し、内温0~2℃にて1時間撹拌した。別の反応器に、窒素雰囲気下室温にて、(II-4-a)(572mg,1.5eq.)をメタノール(6mL)、THF(6mL)に溶解させた後、酢酸ナトリウム(440mg,2.6eq.)を加え、内温0℃に冷却した。
 ここに先の4-[(4-アミノフェニル)ジアゼニル]安息香酸溶液を添加し、内温0~5℃で1時間50分間、室温へ戻しながら14時間撹拌継続した。精製水(20mL)を加え、沈殿を吸引濾取し、(II-5-a)を425mg得た。
Synthesis of (II-5-a):
4-[(4-aminophenyl)diazenyl]benzoic acid (500 mg, 2.07 mmol) was dissolved in acetic acid (15 mL) and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP) (5 mL) at room temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere. Thereafter, it was cooled to an internal temperature of 0°C. A nitrosyl sulfuric acid/sulfuric acid solution (40% by mass, 850 mg, 1.3 eq.) was added dropwise at an internal temperature of 0 to 3°C, and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour at an internal temperature of 0 to 2°C. In another reactor, (II-4-a) (572 mg, 1.5 eq.) was dissolved in methanol (6 mL) and THF (6 mL) at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere, and then sodium acetate (440 mg, 2 .6 eq.) was added, and the mixture was cooled to an internal temperature of 0°C.
The above 4-[(4-aminophenyl)diazenyl]benzoic acid solution was added thereto, and stirring was continued for 1 hour and 50 minutes at an internal temperature of 0 to 5°C for 14 hours while returning to room temperature. Purified water (20 mL) was added, and the precipitate was collected by suction filtration to obtain 425 mg of (II-5-a).
色素(II-5)の合成:
 (II-5-a)(425mg,0.960mmol)、n-BuBr(198mg,1.5eq.)、DMF(4mL)、炭酸カリウム(200mg,1.5eq.)を仕込み、窒素雰囲気下90℃にて4.5時間加熱撹拌した。室温へ冷却後、精製水(30mL)を加え、析出した個体を濾別し、赤茶色固体380mgを得た。この粗体をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(ジクロロメタン/酢酸エチル/ヘキサン=5/3/50)にて精製し、色素(II-5)を149mg得た。
Synthesis of dye (II-5):
(II-5-a) (425 mg, 0.960 mmol), n-BuBr (198 mg, 1.5 eq.), DMF (4 mL), and potassium carbonate (200 mg, 1.5 eq.) were prepared and heated at 90°C under nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was heated and stirred for 4.5 hours. After cooling to room temperature, purified water (30 mL) was added, and the precipitated solid was filtered off to obtain 380 mg of a reddish brown solid. This crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane/ethyl acetate/hexane = 5/3/50) to obtain 149 mg of dye (II-5).
 色素(II-5)の10ppmクロロホルム溶液での極大吸収波長(λmax2)は456nmであった。
 また、NMRスペクトル測定による構造確認を行った。結果を以下に示す。
 H-NMR(CDCl,400MHz)δ1.00(t,3H,J=7.8Hz),δ1.47-1.56(m,4H),δ1.76-1.83(m,2H),δ2.67(s,1H,J=13.6Hz,6.0Hz),δ1.29-1.30(m,1H),δ1.65-1.87(m,3H),δ3.83(t,2H,J=5.6Hz),δ3.89(t,2H,J=5.6Hz),δ4.37(t,2H,J=5.2Hz),δ4.62(t,2H,J=6.2Hz),δ4.74(t,2H,J=6.2Hz),δ6.79(d,2H,J=9.2Hz),δ7.02(d,2H,J=9.2Hz),δ7.92-8.09(m,8H),δ8.20(d,2H,J=8.5Hz)
The maximum absorption wavelength (λmax2) of dye (II-5) in a 10 ppm chloroform solution was 456 nm.
In addition, the structure was confirmed by NMR spectrum measurement. The results are shown below.
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , 400MHz) δ1.00 (t, 3H, J=7.8Hz), δ1.47-1.56 (m, 4H), δ1.76-1.83 (m, 2H) , δ2.67 (s, 1H, J=13.6Hz, 6.0Hz), δ1.29-1.30 (m, 1H), δ1.65-1.87 (m, 3H), δ3.83( t, 2H, J = 5.6Hz), δ 3.89 (t, 2H, J = 5.6Hz), δ 4.37 (t, 2H, J = 5.2Hz), δ 4.62 (t, 2H, J = 6.2Hz), δ4.74 (t, 2H, J = 6.2Hz), δ6.79 (d, 2H, J = 9.2Hz), δ7.02 (d, 2H, J = 9.2Hz) , δ7.92-8.09 (m, 8H), δ8.20 (d, 2H, J=8.5Hz)
 色素(II-5)についても色素(II-1)と同様にシクロペンタノン飽和溶液の濃度を測定した。結果を表1に示す。 For dye (II-5), the concentration of the cyclopentanone saturated solution was measured in the same manner as for dye (II-1). The results are shown in Table 1.
<色素(II-6)>
 下記に記載の合成法に従い、色素(II-6)を合成した。
<Dye (II-6)>
Dye (II-6) was synthesized according to the synthesis method described below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
(II-6-a)の合成:
 (II-1-g)(500mg,1.13mmol)及び1-ニトロソ-4-ブロモベンゼン(273mg,1.47mmol)を酢酸(30mL)に溶解させ、室温で6時間撹拌した。精製水を加え、沈殿をアセトニトリルで洗浄、濾過することで、赤色固体(II-6-a)を469mg得た。
Synthesis of (II-6-a):
(II-1-g) (500 mg, 1.13 mmol) and 1-nitroso-4-bromobenzene (273 mg, 1.47 mmol) were dissolved in acetic acid (30 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 6 hours. Purified water was added, and the precipitate was washed with acetonitrile and filtered to obtain 469 mg of a red solid (II-6-a).
色素(II-6)の合成:
 窒素雰囲気下室温にて、Amphos(3.90mg,3mol%)、Pd(dba)(2.24mg,0.5mol%)をトルエン(10mL)に溶解させ、60℃で15分撹拌した。
 別の反応器で、窒素雰囲気下室温にて、(II-6-a)(0.40g,0.49mmol)、3,3-ジフルオロピロリジン塩酸塩(0.212mg、1.96mmol)をトルエン(20mL)に溶解させた後、100℃まで加熱し、先のパラジウム溶液をここに滴下した。8時間撹拌した後、精製水(80mL)を滴下し沈殿を吸引濾取した。この粗体をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(トルエン/ジクロロメタン=1/1)にてカラム精製し、色素(II-6)を207mg得た。
Synthesis of dye (II-6):
Amphos (3.90 mg, 3 mol%) and Pd 2 (dba) 3 (2.24 mg, 0.5 mol%) were dissolved in toluene (10 mL) at room temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere, and the mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 15 minutes.
In a separate reactor, (II-6-a) (0.40 g, 0.49 mmol) and 3,3-difluoropyrrolidine hydrochloride (0.212 mg, 1.96 mmol) were mixed with toluene ( 20 mL), heated to 100°C, and the above palladium solution was added dropwise thereto. After stirring for 8 hours, purified water (80 mL) was added dropwise and the precipitate was collected by suction filtration. This crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (toluene/dichloromethane = 1/1) to obtain 207 mg of dye (II-6).
 色素(II-6)の10ppmクロロホルム溶液での極大吸収波長(λmax2)は466nmであった。
 また、NMRスペクトル測定による構造確認を行った。結果を以下に示す。
 H-NMR(CDCl,400MHz)δ0.92(s,9H),δ1.02(d,3H,J=6.8Hz),δ1.12-1.33(m,5H),δ1.65-1.89(m,3H),δ2.50-2.59(m,2H),δ3.69(t,2H,J=6.8Hz),δ3.81(q,2H,J=12.9Hz),δ4.09(t,2H,J=6.8Hz),δ6.65(d,2H,J=9.2Hz),δ7.03(d,2H,J=9.0Hz),δ7.95-8.10(m,12H)
The maximum absorption wavelength (λmax2) of dye (II-6) in a 10 ppm chloroform solution was 466 nm.
In addition, the structure was confirmed by NMR spectrum measurement. The results are shown below.
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , 400MHz) δ0.92 (s, 9H), δ1.02 (d, 3H, J=6.8Hz), δ1.12-1.33 (m, 5H), δ1.65 -1.89 (m, 3H), δ2.50-2.59 (m, 2H), δ3.69 (t, 2H, J=6.8Hz), δ3.81 (q, 2H, J=12. 9Hz), δ4.09 (t, 2H, J=6.8Hz), δ6.65 (d, 2H, J=9.2Hz), δ7.03 (d, 2H, J=9.0Hz), δ7. 95-8.10 (m, 12H)
<色素(III-1)>
 下記に記載の合成法に従い、色素(III-1)を合成した。
<Dye (III-1)>
Dye (III-1) was synthesized according to the synthesis method described below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
(III-1-a)の合成: 
 窒素気流下室温にて、4-ブチルアニリン(43.3g,0.290mol)、酢酸(2L)を加え、撹拌溶解し、1-ニトロソ-4-ニトロベンゼン(43.7g,1.0eq.)を分割投入し、室温にて一夜撹拌継続した。ジクロロメタン(5L)、精製水(1.5L)を注ぎ、暫く撹拌後、有機相を飽和重曹水(1.3L)、飽和食塩水(500mL)で順次洗浄後、濾過、濾液を濃縮し赤茶色固体を得た。この粗体をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(ヘキサン/ジクロロメタン=3/1)で精製し、(III-1-a)を52.08g得た。
Synthesis of (III-1-a):
At room temperature under a nitrogen stream, 4-butylaniline (43.3 g, 0.290 mol) and acetic acid (2 L) were added, stirred and dissolved, and 1-nitroso-4-nitrobenzene (43.7 g, 1.0 eq.) was added. The mixture was added in portions and stirring was continued at room temperature overnight. Dichloromethane (5 L) and purified water (1.5 L) were poured in, and after stirring for a while, the organic phase was washed successively with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (1.3 L) and saturated brine (500 mL), filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated to reddish brown. A solid was obtained. This crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane/dichloromethane = 3/1) to obtain 52.08 g of (III-1-a).
(III-1-b)の合成:
 (III-1-a)(52.0g,0.184mol)とエタノール(520mL)、精製水(52mL)とNaS・5HO(62.13g,2.0equiv.)を加え外温80℃で6時間撹拌した。室温まで放冷後、反応液を精製水(500mL)に注ぎ暫く撹拌後、吸引濾取し、精製水(250mL)でリンスした。得られた固体をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(ジクロロメタン)で精製し、(III-1-b)を34.40g得た。
Synthesis of (III-1-b):
(III-1-a) (52.0 g, 0.184 mol), ethanol (520 mL), purified water (52 mL) and Na 2 S 5H 2 O (62.13 g, 2.0 equiv.) were added and the external temperature was 80. Stirred at ℃ for 6 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction solution was poured into purified water (500 mL), stirred for a while, collected by suction filtration, and rinsed with purified water (250 mL). The obtained solid was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane) to obtain 34.40 g of (III-1-b).
(III-1-c)の合成: 
 (III-1-b)(2.00g,5.60mmol)、塩酸(HCl)(2.63mL)をNMP(50mL)に溶解させ、内温0℃に冷却した。硝酸ナトリウム(0.538g,7.76mmol)を5mLの精製水に溶解させ、先の溶液に内温0~3℃以内で滴下し、内温0~2℃にて1時間撹拌した。
 別の反応器に、窒素雰囲気下室温にて、アニリン(2.54g,1.5eq.)をメタノール(24mL)に溶解させた後、酢酸ナトリウム(1.96g)を加え、内温0℃に冷却した。ここに先の(III-1-b)溶液を内温0~5℃以内で30分間掛けて添加し、内温0~5℃で2時間、室温へ戻しながら3時間撹拌継続した。精製水を添加し、メタノールにて濾過、洗浄を行い、得た粗体について、シリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(トルエン/ジクロロメタン=1/1)にてカラム精製し、(III-1-c)を2.50g得た。
Synthesis of (III-1-c):
(III-1-b) (2.00 g, 5.60 mmol) and hydrochloric acid (HCl) (2.63 mL) were dissolved in NMP (50 mL) and cooled to an internal temperature of 0°C. Sodium nitrate (0.538 g, 7.76 mmol) was dissolved in 5 mL of purified water, added dropwise to the above solution at an internal temperature of 0 to 3°C, and stirred for 1 hour at an internal temperature of 0 to 2°C.
In a separate reactor, aniline (2.54 g, 1.5 eq.) was dissolved in methanol (24 mL) at room temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere, then sodium acetate (1.96 g) was added, and the internal temperature was brought to 0°C. Cooled. The above solution (III-1-b) was added thereto over 30 minutes at an internal temperature of 0 to 5°C, and stirring was continued for 2 hours at an internal temperature of 0 to 5°C and for 3 hours while returning to room temperature. Purified water was added, filtered and washed with methanol, and the obtained crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (toluene/dichloromethane = 1/1) to obtain (III-1-c) in 2. I got 50g.
色素(III-1)の合成:
 (III-1-c)(2.00g,5.44mmol)、HCl(1.93mL)をNMP(50mL)に溶解させ、内温0℃に冷却した。硝酸ナトリウム(0.395g,5.712mmol)を5mLの精製水に溶解させ、先の溶液に内温0~3℃以内で滴下し、内温0~2℃にて1時間撹拌した。
 別の反応器に、窒素雰囲気下室温にて、アニリン(1.22g,1.5eq.)をメタノール(40mL)に溶解させた後、酢酸ナトリウム(1.44g)を加え、内温0℃に冷却した。ここに先の(III-1-c)溶液を内温0~5℃以内で30分間掛けて添加し、内温0~5℃で1時間、室温へ戻しながら2時間撹拌した。精製水を添加し、メタノールにて濾過、洗浄を行い、得た粗体について、シリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(トルエン/ジクロロメタン=1/3)にてカラム精製し、色素(III-1)を2.39g得た。
Synthesis of dye (III-1):
(III-1-c) (2.00 g, 5.44 mmol) and HCl (1.93 mL) were dissolved in NMP (50 mL) and cooled to an internal temperature of 0°C. Sodium nitrate (0.395 g, 5.712 mmol) was dissolved in 5 mL of purified water, added dropwise to the above solution at an internal temperature of 0 to 3°C, and stirred for 1 hour at an internal temperature of 0 to 2°C.
In another reactor, aniline (1.22 g, 1.5 eq.) was dissolved in methanol (40 mL) at room temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere, then sodium acetate (1.44 g) was added, and the internal temperature was brought to 0°C. Cooled. The above solution (III-1-c) was added thereto over 30 minutes at an internal temperature of 0 to 5°C, and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour at an internal temperature of 0 to 5°C, and for 2 hours while returning to room temperature. Purified water was added, filtered and washed with methanol, and the resulting crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (toluene/dichloromethane = 1/3) to obtain 2.39 g of dye (III-1). Obtained.
 色素(III-1)の10ppmクロロホルム溶液での極大吸収波長(λmax2)は509nmであった。 The maximum absorption wavelength (λmax2) of the dye (III-1) in a 10 ppm chloroform solution was 509 nm.
 また、NMRスペクトル測定による構造確認を行った。結果を以下に示す。
 H-NMR(CDCl,400MHz)δ0.96(t,3H),δ1.25(t,6H,J=6.8Hz),δ1.37-1.42(m,2H),δ1.63-1.71(m,2H),δ2.71(t,2H,J=7.8Hz),δ3.48(q,4H,J=8.2Hz),δ6.74(d,2H,J=9.2Hz),δ7.34(d,2H,J=8.4Hz),δ7.74-8.10(m,12H)
In addition, the structure was confirmed by NMR spectrum measurement. The results are shown below.
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , 400MHz) δ0.96 (t, 3H), δ1.25 (t, 6H, J=6.8Hz), δ1.37-1.42 (m, 2H), δ1.63 -1.71 (m, 2H), δ2.71 (t, 2H, J=7.8Hz), δ3.48 (q, 4H, J=8.2Hz), δ6.74 (d, 2H, J= 9.2Hz), δ7.34 (d, 2H, J=8.4Hz), δ7.74-8.10 (m, 12H)
 色素(III-1)についても色素(II-1)と同様にシクロペンタノン飽和溶液の濃度を測定した。結果を表1に示す。 The concentration of the cyclopentanone saturated solution for dye (III-1) was also measured in the same manner as for dye (II-1). The results are shown in Table 1.
<色素(III-2)>
 下記に記載の合成法に従い、色素(III-2)を合成した。
<Dye (III-2)>
Dye (III-2) was synthesized according to the synthesis method described below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
(III-2-a)の合成:
 4-アミノ-4’-ヒドロキシアゾベンゼン(23.0g,108mmol)、HCl(19mL,230mmol)をNMP(460mL)、精製水(330mL)に溶解させ、内温0℃に冷却した。硝酸ナトリウム(8.21g,119mmol)を精製水(33mLの)に溶解させ、先の溶液に滴下し、内温0~2℃にて1時間撹拌した。スルファミン酸(2.10g,21.6mmol)を精製水(19mL)に溶解した水溶液を先の溶液に滴下し、内温0~2℃にて10分間撹拌した。
 別の反応器に、窒素雰囲気下室温にて、アニリン(12.1g,130mmol)、ヒドロキシメタンスルホン酸ナトリウム(17.4g,130mmol)、精製水(340mL)を入れ、70℃で3時間撹拌した。放冷後、メタノール(340mL)に溶解させ氷冷し、先の4-アミノ-4’-ヒドロキシアゾベンゼン溶液を内温0~5℃以内で40分間掛けて添加した。この際、25%NaOH水溶液でpH4-5に調製しながら滴下を行った。内温0~5℃で1時間撹拌し、70%硫酸を加えてpH2.5とした。5%NaCl水溶液(1L)に反応溶液を注ぎ込み、析出した固体を濾過して飽和食塩水で洗浄した。
 この固体を別の反応容器に入れ、1M NaOH水溶液(1.1L)を加えて90℃で2.5時間撹拌した。放冷後、濃塩酸と2M塩酸でpH6とし、析出した固体をろ取して精製水、ヘキサンで洗浄した。得た粗体について、ジクロロメタンで懸濁洗浄を行い、酢酸エチルにて再結晶を行うことで、(III-2-a)を13.0g得た。
Synthesis of (III-2-a):
4-Amino-4'-hydroxyazobenzene (23.0 g, 108 mmol) and HCl (19 mL, 230 mmol) were dissolved in NMP (460 mL) and purified water (330 mL), and the mixture was cooled to an internal temperature of 0°C. Sodium nitrate (8.21 g, 119 mmol) was dissolved in purified water (33 mL), added dropwise to the above solution, and stirred for 1 hour at an internal temperature of 0 to 2°C. An aqueous solution of sulfamic acid (2.10 g, 21.6 mmol) dissolved in purified water (19 mL) was added dropwise to the above solution, and the mixture was stirred for 10 minutes at an internal temperature of 0 to 2°C.
Aniline (12.1 g, 130 mmol), sodium hydroxymethanesulfonate (17.4 g, 130 mmol), and purified water (340 mL) were placed in another reactor at room temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere, and the mixture was stirred at 70°C for 3 hours. . After cooling, the mixture was dissolved in methanol (340 mL), cooled on ice, and the above 4-amino-4'-hydroxyazobenzene solution was added over 40 minutes at an internal temperature of 0 to 5°C. At this time, the dropwise addition was carried out while adjusting the pH to 4-5 with a 25% NaOH aqueous solution. The mixture was stirred for 1 hour at an internal temperature of 0 to 5°C, and 70% sulfuric acid was added to adjust the pH to 2.5. The reaction solution was poured into a 5% NaCl aqueous solution (1 L), and the precipitated solid was filtered and washed with saturated brine.
This solid was placed in another reaction vessel, 1M NaOH aqueous solution (1.1L) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 90°C for 2.5 hours. After cooling, the pH was adjusted to 6 with concentrated hydrochloric acid and 2M hydrochloric acid, and the precipitated solid was collected by filtration and washed with purified water and hexane. The obtained crude product was suspended and washed with dichloromethane and recrystallized from ethyl acetate to obtain 13.0 g of (III-2-a).
色素(III-2)の合成:
 (III-2-a)(1.00g,3.15mmol)、HCl(0.55mL,6.6mmol)をNMP(20mL)に溶解させ、内温0℃に冷却した。硝酸ナトリウム(0.239g,3.46mmol)を1mLの精製水に溶解させ、(III-2-a)溶液に滴下し、内温0~2℃にて1時間撹拌した。スルファミン酸(61mg,0.63mmol)を精製水(0.55mL)に溶解した水溶液を先の溶液に滴下し、内温0~2℃にて10分間撹拌した。
 別の反応器で、窒素雰囲気下室温にて、N-フェニルピロリジン(0.464mg,3.15mmol)をメタノール(10mL)に溶解させた後、2M塩酸を加え、pH5としたのち、内温0℃に冷却した。ここに先の(III-2-a)溶液を内温0~5℃以内で40分間掛けて添加した。この際、25%NaOH水溶液でpH4-5に調製しながら滴下を行った。内温0~5℃で30分間撹拌し、70%硫酸を加えてpH2.5とした。精製水を添加し、メタノール、ヘキサンにて濾過、洗浄を行い粗体を得た。粗体について、アセトニトリル、ジクロロメタン/メタノール=1/1にて懸濁洗浄を行い、色素(III-2)を0.86g得た。
Synthesis of dye (III-2):
(III-2-a) (1.00 g, 3.15 mmol) and HCl (0.55 mL, 6.6 mmol) were dissolved in NMP (20 mL) and cooled to an internal temperature of 0°C. Sodium nitrate (0.239 g, 3.46 mmol) was dissolved in 1 mL of purified water, added dropwise to the (III-2-a) solution, and stirred for 1 hour at an internal temperature of 0 to 2°C. An aqueous solution of sulfamic acid (61 mg, 0.63 mmol) dissolved in purified water (0.55 mL) was added dropwise to the above solution, and the mixture was stirred for 10 minutes at an internal temperature of 0 to 2°C.
In another reactor, N-phenylpyrrolidine (0.464 mg, 3.15 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (10 mL) at room temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere, and then 2M hydrochloric acid was added to adjust the pH to 5. Cooled to ℃. The above solution (III-2-a) was added thereto over 40 minutes at an internal temperature of 0 to 5°C. At this time, the dropwise addition was carried out while adjusting the pH to 4-5 with a 25% NaOH aqueous solution. The mixture was stirred for 30 minutes at an internal temperature of 0 to 5°C, and 70% sulfuric acid was added to adjust the pH to 2.5. Purified water was added, and the mixture was filtered and washed with methanol and hexane to obtain a crude product. The crude product was suspended and washed with acetonitrile and dichloromethane/methanol=1/1 to obtain 0.86 g of dye (III-2).
 色素(III-2)の10ppmクロロホルム溶液での極大吸収波長(λmax2)は510nmであった。
 また、NMRスペクトル測定による構造確認を行った。結果を以下に示す。
 H-NMR(CDCl,400MHz)δ0.92(s,9H),δ1.02(d,3H,J=6.8Hz),δ1.12-1.33(m,4H),δ1.65-1.89(m,3H),δ2.50-2.59(m,4H),δ3.78-3.80(m,4H),δ4.09(t,2H,J=6.8Hz),δ6.65(d,2H,J=9.2Hz),δ7.03(d,2H,J=9.0Hz),δ7.95-8.10(m,12H)
The maximum absorption wavelength (λmax2) of dye (III-2) in a 10 ppm chloroform solution was 510 nm.
In addition, the structure was confirmed by NMR spectrum measurement. The results are shown below.
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , 400MHz) δ0.92 (s, 9H), δ1.02 (d, 3H, J=6.8Hz), δ1.12-1.33 (m, 4H), δ1.65 -1.89 (m, 3H), δ2.50-2.59 (m, 4H), δ3.78-3.80 (m, 4H), δ4.09 (t, 2H, J=6.8Hz) , δ6.65 (d, 2H, J=9.2Hz), δ7.03 (d, 2H, J=9.0Hz), δ7.95-8.10 (m, 12H)
 上記で合成した重合性液晶化合物(I-1)及び色素(II-1)~(II-6)、(III-1)、(III-2)の化学構造を以下に示す。 The chemical structures of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (I-1) and dyes (II-1) to (II-6), (III-1), and (III-2) synthesized above are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
[実施例1]
 クロロホルム:8032.1部に、重合性液晶化合物(I-1):40.00部、色素(II-1):0.80部を加え、撹拌して相溶させた後、溶剤を除去することにより、異方性色素膜形成用組成物1を得た。異方性色素膜形成用組成物1のrn/rnは、0.75である。
 異方性色素膜形成用組成物1が液晶性を示すことは、ホットステージが付属する偏光顕微鏡にて、40℃で複屈折が観察されたことで確認した。
 得られた異方性色素膜形成用組成物1を用いて、上述の方法で二色比を決定するため、セルギャップ8.0μmのサンドウィッチセルを使用して異方性色素膜1を作製し、異方性色素膜1の二色比を決定した。
 その結果を表1に示す。
[Example 1]
Add 40.00 parts of polymerizable liquid crystal compound (I-1) and 0.80 parts of dye (II-1) to 8032.1 parts of chloroform, stir to dissolve, and then remove the solvent. As a result, Composition 1 for forming an anisotropic dye film was obtained. The rn 1 /rn 2 of the composition 1 for forming an anisotropic dye film is 0.75.
It was confirmed that the anisotropic dye film-forming composition 1 exhibited liquid crystallinity by observing birefringence at 40° C. using a polarizing microscope equipped with a hot stage.
In order to determine the dichroic ratio using the obtained composition 1 for forming an anisotropic dye film, an anisotropic dye film 1 was prepared using a sandwich cell with a cell gap of 8.0 μm. , the dichroic ratio of the anisotropic dye film 1 was determined.
The results are shown in Table 1.
[実施例2]
 色素(II-1):0.80部に代えて、色素(II-2):0.83部を加えたほかは実施例1と同様にして、異方性色素膜形成用組成物2及び異方性色素膜2を得た。異方性色素膜形成用組成物2のrn/rnは、0.75である。
 異方性色素膜形成用組成物2が液晶性を示すことは、ホットステージが付属する偏光顕微鏡にて、40℃で複屈折が観察されたことで確認した。
 また、異方性色素膜2の二色比を決定した。
 その結果を表1に示す。
[Example 2]
Anisotropic pigment film forming composition 2 and An anisotropic dye film 2 was obtained. The rn 1 /rn 2 of the composition 2 for forming an anisotropic dye film is 0.75.
It was confirmed that the anisotropic dye film-forming composition 2 exhibited liquid crystallinity by observing birefringence at 40° C. using a polarizing microscope equipped with a hot stage.
Furthermore, the dichroic ratio of the anisotropic dye film 2 was determined.
The results are shown in Table 1.
[実施例3]
 色素(II-1):0.80部に代えて、色素(II-3):0.75部を加えたほかは実施例1と同様にして、異方性色素膜形成用組成物3及び異方性色素膜3を得た。異方性色素膜形成用組成物3のrn/rnは、0.75である。
 異方性色素膜形成用組成物3が液晶性を示すことは、ホットステージが付属する偏光顕微鏡にて、40℃で複屈折が観察されたことで確認した。
 また、異方性色素膜3の二色比を決定した。
 その結果を表1に示す。
[Example 3]
Anisotropic pigment film forming composition 3 and An anisotropic dye film 3 was obtained. The rn 1 /rn 2 of the composition 3 for forming an anisotropic dye film is 0.75.
It was confirmed that the anisotropic dye film-forming composition 3 exhibited liquid crystallinity by observing birefringence at 40° C. using a polarizing microscope equipped with a hot stage.
Furthermore, the dichroic ratio of the anisotropic dye film 3 was determined.
The results are shown in Table 1.
[実施例4]
 色素(II-1):0.80部に代えて、色素(II-4):0.78部を加えたほかは実施例1と同様にして、異方性色素膜形成用組成物4及び異方性色素膜4を得た。異方性色素膜形成用組成物4のrn/rnは、0.75である。
 異方性色素膜形成用組成物4が液晶性を示すことは、ホットステージが付属する偏光顕微鏡にて、40℃で複屈折が観察されたことで確認した。
 また、異方性色素膜4の二色比を決定した。
 その結果を表1に示す。
[Example 4]
Anisotropic pigment film forming composition 4 and An anisotropic dye film 4 was obtained. The rn 1 /rn 2 of the composition 4 for forming an anisotropic dye film is 0.75.
It was confirmed that the anisotropic dye film-forming composition 4 exhibited liquid crystallinity by observing birefringence at 40° C. using a polarizing microscope equipped with a hot stage.
Furthermore, the dichroic ratio of the anisotropic dye film 4 was determined.
The results are shown in Table 1.
[実施例5]
 色素(II-1):0.80部に代えて、色素(II-5):0.84部を加えたほかは実施例1と同様にして、異方性色素膜形成用組成物5及び異方性色素膜5を得た。異方性色素膜形成用組成物5のrn/rnは、1である。
 異方性色素膜形成用組成物5が液晶性を示すことは、ホットステージが付属する偏光顕微鏡にて、40℃で複屈折が観察されたことで確認した。
 また、異方性色素膜5の二色比を決定した。
 その結果を表1に示す。
[Example 5]
Anisotropic pigment film forming composition 5 and An anisotropic dye film 5 was obtained. The rn 1 /rn 2 of the composition 5 for forming an anisotropic dye film is 1.
It was confirmed that the anisotropic dye film-forming composition 5 exhibited liquid crystallinity by observing birefringence at 40° C. using a polarizing microscope equipped with a hot stage.
Furthermore, the dichroic ratio of the anisotropic dye film 5 was determined.
The results are shown in Table 1.
[比較例1]
 色素(II-1):0.80部に代えて、色素(III-1):0.60部を用いたほかは実施例1と同様にして、異方性色素膜形成用組成物6及び異方性色素膜6を得た。異方性色素膜形成用組成物6のrn/rnは、0.75である。
 異方性色素膜形成用組成物6が液晶性を示すことは、ホットステージが付属する偏光顕微鏡にて、40℃で複屈折が観察されたことで確認した。
 また、異方性色素膜6の二色比を決定した。
 その結果を表1に示す。
[Comparative example 1]
Anisotropic dye film forming composition 6 and An anisotropic dye film 6 was obtained. The rn 1 /rn 2 of the composition 6 for forming an anisotropic dye film is 0.75.
It was confirmed that the anisotropic dye film-forming composition 6 exhibited liquid crystallinity by observing birefringence at 40° C. using a polarizing microscope equipped with a hot stage.
Furthermore, the dichroic ratio of the anisotropic dye film 6 was determined.
The results are shown in Table 1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000039
 表1より、実施例1に用いた色素(II-1)、実施例2に用いた色素(II-2)、実施例3に用いた色素(II-3)、実施例4に用いた色素(II-4)、実施例5に用いた色素(II-5)はシクロペンタノンへの溶解性が高く、且つ得られた異方性色素膜の極大吸収波長は比較例1に比べて短波長化しており、二色比は短波長域である波長450nmにおいて良好な値を示した。一方、比較例1では、二色比及びシクロペンタノンへの溶解性が実施例に比較して低いことが示された。 From Table 1, the dye (II-1) used in Example 1, the dye (II-2) used in Example 2, the dye (II-3) used in Example 3, and the dye used in Example 4. (II-4) The dye (II-5) used in Example 5 has high solubility in cyclopentanone, and the maximum absorption wavelength of the obtained anisotropic dye film is shorter than that of Comparative Example 1. The dichroic ratio showed a good value in the short wavelength range of 450 nm. On the other hand, Comparative Example 1 showed that the dichroic ratio and solubility in cyclopentanone were lower than those of the examples.
[実施例6]
 色素(II-1):0.80部に代えて、色素(II-6):0.86部を加えたほかは実施例1と同様にして、異方性色素膜形成用組成物7及び異方性色素膜7を得た。異方性色素膜形成用組成物7のrn/rnは、0.75である。
 異方性色素膜形成用組成物7が液晶性を示すことは、ホットステージが付属する偏光顕微鏡にて、40℃で複屈折が観察されたことで確認した。
 また、異方性色素膜7の二色比を決定した。
 その結果を表2に示す。
[Example 6]
Anisotropic pigment film forming composition 7 and An anisotropic dye film 7 was obtained. The rn 1 /rn 2 of the composition 7 for forming an anisotropic dye film is 0.75.
The fact that Composition 7 for Forming an Anisotropic Dye Film exhibits liquid crystallinity was confirmed by observing birefringence at 40° C. using a polarizing microscope equipped with a hot stage.
Furthermore, the dichroic ratio of the anisotropic dye film 7 was determined.
The results are shown in Table 2.
[比較例2]
 色素(II-1):0.80部に代えて、色素(III-2):0.76部を用いたほかは実施例1と同様にして、異方性色素膜形成用組成物8及び異方性色素膜8を得た。異方性色素膜形成用組成物8のrn/rnは、0.75である。
 異方性色素膜形成用組成物8が液晶性を示すことは、ホットステージが付属する偏光顕微鏡にて、40℃で複屈折が観察されたことで確認した。
 また、異方性色素膜8の二色比を決定した。
 その結果を表2に示す。
[Comparative example 2]
Anisotropic dye film-forming composition 8 and An anisotropic dye film 8 was obtained. The rn 1 /rn 2 of the composition 8 for forming an anisotropic dye film is 0.75.
It was confirmed that the anisotropic dye film-forming composition 8 exhibited liquid crystallinity by observing birefringence at 40° C. using a polarizing microscope equipped with a hot stage.
Furthermore, the dichroic ratio of the anisotropic dye film 8 was determined.
The results are shown in Table 2.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000040
 表2より、実施例6に用いた色素(II-6)は得られた異方性色素膜の極大吸収波長は比較例2に比べて短波長化しており、二色比は短波長域である波長450nmにおいて良好な値を示した。一方、比較例2では、得られた異方性色素膜において二色比が低いことが示された。 From Table 2, the maximum absorption wavelength of the obtained anisotropic dye film of the dye (II-6) used in Example 6 is shorter than that of Comparative Example 2, and the dichroic ratio is in the short wavelength range. Good values were shown at a certain wavelength of 450 nm. On the other hand, Comparative Example 2 showed that the obtained anisotropic dye film had a low dichroic ratio.
 本発明を特定の態様を用いて詳細に説明したが、本発明の意図と範囲を離れることなく様々な変更が可能であることは当業者に明らかである。
 本出願は、2022年3月22日付で出願された日本特許出願2022-044888に基づいており、その全体が引用により援用される。
Although the invention has been described in detail using specific embodiments, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various changes can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention.
This application is based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2022-044888 filed on March 22, 2022, which is incorporated by reference in its entirety.

Claims (15)

  1.  下記式(1)で示される化合物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (式(1)中、
     -Xは1価の有機基を表す。
     -R11は1つ以上のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。
     -R12は水素原子、アルキル基、又は1つ以上のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。
     -R11の1つ以上のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基、-R12のアルキル基、1つ以上のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。
     また、-R11の1つ以上のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基、-R12のアルキル基、1つ以上のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基に含まれる1つ又はそれ以上のメチレン基は、-O-、-S-、-NH-、-C(=O)-、-C(=O)-O-、-C(=O)-NH-、-CHCl-、又は-CCl-によって置き換えられた(displace)構造であってもよく、アクリロイルオキシ基、メタクリロイルオキシ基、グリシジルオキシ基の重合性基に置き換えられた構造であってもよい。
     -R11及び-R12は、一体となって環を形成してもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。
     -A11-、-A12-、-A13-及び-A14-は、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい1,4-フェニレン基を表す。)
    A compound represented by the following formula (1).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (In formula (1),
    -X 1 represents a monovalent organic group.
    -R 11 represents an alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms.
    -R 12 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms.
    The alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms in -R 11 , the alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms in -R 12 , and the alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms may further have a substituent.
    In addition, one or more methylene groups contained in the alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms in -R 11 , the alkyl group in -R 12 , and the alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms are , -O-, -S-, -NH-, -C(=O)-, -C(=O)-O-, -C(=O)-NH-, -CHCl-, or -CCl 2 - The structure may be replaced by a polymerizable group such as an acryloyloxy group, a methacryloyloxy group, or a glycidyloxy group.
    -R 11 and -R 12 may be combined to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
    -A 11 -, -A 12 -, -A 13 - and -A 14 - each independently represent a 1,4-phenylene group which may have a substituent. )
  2.  前記式(1)における-R11が、1つ以上5つ以下のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基である、請求項1に記載の化合物。 The compound according to claim 1, wherein -R 11 in the formula (1) is an alkyl group substituted with one or more and five or less fluorine atoms.
  3.  前記式(1)における-R11が、1つ以上のフッ素原子で置換された、炭素数が1以上10以下のアルキル基である、請求項1に記載の化合物。 The compound according to claim 1, wherein -R 11 in the formula (1) is an alkyl group having 1 or more and 10 or less carbon atoms and substituted with one or more fluorine atoms.
  4.  前記式(1)における-Xが、水素原子、-R、-O-R、-NH-R、-C(=O)-R、-C(=O)-O-R、-C(=O)-NH-R、-C(=O)-N(-R)-R、-O-C(=O)-R、-NH-C(=O)-R、-N(-R)-C(=O)-R、又は-S-R(-R及び-Rは、それぞれ独立に、分岐を有していてもよい炭素数1~15のアルキル基、環を構成する原子の数が5~14のシクロアルキル基、又は環を構成する原子の数が5~14のアリール基を表す。前記アルキル基、シクロアルキル基及びアリール基は、それぞれ置換基を有していてもよい。また、-R及び-Rは、一体となって炭素数2~15の環を形成していてもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。また、前記アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基及びRとRが一体となって形成される環に含まれる1つ又はそれ以上のメチレン基は、-O-、-S-、-NH-、-C(=O)-、-C(=O)-O-、-C(=O)-NH-、-CHF-、-CF-、-CHCl-、又は-CCl-によって置き換えられた(displace)構造であってもよく、アクリロイルオキシ基、メタクリロイルオキシ基、グリシジルオキシ基の重合性基に置き換えられた構造であってもよい。)である、請求項1~3のいずれか一項に記載の化合物。 -X 1 in the formula (1) is a hydrogen atom, -R a , -O-R a , -NH-R a , -C(=O)-R a , -C(=O)-O-R a , -C(=O)-NH-R a , -C(=O)-N(-R b )-R a , -OC(=O)-R a , -NH-C(=O ) -R a , -N(-R b )-C(=O)-R a , or -S-R a (-R a and -R b may each independently have a branch Represents an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 14 ring atoms, or an aryl group having 5 to 14 ring atoms. and the aryl group may each have a substituent.Also, -R a and -R b may be combined to form a ring having 2 to 15 carbon atoms, and the ring may be unsubstituted. In addition, one or more methylene groups contained in the ring formed by combining the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and R a and R b may have a - O-, -S-, -NH-, -C(=O)-, -C(=O)-O-, -C(=O)-NH-, -CHF-, -CF 2 -, -CHCl - or -CCl 2 -, or a structure replaced with a polymerizable group such as an acryloyloxy group, a methacryloyloxy group, or a glycidyloxy group.) , a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 3.
  5.  下記式(2)で示される化合物と重合性液晶化合物とを含む異方性色素膜形成用組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (式(2)中、
     -Xは1価の有機基を表す。
     -Rは1つ以上のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。
     -Rは水素原子、アルキル基、又は1つ以上のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。
     -Rの1つ以上のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基、-Rのアルキル基、1つ以上のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。
     また、-Rの以上のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基、-Rのアルキル基、1つ以上のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基に含まれる1つ又はそれ以上のメチレン基は、-O-、-S-、-NH-、-C(=O)-、-C(=O)-O-、-C(=O)-NH-、-CHCl-、又は-CCl-によって置き換えられた(displace)構造であってもよく、アクリロイルオキシ基、メタクリロイルオキシ基、グリシジルオキシ基の重合性基に置き換えられた構造であってもよい。
     -R及び-Rは、一体となって環を形成してもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。
     -A-、-A-及び-A-はそれぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭素水素環の2価基を表す。
     nは1、2又は3を表す。
     nが2又は3の場合、複数の-A-は互いに同一でも異なっていてもよい。)
    An anisotropic dye film-forming composition comprising a compound represented by the following formula (2) and a polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (In formula (2),
    -X represents a monovalent organic group.
    -R 1 represents an alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms.
    -R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms.
    The alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms in -R 1 , the alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms in -R 2 , and the alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms may further have a substituent.
    In addition, one or more methylene groups contained in the alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms in -R 1 , the alkyl group in -R 2 , and the alkyl group substituted with one or more fluorine atoms are - Replaced by O-, -S-, -NH-, -C(=O)-, -C(=O)-O-, -C(=O)-NH-, -CHCl-, or -CCl 2 - The structure may be replaced by a polymerizable group such as an acryloyloxy group, a methacryloyloxy group, or a glycidyloxy group.
    -R 1 and -R 2 may be combined to form a ring, and the ring may have a substituent.
    -A 1 -, -A 2 - and -A 3 - each independently represent a divalent group of an aromatic hydrocarbon ring which may have a substituent.
    n represents 1, 2 or 3.
    When n is 2 or 3, the plurality of -A 2 -s may be the same or different. )
  6.  前記式(2)における-A-が、置換基を有していてもよい1,4-フェニレン基である、請求項5に記載の異方性色素膜形成用組成物。 The composition for forming an anisotropic dye film according to claim 5, wherein -A 3 - in the formula (2) is a 1,4-phenylene group which may have a substituent.
  7.  前記式(2)における-A-が、置換基を有していてもよい1,4-フェニレン基である、請求項5又は6に記載の異方性色素膜形成用組成物。 The composition for forming an anisotropic dye film according to claim 5 or 6, wherein -A 2 - in the formula (2) is a 1,4-phenylene group which may have a substituent.
  8.  前記式(2)における-A-が、置換基を有していてもよい1,4-フェニレン基である、請求項5~7のいずれか一項に記載の異方性色素膜形成用組成物。 For forming an anisotropic dye film according to any one of claims 5 to 7, wherein -A 1 - in the formula (2) is a 1,4-phenylene group which may have a substituent. Composition.
  9.  前記式(2)におけるnが2である、請求項5~8のいずれか一項に記載の異方性色素膜形成用組成物。 The composition for forming an anisotropic dye film according to any one of claims 5 to 8, wherein n in the formula (2) is 2.
  10.  前記式(2)における-Rが、1つ以上5つ以下のフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基である、請求項5~9のいずれか一項に記載の異方性色素膜形成用組成物。 The composition for forming an anisotropic dye film according to any one of claims 5 to 9, wherein -R 1 in the formula (2) is an alkyl group substituted with one or more and five or less fluorine atoms. thing.
  11.  前記式(2)における-Rが、1つ以上のフッ素原子で置換された、炭素数が1以上10以下のアルキル基である、請求項5~9のいずれか一項に記載の異方性色素膜形成用組成物。 Anisotropic according to any one of claims 5 to 9, wherein -R 1 in the formula (2) is an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and substituted with one or more fluorine atoms. A composition for forming a pigmented film.
  12.  前記式(2)におけるXが、水素原子、-R、-O-R、-NH-R、-C(=O)-R、-C(=O)-O-R、-C(=O)-NH-R、-C(=O)-N(-R)-R、-O-C(=O)-R、-NH-C(=O)-R、-N(-R)-C(=O)-R、又は-S-R(-R及び-Rは、それぞれ独立に、分岐を有していてもよい炭素数1~15のアルキル基、環を構成する原子の数が5~14のシクロアルキル基、又は環を構成する原子の数が5~14のアリール基を表す。前記アルキル基、シクロアルキル基及びアリール基は、それぞれ置換基を有していてもよい。また、-R及び-Rは、一体となって炭素数2~15の環を形成していてもよく、該環は置換基を有していてもよい。また、前記アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基及びRとRが一体となって形成される環に含まれる1つ又はそれ以上のメチレン基は、-O-、-S-、-NH-、-C(=O)-、-C(=O)-O-、-C(=O)-NH-、-CHF-、-CF-、-CHCl-、又は-CCl-によって置き換えられた(displace)構造であってもよく、アクリロイルオキシ基、メタクリロイルオキシ基、グリシジルオキシ基の重合性基に置き換えられた構造であってもよい。)である、請求項5~11のいずれか一項に記載の異方性色素膜形成用組成物。 In the formula (2), X is a hydrogen atom, -R a , -O-R a , -NH-R a , -C(=O)-R a , -C(=O)-O-R a , -C(=O)-NH-R a , -C(=O)-N(-R b )-R a , -O-C(=O)-R a , -NH-C(=O)- R a , -N(-R b )-C(=O)-R a , or -S-R a (-R a and -R b each independently represent the number of carbon atoms that may have a branch) Represents an alkyl group having 1 to 15 atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 14 ring atoms, or an aryl group having 5 to 14 ring atoms.The above alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, and aryl Each of the groups may have a substituent. Also, -R a and -R b may be combined to form a ring having 2 to 15 carbon atoms, and the ring may have a substituent. In addition, one or more methylene groups contained in the ring formed by combining the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and R a and R b may have -O- , -S-, -NH-, -C(=O)-, -C(=O)-O-, -C(=O)-NH-, -CHF-, -CF 2 -, -CHCl-, or a structure replaced by -CCl 2 -, or a structure replaced by a polymerizable group such as an acryloyloxy group, a methacryloyloxy group, or a glycidyloxy group). The composition for forming an anisotropic dye film according to any one of Items 5 to 11.
  13.  前記重合性液晶化合物が、繰り返し単位構造を有しない低分子重合性液晶化合物である、請求項5~12のいずれか一項に記載の異方性色素膜形成用組成物。 The composition for forming an anisotropic dye film according to any one of claims 5 to 12, wherein the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is a low molecular weight polymerizable liquid crystal compound that does not have a repeating unit structure.
  14.  請求項5~13のいずれか一項に記載の異方性色素膜形成用組成物を用いて形成された異方性色素膜。 An anisotropic dye film formed using the composition for forming an anisotropic dye film according to any one of claims 5 to 13.
  15.  請求項14に記載の異方性色素膜を含む光学素子。

     
    An optical element comprising the anisotropic dye film according to claim 14.

PCT/JP2023/008490 2022-03-22 2023-03-07 Compound, composition for forming anisotropic dye film, anisotropic dye film, and optical element WO2023181907A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022044888 2022-03-22
JP2022-044888 2022-03-22

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023181907A1 true WO2023181907A1 (en) 2023-09-28

Family

ID=88100741

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2023/008490 WO2023181907A1 (en) 2022-03-22 2023-03-07 Compound, composition for forming anisotropic dye film, anisotropic dye film, and optical element

Country Status (2)

Country Link
TW (1) TW202338062A (en)
WO (1) WO2023181907A1 (en)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH05132628A (en) * 1991-11-11 1993-05-28 Mitsubishi Kasei Corp Dichromic pigment, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal device
JPH07224282A (en) * 1994-02-09 1995-08-22 Mitsubishi Chem Corp Dichroic dye, liquid-crystal composition containing the dye, and liquid-crystal element
JPH1060446A (en) * 1996-08-23 1998-03-03 Mitsubishi Chem Corp Dichromatic coloring matter, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal element
JP2010026024A (en) * 2008-07-16 2010-02-04 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Composition for anisotropic film, anisotropic film, polarizing element, and azo compound
JP2017082217A (en) * 2015-10-29 2017-05-18 住友化学株式会社 Composition, and polarization film
WO2020045216A1 (en) * 2018-08-28 2020-03-05 富士フイルム株式会社 Layered body and image display device

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH05132628A (en) * 1991-11-11 1993-05-28 Mitsubishi Kasei Corp Dichromic pigment, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal device
JPH07224282A (en) * 1994-02-09 1995-08-22 Mitsubishi Chem Corp Dichroic dye, liquid-crystal composition containing the dye, and liquid-crystal element
JPH1060446A (en) * 1996-08-23 1998-03-03 Mitsubishi Chem Corp Dichromatic coloring matter, liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal element
JP2010026024A (en) * 2008-07-16 2010-02-04 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Composition for anisotropic film, anisotropic film, polarizing element, and azo compound
JP2017082217A (en) * 2015-10-29 2017-05-18 住友化学株式会社 Composition, and polarization film
WO2020045216A1 (en) * 2018-08-28 2020-03-05 富士フイルム株式会社 Layered body and image display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW202338062A (en) 2023-10-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7047028B2 (en) Compounds, optical films and methods for manufacturing optical films
KR101363479B1 (en) Polymerizable liquid crystal compounds, polymerizable liquid crystal composition, and optically anisotropic body
JP5613992B2 (en) Composition, film and method for producing film
EP3187566B1 (en) Polymerizable liquid crystal compound, composition for optical film, and optical film, compensation film, antireflective film, and display device including the same
CN101470212A (en) Optical film
CN101470227A (en) Optical film
US12049583B2 (en) Compound, composition for anisotropic dye films including the compound, anisotropic dye film, and optical element
JP2011162678A (en) Composition and optical film
TWI820171B (en) Circular polarizing plate and image display device using the same
JP2010001284A (en) Compound and optical film
WO2023063249A1 (en) Compound, composition for anisotropic dye film comprising said compound, anisotropic dye film, and optical element
WO2023181907A1 (en) Compound, composition for forming anisotropic dye film, anisotropic dye film, and optical element
JP7467850B2 (en) Composition for forming anisotropic dye film, anisotropic dye film, and optical element
JP7363887B2 (en) Composition for forming an anisotropic pigment film, anisotropic pigment film, and optical element
JP2022028423A (en) Anisotropic dye film-forming composition, anisotropic dye film, and optical element
KR102710150B1 (en) Composition for forming anisotropic pigment film, anisotropic pigment film, and optical element
JP6798600B2 (en) Anisotropic dye film forming composition, anisotropic dye film, and optical element
JP7272021B2 (en) Composition for forming anisotropic dye film, anisotropic dye film, and optical element
WO2024075762A1 (en) Compound, composition, anisotropic pigment film, and optical element
JP7467851B2 (en) Composition for forming anisotropic dye film, anisotropic dye film, and optical element
JP2016004143A (en) Optical film laminate and manufacturing method of the same
WO2024024701A1 (en) Optically anisotropic film and phase difference plate
WO2024071162A1 (en) Optically anisotropic laminate and optical element
WO2024024700A1 (en) Liquid crystal composition, optical anisotropic film, near infrared ray-absorbing dye

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23774506

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2024509957

Country of ref document: JP